Design Technical Manual

ManualsBrandsFujitsu ManualsElectrical HVAC SuppliesDry Contact Wire Kit

Table Of Contents

60 Hz

DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL

Summary of content (1103 pages)

PAGE 1
DESIGN & TECHNICAL MANUAL 60 Hz
PAGE 2
CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 2. MODEL SELECTION 3. OUTDOOR UNITS 4. INDOOR UNITS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 7. FUNCTION SETTING 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT 9. NOTES 10.
PAGE 3
1. GENERAL INFORMATION DTV_VR2U025E_11--CHAPTER01 2018.03.
PAGE 4
CONTENTS 1. GENERAL INFORMATION 1. MODEL LINE UP........................................................................ 01-01 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT.............................................................................................. 01-01 1-2. INDOOR UNIT..................................................................................................01-03 1-3. CONTROLLER.................................................................................................01-06 1-4.
PAGE 5
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION 1. MODEL LINE UP 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT ●●Extensive line up from 6Ton to 24Ton.
PAGE 6
1 A 2 O Type AO: Outdoor unit 3 U Destination U: FUJITSU 4 A 5 1 GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION MODEL DESIGNATION 6 4 Model code (kBtu/h) 72: (72.0) 96: (96.0) 120: (120.0) 144: (144.0) 168: (168.0) 192: (192.0) 216: (216.0) 240: (240.0) 264: (264.0) 288: (288.
PAGE 7
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION 1-2. INDOOR UNIT Various combinations of types and capacities, ranging from 4,000 to 96,000 Btu/h.
PAGE 8
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION LINE UP (2/3) Capacity 4,000 Model code 4 7,500 7 9,500 9 Btu/h 12,000 12 14,000 14 18,000 18 24,000 24 30,000 30 36,000 36 48,000 48 60,000 60 72,000 72 96,000 96 High static pressure duct High static pressure duct ARUH36TLAV ARUH48TLAV ARUH60TLAV ARUH72TLAV1 ARUH96TLAV Vertical air handler Vertical air handler ARUV12TLAV ARUV18TLAV ARUV24TLAV ARUV30TLAV ARUV36TLAV ARUV48TLAV ARUV60TLAV Floor / Ceiling ABUA12TLAV ABUA14TLAV ABUA18T
PAGE 9
Capacity 4,000 Model code 4 7,500 7 Btu/h 9,500 9 12,000 12 14,000 14 18,000 18 24,000 24 30,000 30 34,000 36 48,000 48 60,000 60 72,000 72 96,000 96 GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION LINE UP (3/3) Wall mounted Wall mounted ASUA4TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV1 ASUA9TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV ASUA9TLAV ASUA12TLAV ASUA14TLAV ASUA12TLAV1 ASUA14TLAV1 ASUB18TLAV ASUB24TLAV ASUB18TLAV1 ASUB24TLAV1 ASUB30TLAV1 ASUB36TLAV1 MODEL DESIGNATION 1 A 2 U Type AU: Cassette AR: Duct AB: Floor/Ceil
PAGE 10
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION 1-3.
PAGE 11
1 U 2 T Series name UTY : Control unit 3 Y 4 - 5 A 6 P 7 G Type APG: System Controller DTG: Touch Panel Controller DCG: Central Remote Controller RNR, RNK: Wired Remote Controller RSR, RSK: S imple Remote Controller (with operation mode) RHR, RHK: S imple Remote Controller (without operation mode) LNH: Wireless Remote Controller - (01-07) - 8 X Destination Y: FUJITSU U: FUJITSU ( North American standard) X:Neutral brand 9 Z Version Z1 Z2 10 1 GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATI
PAGE 12
Network Convertor Model: UTY-VTGX Network Convertor For two wire type and three wire type remote controller. Split type systems can be controlled from a central controller via the convertor. Network Convertor for LONWORKS® Model: UTY-VLGX Modbus® Convertor for VRF Model: UTY-VMGX For connection between VRF network system and a Modbus® open network. For connection between VRF network system and a LONWORKS ® open network for management of small to mediumsized BMS.
PAGE 13
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION Service Tool Model: UTY-ASGXZ1 Web Monitoring Tool Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. - (01-09) - Model: UTY-AMGXZ1 Trouble free operation at all times by web monitoring system. The operation status of the VRF network system within the building can be monitored in real time over the Internet.
PAGE 14
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION 1-5.
PAGE 15
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION 1-6. BRANCH KIT 1-6-1. OUTDOOR UNIT BRANCH KIT Outdoor Unit Branch Kit Model: UTP-DX567A Discharge Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe Suction Gas Pipe 1-6-2.
PAGE 16
Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe Gas Pipe Separation Tube (for 2 pipes) Separation Tube (for 2 pipes) Model: UTP-AX090A Model: UTP-AX180A Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe Gas Pipe Gas Pipe Separation Tube (for 3 pipes) Separation Tube (for 3 pipes) Model: UTP-BX090A Model: UTP-BX180A Liquid Pipe Liquid Pipe Discharge Gas Pipe Discharge Gas Pipe Suction Gas Pipe Suction Gas Pipe - (01-12) - GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION Separation Tube (for 2 pipes) Separation Tube (for 2 pipes) Model: UTR-
PAGE 17
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION 1-6-3.
PAGE 18
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION 1-7.
PAGE 19
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION 1-8.
PAGE 20
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION Panel spacer Model : UTG-BKXA-W Wide panel For Cassette type For Circular flow cassette type Half concealed kit Model : UTG-AKXA-W For Cassette type For Circular flow cassette type Model : UTR-STA For Compact Floor type IR Receiver Unit Model: UTB-YWC IR Receiver Unit For Cassette type For all Duct type IR Receiver Unit Model: UTY-LBHXD Human Sensor Kit For Circular Flow Cassette type Remote Sensor Unit Model: UTY-SHZXC For Circular Flow Cassette
PAGE 21
Model: UTZ-VXRA Fresh air intake kit For Cassette type For Circular flow cassette type Auto louver grille kit For Slim Duct (7-14 models) For Mini Duct GENERAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION Fresh air intake kit Model: UTZ-VXAA For Compact Cassette type Model: UTD-GXTA-W Auto louver grille kit Models: UTD-GXSA-W *1 UTD-GXSB-W *2 *1 For Slim Duct (7-14 models) *2 For Slim Duct (18 model) - (01-17) -
PAGE 22
Model: UTY-XWZXZ6 External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZ8 External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZA External connect kit For Touch panel controller / Central remote controller External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZB For Indoor unit / RB unit Model: UTY-XWZXZC External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZD For Indoor unit For Indoor unit External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZ9 For Outdoor unit For Central remote controller External connect kit Model: UTY-XWZXZ7 For Indoor unit / Central remote control
PAGE 23
2. MODEL SELECTION DTV_VR2U025E_11--CHAPTER02 2018.09.
PAGE 24
CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 1. MODEL SELECTION PROCEDURE........................................ 02 - 01 2. MODEL LINE UP....................................................................... 02 - 02 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT................................................................................ 02 - 02 2-2. INDOOR UNIT.................................................................................... 02 - 03 2-3. OPTIONAL PARTS....................................................................
PAGE 25
CONTENTS 2. MODEL SELECTION 7-11. CEILING TYPE.................................................................................. 02 - 51 7-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE.................................................................... 02 - 52 8. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (INDOOR UNIT)........................ 02 - 57 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE........................................................... 02 - 57 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE.............................................. 02 - 59 8-3.
PAGE 26
1. MODEL SELECTION PROCEDURE See 2-2. MODEL LINE UP (INDOOR UNIT) and 3-1. SELECTION PROCEDURE OF INDOOR UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT Selection of required optional parts ●● Casseette Grille for all Cassette type Selection of outdoor unit See 2-3. MODEL LINE UP (OPTIONAL PARTS) See 2-1. MODEL LINE UP (OUTDOOR UNIT) and 3-1.
PAGE 27
2. MODEL LINE UP 2-1.
PAGE 28
2-2.
PAGE 29
Type Wall mounted Rated capacity (Btu/h) Cooling Heating 4,000 4,400 7,500 9,500 9,500 10,900 12,000 13,500 14,000 15,600 18,000 20,000 24,000 27,000 30,000 34,000 34,000 38,000 Model name ASUA4TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV ASUA7TLAV1 ASUA9TLAV ASUA9TLAV1 ASUA12TLAV ASUA12TLAV1 ASUA14TLAV ASUA14TLAV1 ASUB18TLAV ASUB18TLAV1 ASUB24TLAV ASUB24TLAV1 ASUB30TLAV1 ASUB36TLAV1 - (02 - 04) - Remarks MODEL SELECTION MODEL SELECTION LINE UP (2/2)
PAGE 30
2-3.
PAGE 31
CASSETTE GRILLE Cassete Grille Model name UTG-LCGVCW UTG-LCGVCB UTG-CCGVG UTG-CCGV UTG-LCGV Remarks For Circular Flow Cassette type For Compact Cassette type For Cassette type OTHERS Flange (Square) Items Flange (Round) Air Filter Drain Pump Unit Air Outlet Shutter Plate Model name UTD-SF045T UTD-RF204 UTD-LF25NA UTD-LF60KA UTZ-PU1NBA UTZ-PU1EBA UTR-YDZB UTR-YDZK Panel Spacer UTG-BKXA-W Wide Panel UTG-AKXA-W Half concealed kit UTR-STA UTB-YWC UTY-LRHYB1 UTY-LBHXD UTY-SHZXC UTD-XSZX UTZ-KX
PAGE 32
3. MODEL SELECTION AND CAPACITY CALCULATION 3-1. SELECTION PROCEDURE OF INDOOR UNIT AND OUTDOOR UNIT MODEL SELECTION MODEL SELECTION Please select indoor units and outdoor unit and make the capacity of each indoor unit be larger than cooling and heating load.
PAGE 33
A MODEL SELECTION MODEL SELECTION Select outdoor units to match the total capacity of indoor units preliminarily (Confirm the rated capacity ratio of indoor and outdoor units, the number of connectable indoor units within limit) Confirm if the capacity of outdoor units selected on previous process is listed in combination.
PAGE 34
3-2. METHOD OF CAPACITY CALCULATION The capacity calculation method which takes the effects of air temperature, pipe length and frosting/defrosting into consideration is shown below. (1) Find capacity of indoor unit at rated condition (TCin)r and at design temperature (TCin)d [from 7. CAPACITY TABLE COOLING (INDOOR UNIT) or 8. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (INDOOR UNIT)] (2) Find the following compensation coefficient [From 6. CAPACITY COMPENSATION COEFFICIENT].
PAGE 35
3-3. THE EXAMPLE OF CALCULATION Height difference, H=66ft. (20m) MODEL SELECTION Outdoor unit1 (Master) Design conditions: ●● Temperature Indoor : 8 2°FDB / 68°FWB (27.8°CDB / 20°CWB) Outdoor : 95°FDB (35°CDB) ●● Pipe length : 246ft. (75m) ●● Height difference : 66ft.
PAGE 36
Since the capacities of indoor units are smaller than the cooling heat loads, change to Change to a larger capacity of outdoor unit zz Remark kBtu/h 16Ton : AOUA192TLBVG (AOUA120TLBV + AOUA72TLBV) 192.0 See 2 % 100.0 (A-7) / (B'-2) kBtu/h 196.2 0.90 176.6 See Fig.2 3) (B'-4) x (B'-5) 176.
PAGE 37
1) Equation for capacity calculation of outdoor unit. i) Refer to 4. CAPACITY TABLE (OUTDOOR UNIT) to find Y1 and Y2 using X1 and X 2. (X2, Y2) ii) Calculate capacity of outdoor unit using following equation: Y=(Y2-Y1) / (X 2-X1)  (X-X1) + Y1 (X, Y) (X1, Y1) x Capacity ratio of indoor units to outdoor unit, X (%) 2) Cooling capacity table of 14Ton outdoor units: AOUA168TLBVG (AOUA96TLBV + AOUA72TLBV) Total rated cooling capacity of indoor unit 201.6 (120%) X2 184.8 (110%) X1 Outdoor temp.
PAGE 38
4. CAPACITY TABLE COOLING (OUTDOOR UNIT) MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA72TLBV Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 108.0 (150%) 100.8 (140%) 93.6 (130%) 86.4 (120%) 79.
PAGE 39
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA96TLBV Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 144.0 (150%) 134.4 (140%) 124.8 (130%) 115.2 (120%) 105.
PAGE 40
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA120TLBV Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 180.0 (150%) 168.0 (140%) 156.0 (130%) 144.0 (120%) 132.
PAGE 41
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA144TLBVG Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 216.0 (150%) 201.6 (140%) 187.2 (130%) 172.8 (120%) 158.
PAGE 42
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA168RLBVG Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 252.0 (150%) 235.2 (140%) 218.4 (130%) 201.6 (120%) 184.
PAGE 43
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA192TLBVG Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 288.0 (150%) 268.8 (140%) 249.6 (130%) 230.4 (120%) 211.
PAGE 44
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA216TLBVG Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 324.0 (150%) 302.4 (140%) 280.8 (130%) 259.2 (120%) 237.
PAGE 45
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA240TLBVG Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 360.0 (150%) 336.0 (140%) 312.0 (130%) 288.0 (120%) 264.
PAGE 46
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA264TLBVG Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 396.0 (150%) 369.6 (140%) 343.2 (130%) 316.8 (120%) 290.
PAGE 47
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA288TLBVG Total rated Outdoor capacity temp. of indoor (°FDB) unit 432.0 (150%) 403.2 (140%) 374.4 (130%) 345.6 (120%) 316.
PAGE 48
5. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (OUTDOOR UNIT) MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA72TLBV Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 121.5 (150%) 113.4 (140%) 105.3 (130%) 97.2 (120%) 89.1 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.
PAGE 49
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA96TLBV Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 162.0 (150%) 151.2 (140%) 140.4 (130%) 129.6 (120%) 118.8 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 50
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA120TLBV Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 202.5 (150%) 189.0 (140%) 175.5 (130%) 162.0 (120%) 148.5 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 51
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA144TLBVG Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 243.0 (150%) 226.8 (140%) 210.6 (130%) 194.4 (120%) 178.2 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 52
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA168TLBVG Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 283.5 (150%) 264.6 (140%) 245.7 (130%) 226.8 (120%) 207.9 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 53
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA192TLBVG Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 324.0 (150%) 302.4 (140%) 280.8 (130%) 259.2 (120%) 237.6 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 54
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA216TLBVG Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 364.5 (150%) 340.2 (140%) 315.9 (130%) 291.6 (120%) 267.3 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 55
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA240TLBVG Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 405.0 (150%) 378.0 (140%) 351.0 (130%) 324.0 (120%) 297.0 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 56
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA264TLBVG Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 445.5 (150%) 415.8 (140%) 386.1 (130%) 356.4 (120%) 326.7 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 57
MODEL SELECTION MODEL : AOUA288TLBVG Total Outdoor rated temp. capacity of indoor °FDB °FWB unit 486.0 (150%) 453.6 (140%) 421.2 (130%) 388.8 (120%) 356.4 (110%) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.
PAGE 58
6. CAPACITY COMPENSATION COEFFICIENT COMPENSATION COEFFICIENT OF PIPE LENGTH 98 (30) 66 (20) 33 (10) 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.90 MODEL SELECTION (40) 0.94 131 0.96 (50) 0.98 164 1.00 Height difference H [ft. (m)] Outdoor unit (Higher) 0.92 Cooling zz Pipe length L [ft.
PAGE 59
7. CAPACITY TABLE COOLING (INDOOR UNIT) 7-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : AUUA4TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 2.5 2.1 2.9 2.6 3.3 2.7 3.5 3.1 4.0 3.0 4.2 3.1 4.9 3.3 5.1 3.6 59 2.5 2.1 2.9 2.6 3.3 2.7 3.5 3.1 4.0 3.0 4.2 3.1 4.
PAGE 60
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : AUUA14TLAV Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °CWB °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 8.9 7.0 10.2 8.4 11.4 8.8 12.1 10.0 14.0 9.8 14.6 10.3 17.2 10.7 17.9 11.9 59 8.9 7.0 10.2 8.4 11.4 8.8 12.1 10.0 14.0 9.8 14.6 10.3 17.2 10.7 17.9 11.9 70 8.9 7.0 10.2 8.
PAGE 61
7-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : AUUB18TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 11.4 9.7 13.1 11.9 14.7 12.3 15.5 14.2 18.0 13.6 18.8 14.3 22.1 14.8 23.0 16.6 59 11.4 9.7 13.1 11.9 14.7 12.3 15.5 14.2 18.0 13.6 18.8 14.3 22.1 14.
PAGE 62
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : AUUB36TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 22.8 17.5 26.1 21.2 29.4 22.2 31.1 25.3 36.0 24.7 37.7 25.9 44.2 27.1 45.9 29.9 59 22.8 17.5 26.1 21.2 29.4 22.2 31.1 25.3 36.0 24.7 37.7 25.9 44.2 27.1 45.9 29.9 70 22.8 17.
PAGE 63
7-3. CASSETTE TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : AUUB18TLAV Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °CWB °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 11.4 10.2 13.1 12.5 14.7 13.0 15.5 15.0 18.0 14.3 18.8 15.0 22.1 15.5 23.0 17.4 59 11.4 10.2 13.1 12.5 14.7 13.0 15.5 15.0 18.0 14.3 18.8 15.0 22.1 15.5 23.
PAGE 64
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : AUUB30TLAV Indoor temperature 20°CDB 68°FDB / 59 15 °FWB °CWB 23°CDB 73°FDB / 61 16 °FWB °CWB 24°CDB 75°FDB / 63 17 °FWB °CWB 26°CDB 79°FDB / 64 18 °FWB °CWB 27°CDB 80°FDB / 67 19 °FWB °CWB 28°CDB 82°FDB / 68 20 °FWB °CWB 30°CDB 86°FDB / 72 22 °FWB °CWB 32°CDB 90°FDB / 73 23 °FWB °CWB (°CDB) (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 10 19.0 16.0 21.8 19.5 24.5 20.2 25.9 23.3 30.0 22.4 31.4 23.5 36.9 24.4 38.
PAGE 65
7-4. MINI DUCT TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ARUL4TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.5 3.3 2.6 3.5 3.0 4.0 2.9 4.2 3.0 4.9 3.1 5.1 3.5 59 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.5 3.3 2.6 3.5 3.0 4.0 2.9 4.2 3.0 4.9 3.1 5.1 3.5 70 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.5 3.
PAGE 66
7-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ARUL7TLAV Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °CWB °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 4.8 4.1 5.4 5.1 6.1 5.2 6.5 6.0 7.5 5.8 7.8 6.1 9.2 6.3 9.6 7.1 59 4.8 4.1 5.4 5.1 6.1 5.2 6.5 6.0 7.5 5.8 7.8 6.1 9.2 6.3 9.6 7.
PAGE 67
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ARUL18TLAV Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °CWB °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 11.4 9.2 13.1 11.2 14.7 11.7 15.5 13.4 18.0 13.0 18.8 13.6 22.1 14.2 23.0 15.8 59 11.4 9.2 13.1 11.2 14.7 11.7 15.5 13.4 18.0 13.0 18.8 13.6 22.1 14.2 23.0 15.8 70 11.4 9.
PAGE 68
7-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ARUM24TLAV Indoor temperature 20°CDB 68°FDB / 59 15 °FWB °CWB 23°CDB 73°FDB / 61 16 °FWB °CWB 24°CDB 75°FDB / 63 17 °FWB °CWB 26°CDB 79°FDB / 64 18 °FWB °CWB 27°CDB 80°FDB / 67 19 °FWB °CWB 28°CDB 82°FDB / 68 20 °FWB °CWB 30°CDB 86°FDB / 72 22 °FWB °CWB 32°CDB 90°FDB / 73 23 °FWB °CWB (°CDB) (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 10 15.2 12.3 17.4 14.9 19.6 15.5 20.7 17.8 24.
PAGE 69
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h 7-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE MODEL : ARUH36TLAV Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °CWB °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC 50 22.8 18.1 26.1 22.0 29.4 22.9 31.1 26.2 36.0 25.5 37.7 26.7 44.2 27.9 45.9 SHC 30.9 59 22.8 18.1 26.1 22.0 29.4 22.9 31.1 26.2 36.0 25.5 37.7 26.7 44.
PAGE 70
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ARUH72TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °CWB °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 45.7 34.9 52.3 42.3 58.8 44.2 62.2 50.3 72.0 49.2 75.3 51.6 88.5 54.0 91.8 59.7 59 45.7 34.9 52.3 42.3 58.8 44.2 62.2 50.3 72.0 49.2 75.3 51.6 88.5 54.0 91.8 59.7 70 45.7 34.
PAGE 71
7-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ARUV12TLAV Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 7.6 5.9 8.7 7.2 9.8 7.5 10.4 8.6 12.0 8.3 12.6 8.8 14.7 9.1 15.3 10.1 59 7.6 5.9 8.7 7.2 9.8 7.5 10.4 8.6 12.0 8.3 12.6 8.8 14.7 9.1 15.3 10.1 70 7.
PAGE 72
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ARUV36TLAV Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 22.8 18.7 26.1 22.7 29.4 23.6 31.1 27.1 36.0 26.2 37.7 27.5 44.2 28.6 45.9 31.9 59 22.8 18.7 26.1 22.7 29.4 23.6 31.1 27.1 36.0 26.2 37.7 27.5 44.2 28.6 45.9 31.9 70 22.8 18.7 26.
PAGE 73
7-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : AGUA4TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.4 3.3 2.5 3.5 2.9 4.0 2.8 4.2 3.0 4.9 3.1 5.1 3.4 59 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.4 3.3 2.5 3.5 2.9 4.0 2.8 4.2 3.0 4.9 3.1 5.1 3.4 70 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.4 3.
PAGE 74
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : AGUA12TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 7.6 6.1 8.7 7.4 9.8 7.7 10.4 8.8 12.0 8.6 12.6 9.0 14.7 9.4 15.3 10.4 59 7.6 6.1 8.7 7.4 9.8 7.7 10.4 8.8 12.0 8.6 12.6 9.0 14.7 9.4 15.3 10.4 70 7.6 6.1 8.7 7.4 9.8 7.7 10.
PAGE 75
7-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ABUA12TLAV Indoor temperature 20°CDB 68°FDB / 59 15 °FWB °CWB 23°CDB 73°FDB / 61 16 °FWB °CWB 24°CDB 75°FDB / 63 17 °FWB °CWB 26°CDB 79°FDB / 64 18 °FWB °CWB 27°CDB 80°FDB / 67 19 °FWB °CWB 28°CDB 82°FDB / 68 20 °FWB °CWB 30°CDB 86°FDB / 72 22 °FWB °CWB 32°CDB 90°FDB / 73 23 °FWB °CWB (°CDB) (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 10 7.6 6.5 8.7 7.9 9.8 8.2 10.4 9.5 12.0 9.1 12.6 9.
PAGE 76
7-11. CEILING TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ABUA30TLAV Indoor temperature 20°CDB 68°FDB / 59 15 °FWB °CWB 23°CDB 73°FDB / 61 16 °FWB °CWB 24°CDB 75°FDB / 63 17 °FWB °CWB 26°CDB 79°FDB / 64 18 °FWB °CWB 27°CDB 80°FDB / 67 19 °FWB °CWB 28°CDB 82°FDB / 68 20 °FWB °CWB 30°CDB 86°FDB / 72 22 °FWB °CWB 32°CDB 90°FDB / 73 23 °FWB °CWB (°CDB) (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 10 19.0 16.1 21.8 19.7 24.5 20.4 25.9 23.5 30.0 22.6 31.4 23.
PAGE 77
7-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ASUA4TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.4 3.3 2.5 3.5 2.9 4.0 2.8 4.2 2.9 4.9 3.1 5.1 3.4 59 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.4 3.3 2.5 3.5 2.9 4.0 2.8 4.2 2.9 4.9 3.1 5.1 3.4 70 2.5 2.0 2.9 2.4 3.
PAGE 78
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ASUA12TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 7.6 6.2 8.7 7.6 9.8 7.9 10.4 9.1 12.0 8.8 12.6 9.2 14.7 9.6 15.3 10.6 59 7.6 6.2 8.7 7.6 9.8 7.9 10.4 9.1 12.0 8.8 12.6 9.2 14.7 9.6 15.3 10.6 70 7.6 6.2 8.7 7.6 9.8 7.9 10.
PAGE 79
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ASUB18TLAV1 Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 11.4 9.2 13.1 11.2 14.7 11.7 15.5 13.4 18.0 12.9 18.8 13.6 22.1 14.1 23.0 15.7 59 11.4 9.2 13.1 11.2 14.7 11.7 15.5 13.4 18.0 12.9 18.8 13.6 22.1 14.1 23.0 15.7 70 11.4 9.2 13.
PAGE 80
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ASUA7TLAV Indoor temperature 20°CDB 68°FDB / 59 15 °FWB °CWB 23°CDB 73°FDB / 61 16 °FWB °CWB 24°CDB 75°FDB / 63 17 °FWB °CWB 26°CDB 79°FDB / 64 18 °FWB °CWB 27°CDB 80°FDB / 67 19 °FWB °CWB 28°CDB 82°FDB / 68 20 °FWB °CWB 30°CDB 86°FDB / 72 22 °FWB °CWB 32°CDB 90°FDB / 73 23 °FWB °CWB (°CDB) (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 10 4.8 4.2 5.4 5.1 6.1 5.3 6.5 6.1 7.5 5.8 7.8 6.1 9.2 6.4 9.6 7.1 59 15 4.
PAGE 81
COOLING CAPACITY in kBtu/h MODEL : ASUB18TLAV Indoor temperature 68°FDB / 59 °FWB 73°FDB / 61 °FWB 75°FDB / 63 °CWB °FWB 79°FDB / 64 °FWB 80°FDB / 67 °FWB 82°FDB / 68 °FWB 86°FDB / 72 °FWB 90°FDB / 73 °FWB (°FDB) TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC TC SHC 50 11.4 9.2 13.1 11.2 14.7 11.7 15.5 13.4 18.0 12.9 18.8 13.6 22.1 14.2 23.0 15.7 59 11.4 9.2 13.1 11.2 14.7 11.7 15.5 13.4 18.0 12.9 18.8 13.6 22.1 14.2 23.0 15.7 70 11.4 9.
PAGE 82
8. CAPACITY TABLE HEATING (INDOOR UNIT) 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE MODEL : AUUA4TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 2.3 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.3 3.7 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.7 4.9 5.1 5.1 5.1 64°FDB TC 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.7 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 68°FDB TC 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.
PAGE 83
MODEL : AUUA14TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 8.1 9.4 10.5 11.5 11.7 12.9 13.6 14.3 14.7 15.4 16.6 17.4 18.0 18.3 18.3 18°CDB 64°FDB TC 8.1 9.4 10.4 11.
PAGE 84
8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE MODEL : AUUB18TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 10.4 12.1 13.4 14.7 15.0 16.6 17.5 18.4 18.9 19.7 21.3 22.3 23.0 23.4 23.4 64°FDB TC 10.4 12.0 13.4 14.6 14.9 16.5 17.4 18.3 18.7 19.6 21.2 22.1 22.3 22.3 22.3 68°FDB TC 10.4 12.0 13.3 14.6 14.8 16.5 17.3 18.2 18.6 19.5 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.
PAGE 85
MODEL : AUUB36TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 20.8 24.1 26.9 29.4 29.9 33.2 35.0 36.7 37.7 39.5 42.5 44.5 46.1 46.8 46.8 64°FDB TC 20.8 24.0 26.8 29.3 29.8 33.1 34.8 36.6 37.5 39.2 42.4 44.3 44.5 44.5 44.5 68°FDB TC 20.8 24.0 26.6 29.1 29.7 32.9 34.6 36.3 37.2 39.0 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.
PAGE 86
8-3. CASSETTE TYPE MODEL : AUUB18TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 10.4 12.1 13.4 14.7 15.0 16.6 17.5 18.4 18.9 19.7 21.3 22.3 23.0 23.4 23.
PAGE 87
MODEL : AUUB30TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 17.7 20.5 22.8 25.0 25.4 28.2 29.7 31.2 32.1 33.6 36.1 37.9 39.1 39.8 39.8 18°CDB 64°FDB TC 17.7 20.4 22.7 24.
PAGE 88
8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE MODEL : ARUL4TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 2.3 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.3 3.7 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.7 4.9 5.1 5.1 5.1 64°FDB TC 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.7 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 68°FDB TC 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 Indoor temperature 70°FDB 72°FDB TC TC 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.
PAGE 89
8-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE MODEL : ARUL7TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 4.9 5.7 6.4 7.0 7.1 7.9 8.3 8.7 9.0 9.4 10.1 10.6 10.9 11.1 11.
PAGE 90
MODEL : ARUL18TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 10.4 12.1 13.4 14.7 15.0 16.6 17.5 18.4 18.9 19.7 21.3 22.3 23.0 23.4 23.4 18°CDB 64°FDB TC 10.4 12.0 13.4 14.
PAGE 91
8-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE MODEL : ARUM24TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 14.1 16.3 18.1 19.8 20.2 22.4 23.6 24.8 25.5 26.7 28.7 30.1 31.1 31.6 31.
PAGE 92
MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 20.8 24.1 26.9 29.4 29.9 33.2 35.0 36.7 37.7 39.5 42.5 44.5 46.1 46.8 46.8 18°CDB 64°FDB TC 20.8 24.0 26.8 29.3 29.8 33.1 34.8 36.
PAGE 93
MODEL : ARUH72TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 42.2 48.8 54.4 59.5 60.6 67.2 70.8 74.4 76.4 80.0 86.1 90.2 93.3 94.8 94.8 18°CDB 64°FDB TC 42.2 48.5 54.
PAGE 94
8-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE MODEL : ARUV12TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.1 9.9 10.1 11.2 11.8 12.4 12.7 13.3 14.4 15.0 15.5 15.8 15.8 64°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.0 9.9 10.1 11.2 11.8 12.4 12.6 13.2 14.3 14.9 15.0 15.0 15.0 68°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.0 9.8 10.0 11.1 11.7 12.3 12.6 13.2 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.
PAGE 95
MODEL : ARUV36TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 20.8 24.1 26.9 29.4 29.9 33.2 35.0 36.7 37.7 39.5 42.5 44.5 46.1 46.8 46.8 64°FDB TC 20.8 24.0 26.8 29.3 29.8 33.1 34.8 36.6 37.5 39.2 42.4 44.3 44.5 44.5 44.5 68°FDB TC 20.8 24.0 26.6 29.1 29.7 32.9 34.6 36.3 37.2 39.0 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.5 41.
PAGE 96
8-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE MODEL : AGUA4TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 2.3 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.3 3.7 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.7 4.9 5.1 5.1 5.1 64°FDB TC 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.7 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 68°FDB TC 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 Indoor temperature 70°FDB 72°FDB TC TC 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.
PAGE 97
MODEL : AGUA12TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.1 9.9 10.1 11.2 11.8 12.4 12.7 13.3 14.4 15.0 15.5 15.8 15.8 64°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.0 9.9 10.1 11.2 11.8 12.4 12.6 13.2 14.3 14.9 15.0 15.0 15.0 68°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.0 9.8 10.0 11.1 11.7 12.3 12.6 13.2 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 Indoor temperature 70°FDB 72°FDB TC TC 7.
PAGE 98
8-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE MODEL : ABUA12TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.1 9.9 10.1 11.2 11.8 12.4 12.7 13.3 14.4 15.0 15.5 15.8 15.
PAGE 99
8-11. CEILING TYPE MODEL : ABUA30TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 17.7 20.5 22.8 25.0 25.4 28.2 29.7 31.2 32.1 33.6 36.1 37.9 39.1 39.8 39.
PAGE 100
8-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE MODEL : ASUA4TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 2.3 2.7 3.0 3.2 3.3 3.7 3.8 4.0 4.2 4.3 4.7 4.9 5.1 5.1 5.1 64°FDB TC 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.7 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 68°FDB TC 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.0 4.1 4.3 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 Indoor temperature 70°FDB 72°FDB TC TC 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.
PAGE 101
MODEL : ASUA12TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.1 9.9 10.1 11.2 11.8 12.4 12.7 13.3 14.4 15.0 15.5 15.8 15.8 64°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.0 9.9 10.1 11.2 11.8 12.4 12.6 13.2 14.3 14.9 15.0 15.0 15.0 68°FDB TC 7.0 8.1 9.0 9.8 10.0 11.1 11.7 12.3 12.6 13.2 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 Indoor temperature 70°FDB 72°FDB TC TC 7.
PAGE 102
MODEL : ASUB18TLAV1 MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°FDB) -2.7 5.0 10.4 15.8 17.0 23.0 26.6 30.2 32.0 35.6 41.0 47.0 48.2 53.6 59.0 (°FWB) -4.0 3.2 8.6 14.0 15.0 21.2 24.8 28.4 30.2 33.8 39.2 43.0 46.0 51.1 56.3 61°FDB TC 10.4 12.1 13.4 14.7 15.0 16.6 17.5 18.4 18.9 19.7 21.3 22.3 23.0 23.4 23.4 64°FDB TC 10.4 12.0 13.4 14.6 14.9 16.5 17.4 18.3 18.7 19.6 21.2 22.1 22.3 22.3 22.3 68°FDB TC 10.4 12.0 13.3 14.6 14.8 16.5 17.3 18.2 18.6 19.5 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.8 20.
PAGE 103
MODEL : ASUA7TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 4.9 5.7 6.4 7.0 7.1 7.9 8.3 8.7 9.0 9.4 10.1 10.6 10.9 11.1 11.1 18°CDB 64°FDB TC 4.9 5.7 6.4 7.0 7.1 7.9 8.
PAGE 104
MODEL : ASUB18TLAV MODEL SELECTION Outdoor Temperature (°CDB) (°FDB) -2.7 -19.3 5.0 -15.0 10.4 -12.0 15.8 -9.0 17.0 -7.0 23.0 -5.0 26.6 -3.0 30.2 -1.0 32.0 0.0 35.6 2.0 41.0 5.0 47.0 7.0 48.2 9.0 53.6 12.0 59.0 15.0 (°CWB) (°FWB) -4.0 -20.0 3.2 -16.0 8.6 -13.0 14.0 -10.0 15.0 -8.0 21.2 -6.0 24.8 -4.0 28.4 -2.0 30.2 -1.0 33.8 1.0 39.2 4.0 43.0 6.0 46.0 7.8 51.1 10.6 56.3 13.5 16°CDB 61°FDB TC 10.4 12.1 13.4 14.7 15.0 16.6 17.5 18.4 18.9 19.7 21.3 22.3 23.0 23.4 23.4 18°CDB 64°FDB TC 10.4 12.0 13.4 14.
PAGE 105
3. OUTDOOR UNITS DTV_VR2U025E_10--CHAPTER03 2017.10.
PAGE 106
CONTENTS 3.OUTDOOR UNITS 1. 1-1. 2. SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................... 03 - 01 OUTDOOR UNITS......................................................................................... 03 - 01 DIMENSIONS............................................................................ 03 - 04 2-1. SINGLE UNIT................................................................................................ 03 - 04 2-2. COMBINATION..................................
PAGE 107
1-1. OUTDOOR UNITS Nominal system capacity Model name Power source Available voltage range Cooling Capacity Heating OUTDOOR UNITS Nominal Input power Cooling *1 Heating Cooling Current *2 (Rated) Heating Type x Quantity Ton 6 AOUA72TLBV Btu/h kW Btu/h kW 72,000 21.1 81,000 23.7 5.31 5.35 14.31 14.57 kW A CFM (m3 / h) External static pressure in.WG Fan (Max) (Pa) Type x Quantity Motor Output W Cooling Sound pressure level dB(A) Heating Length in.
PAGE 108
Ton 12 14 16 18 AOUA144TLBVG AOUA168TLBVG AOUA192TLBVG AOUA216TLBVG AOUA72TLBV AOUA96TLBV AOUA120TLBV AOUA120TLBV Model name (combination) AOUA72TLBV AOUA72TLBV AOUA72TLBV AOUA96TLBV Power source 3Phase ~ 208/230V, 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253V Btu/h 144,000 168,000 192,000 216,000 Cooling kW 42.2 49.2 56.2 63.3 Capacity Btu/h 162,000 188,000 216,000 243,000 Heating Nominal kW 47.5 55.1 63.3 71.2 Cooling 11.69 14.03 15.87 18.25 Input kW power *1 Heating 12.73 14.57 15.53 18.
PAGE 109
Ton Model name (combination) Power source Available voltage range OUTDOOR UNITS Nominal Fan Sound pressure level Capacity Cooling Heating Cooling Input kW power *1 Heating Type x Quantity Airflow CFM High rate (m3 / h) External static in.WG pressure (Max) (Pa) Type x Quantity Motor Output W Cooling dB(A) Heating Length in.
PAGE 110
2. DIMENSIONS 2-1. SINGLE UNIT MODELS : AOUA72TLBV, AOUA96TLBV (Unit : in.
PAGE 111
MODELS : AOUA120TLBV Unit : in.
PAGE 112
KNOCKOUT HOLE POSITION Unit : in. (mm) Ø 1-3/8 (34.5) Power supply cable port Ø 1-3/4 (43.7) Power supply cable port Ø 7/8 (22.2) Transmission cable port Ø 7/8 (22.2) Transmission cable port 2-15/16 3/8 (10) 3-15/16 (100) (75) Ø 2 (50) Power supply cable port Ø 7/8 (22.2) Transmission cable port Pipe port Ø 1-3/8 (34.5) Power supply cable port Ø 1-3/4 (43.7) Power supply cable port Ø 7/8 (22.
PAGE 113
VALVE POSITION Unit : in. (mm) 8-3/8 (213) 5-1/16 (128) 5-11/16 (145) 2-11/16 (68) 4-13/16 (123) Ø 1/2 (12.7) Ø 3/4 (19.05) OUTDOOR UNITS Left view - (03 - 07) - 3-15/16 (100) 6-13/16 (173) 8-9/16 (217) 9-3/4 (128) OUTDOOR UNITS Ø 1 (25.
PAGE 114
ACCESSORY PIPE Unit : in.
PAGE 115
INSTALLATION (FOUNDATION) 3-1/8 (80) 6-5/16 (160) 3-1/8 (80) Model AOUA72TLBV AOUA96TLBV A 24 (610) 24 (610) AOUA120TLBV 36-1/4 (920) B 36-5/8 (930) 36-5/8 (930) 48-13/16 (1240) OUTDOOR UNITS OUTDOOR UNITS 28-13/16 (732) 30-1/8 (765) 6-5/16 (160) Unit : in. (mm) B A 8 - 1/2 x 11/16 (12 x 17) (Hole) Bottom view Installation example Bolt (M10) Prohibited OK OK *Do not use a four-corner support foundation.
PAGE 116
CENTER OF GRAVITY POSITION Unit : in.
PAGE 117
CORNER WEIGHTS Unit : lbs (kg) Models : AOUA72TLBV, AOUA96TLBV zz 3 4 1 Model AOUA72TLBV AOUA96TLBV OUTDOOR UNITS OUTDOOR UNITS 2 1 2 3 4 Total 159 (72) 147 (67) 141 (64) 150 (68) 597 (271) 3 134 (61) 4 137 (62) Total 639 (290) Models : AOUA120TLBV zz 2 3 4 1 Model AOUA120TLBV 1 185 (84) 2 183 (83) - (03 - 11) -
PAGE 118
2-2. COMBINATION Set model name Outdoor unit1 Outdoor unit2 AOUA144TLBVG (12Ton) 6Ton 6Ton AOUA168TLBVG (14Ton) 8Ton 6Ton Unit : in.
PAGE 119
Set model name Outdoor unit1 Outdoor unit2 AOUA192TLBVG (16Ton) 10Ton 6Ton AOUA216TLBVG (18Ton) 10Ton 8Ton 36-1/4 (920) (Bolt pitch) OUTDOOR UNITS OUTDOOR UNITS Unit : in.
PAGE 120
Set model name Outdoor unit1 Outdoor unit2 AOUA240TLBVG (20Ton) 10Ton 10Ton 36-1/4 (920) (Bolt pitch) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 28-13/16 (732) (Bolt pitch) 8-1/2x11/16 (12x17) (Hole) 8-1/2x11/16 (12x17) (Hole) Top view Outdoor unit 2 66-9/16 (1690) Outdoor unit 1 48-13/16 (1240) 48-13/16 (1240) Front view - (03 - 14) - OUTDOOR UNITS 3-1/8 (80) OUTDOOR UNITS Unit : in.
PAGE 121
Set model name Outdoor unit1 Outdoor unit2 Outdoor unit3 AOUA264TLBVG (22Ton) 8Ton 8Ton 6Ton AOUA288TLBVG (24Ton) 8Ton 8Ton 8Ton OUTDOOR UNITS 24 (610) (Bolt pitch) 3-1/8 (80) 24 (610) (Bolt pitch) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 24 (610) (Bolt pitch) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 28-13/16 (732) (Bolt pitch) 8-1/2x11/16 (12x17) (Hole) 8-12x17 (Hole) Top view Outdoor unit 2 Outdoor unit 3 66-9/16 (1690) Outdoor unit 1 8-1/2x11/16 (12x17) (Hole) 36-5/8 (930) 36-5/8 (930) Front view - (
PAGE 122
3. INSTALLATION SPACE 3-1. WHEN INSTALLATION IS NEAR LIMITED HEIGHT WALL SINGLE AND MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS There are no restrictions on the height of the side wall. ●● Provide installation spaces L1 and L2 in accordance with the table below according to the ●● wall height (front side, rear side) conditions. Provide installation spaces other than L1 and L2 in accordance with the conditions shown in ●● the figure below.
PAGE 123
CONCENTRATED INSTALLATION Provide installation spaces L3, L4, and L5 in accordance with the table below according to ●● the wall height (front side, rear side) conditions. Provide installation spaces other than L3, L4, and L5 in accordance with the conditions ●● shown in the figure below. Air flow resistance can be ignored when the distance from a wall or other equipment is ●● more than 79in. (2m) Unit : in.
PAGE 124
3-2. WHEN INSTALLATION IS NEAR UNLIMITED HEIGHT WALL SINGLE AND MULTIPLE INSTALLATIONS There are no restrictions on the height of the wall. ●● The wall (without height restrictions) must not exist on both left and right sides of the ●● outdoor unit. Also, the wall must not exist on both the front and rear of the outdoor unit. Provide installation spaces other than L6 in accordance with the conditions shown in the ●● figure below.
PAGE 125
CONCENTRATED INSTALLATION The wall (without height restrictions) must not exist on both left and right sides of the ●● outdoor unit. Also, the wall must not exist on both the front and rear of the outdoor unit. Air flow resistance can be ignored when the distance from a wall or other equipment is ●● more than 79in. (2m) Unit : in.
PAGE 126
3-3. WHEN THERE IS AN OBSTRUCTION ABOVE THE PRODUCT For Side Outlet Installation zz When there is an obstruction above the product, observe the minimum installation height ●● and install an outlet duct as shown in the figure. Outlet duct OUTDOOR UNITS OUTDOOR UNITS When an outlet duct, etc. is installed; the high static pressure mode must be set by ●● pushbutton switch. Unit : in.
PAGE 127
3-4. CONCENTRATED INSTALLATION EXAMPLE When installing units in a group, in order to avoid short circuiting that could reduce capacity ●● or cause a shutdown, install units with clearances equal to or greater than shown below. To prevent short circuiting, consider elevating the units and provide openings at the bottom ●● of the wall for airflow. When installing more than the number of units shown below, contact your distributor or representative for installation recommendations.
PAGE 128
CONCENTRATED INSTALLATION EXAMPLE (2) *Wall height: All 67in. (1700mm) *However, the height of the wall can be unrestricted. Unit : in.
PAGE 129
CONCENTRATED INSTALLATION EXAMPLE (3) *Wall height is unrestricted. * Of the 4 directions, leave at least 2 directions open. Leave either the front or back direction open. 12 units installation example zz Installation of more than the number of units shown below is not recommended because short circuit easily occurs at the corners. Unit : in.
PAGE 130
3-5. INSTALLATION ON EACH FLOOR Precautions when installing on each floor zz When installing the product on each floor, be careful because updraft may cause a short ●● circuit. If a short circuit occurred, the cooling and heating capacity and EER, COP (efficiency) may drop and in the worst case, high pressure protection may cause operation to stop. Regarding the installation dimensions, refer to the figure below and provide an ample intake ●● space.
PAGE 131
4.
PAGE 132
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION MARK CMP1 HEX1 HEX2 FAN1 ACM RCV OS SCHEX HPS LPS HPSW1 4WV1 4WV2 EEV1 EEV2 EEV3 SV1 SV2 SV3 SV4 TH1 TH2 TH3 TH4 TH5 TH6 TH7 TH8 TH9 TH10 TH11 DESCRIPTION Compressor 1 (Inverter type) Heat exchanger 1 Heat exchanger 2 Fan 1 Accumulator Receiver tanker Oil separator Sub-cool heat exchanger High pressure sensor Low pressure sensor High pressure sensor switch 1 4-way valve 1 4-way valve 2 Electric expansion valve 1 Electric expansion valve 2 Electric expansion valve 3 Solenoid valve 1 So
PAGE 133
5.
PAGE 134
6. OPERATION RANGE Operation mode Operation range Cooling / Dry 14 to 115°F DB (-10 to 46°C DB) Heating -4 to 70°F DB (-20 to 21°C DB) Cooling/Heating simultaneous 14 to 70°F DB (-10 to 21°C DB) OUTDOOR UNITS OUTDOOR UNITS OUTDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT Operation mode Operation range Cooling / Dry 64 to 90°F DB (18 to 32°C DB) R.H. 80% or less Heating 50 to 86°F DB (10 to 30°C DB) R.H. : Relative Humidity.
PAGE 135
7. NOISE LEVEL CURVE MODEL : AOUA72TLBV  Heating 80 80 70 70 Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 136
MODEL : AOUA120TLBV  Heating 90 90 80 80 Rated NC-65 60 NC-60 Low noise mode level 1 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 Low noise mode level 2 NC-35 30 NC-30 20 NC-25 NC-70 70 Rated NC-65 Low noise mode level 1 60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 Low noise mode level 2 40 NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 20 NC-25 NC-20 NC-20 10 10 NC-15 0 NC-60 63 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 4,000 NC-15 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz 0 63 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 Octave band center frequency, H
PAGE 137
SOUND LEVEL CHECK POINT OUTDOOR UNITS OUTDOOR UNITS Microphone 39-3/8in. (1 m) 39-3/8in.
PAGE 138
8. ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS OUTDOOR UNITS Power Supply Electric Characteristics Wiring Comp Full Load Characteristics Specifications -resser Ton Model name Hz Voltage (V) MCA (A) TOCA (A) MSC (A) MAX.CKT.BKR (A) 6 AOUA72TLBV 60 208/230 41 45 33.2 50 8 AOUA96TLBV 60 208/230 41 45 33.2 10 AOUA120TLBV 60 208/230 50 55 40.0 Rated Value Power Supply Outdoor Fan Motor Output (kW) FLA (A) 17 0.74 3.0 50 25 0.74 3.0 60 32 0.74 3.
PAGE 139
9. SAFETY DEVICES AOUA96TLBV Fuse (Main) AC 250V 5A Protector (INV) AC 450V 60A Fuse (Varistor) AC 250V 3.15A Fuse (Fan Driver) Compressor Protector OUTDOOR UNITS AOUA72TLBV High Pressure Protection Low Pressure Protection AOUA120TLBV DC 500V 10A Overcurrent protection Temperature protection Activate at 239°F (115°C): Compressor stop Reset at 176°F (80°C): Compressor restart Activate at 580 psi (4.0MPa) Reset at 464 psi (3.2 Mpa) Activate at 7.25 psi (0.
PAGE 140
10. LOCALLY PURCHASED PARTS 10-1. AIR DISCHARGE DUCT PRECAUTION All components such as the duct, support framework and misc. screws and hardware to be ●● locally purchased. Do not install the duct where prevailing wind will blow directly into it. ●● Configure installation so that static pressure loss of duct, louvers etc will not exceed 0.32in.
PAGE 141
DUCT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Duct Remove the top panel/fan guard assembly from ●● the cabinet. Frame Using the 9 dowel markings on the top panel ●● drill 1/4 (6) holes in the top panel/fan guard assembly. Reinstall the top panel/fan guard assembly ●● Install flange/frame on top of the top panel/fan ●● guard assembly using the predrilled holes and secure with 3/16 (5) screws. Fan guard OUTDOOR UNITS Dowel Install duct onto the flange/frame using 3/16 (5) ●● self tapping screws.
PAGE 142
10-2. SNOW HOOD In cold locations where freezing temperatures and snow may occur, install inlet and outlet hoods to help maintain stable operation and to help avoid snow damage. PRECAUTION All components including snow hoods, frame and screws are to be locally purchased. ●● Prior to installation of snow hoods, install unit on equipment foundation. ●● OUTDOOR UNITS Position snow hood and units in an orientation that limits exposure to prevailing winds.
PAGE 143
Unit : in. (mm) SNOW HOOD INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Installing the upper part of snow hood zz The upper part of the snow hood can be installed in the same manner as the Discharge ●● Duct previously described. See Discharge Duct Installation Procedure. Before installing the snow hood, remove the screws that keep the screen in place. ●● Remove screen. Install the snow hood using the screws holes shown in the figure on the next page.
PAGE 144
Unit : in. (mm) SCREW POSITIONS FOR SNOW HOOD SIDES 1-9/16 (39.5) 13-3/4 (350) 13-3/4 (350) Rear View (AOUA120TLBV) Keep in mind that the AOUA120TLBV and AOUA72,96TLBV have a different number of screws (screw positions) only in the upper part of the rear. Rear View (AOUA72,96TLBV) NOTES ON INSTALLING SNOW HOOD Provide holes in rear panel for ventilation. Provide 20% or more open area. Notch the flange to allow access to screws.
PAGE 145
10-3. PRESSURE GAUGE Unit : in. (mm) HOW TO INSTALL PRESSURE GAUGE Note that all the components or parts such as the two pressure gauges, mounting plate, ●● acrylic plate, double-stick tape, and capillary tubes are to be locally purchased. Remove the panel as shown in the figure below, and install the pressure gauges. OUTDOOR UNITS OUTDOOR UNITS After installation of the pressure gauges, remove the knockout hole before mounting the panel, and attach the transparent acrylic plate to the rear side.
PAGE 146
PRESSURE GAUGES (RECOMMENDED) 5/ -1 ) Ø2 (75 Ø3-7/1 6 (88) OUTDOOR UNITS Ø 3 (9 -7/8 8) Caution ●●Use a pressure gauge having an outside diameter (including the mounting part) of ø3-7/8 (98) or less and a gauge diameter of ø215/16 (75) or less ●●Measuring ranges of the pressure gauges: High-pressure side: 0 to 725 psi (0 to 5 MPa) Low-pressure side: 0 to 507 psi (0 to 3.5 MPa) However, it is recommended that both pressure gauges should be designed for a measuring range 0 to 725 psi (0 to 5 MPa).
PAGE 147
10-4. CENTRAL DRAIN PAN Unit : in. (mm) HOW TO INSTALL CENTRAL DRAIN PAN All components and parts including drain pan and piping materials are to be procured ●● locally. If a drain pan is installed, refrigerant piping cannot be routed out the bottom. ●● Do not locate the unit over an area that cannot get wet. ●● Cabinet Foundation 7-7/8 (200) Provide sufficient space under unit for access to piping for maintenance. (Recommended height of foundation: 7-7/8 (200) or more.
PAGE 148
NOTES ON INSTALLING CENTRAL DRAIN PAN Make sure to design and install drain pan to cover the all drain hole on base completely. ●● The gap between drain pan and base should be less than 1/16in. (2mm). ●● Be careful of the foot place during the working or design process. ●● If the foundation or foot place makes working difficult, the metal fittings should be used as ●● shown below.
PAGE 149
4. INDOOR UNITS DTV_VR2U025E_11-CHAPTER04 2018.09.
PAGE 150
CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS 1. SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................... 04-01 1-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE.........................................................................04-01 1-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE............................................................04-03 1-3. CASSETTE TYPE...........................................................................................04-04 1-4. MINI DUCT TYPE................................................
PAGE 151
CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS 4. WIRING DIAGRAMS................................................................. 04-70 4-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE.........................................................................04-70 4-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE............................................................04-72 4-3. CASSETTE TYPE...........................................................................................04-73 4-4. MINI DUCT TYPE...................................................
PAGE 152
CONTENTS 4. INDOOR UNITS 7. AIR FLOW................................................................................ 04-200 8. NOISE LEVEL CURVE.............................................................. 04-202 8-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE....................................................................... 04-202 8-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE.......................................................... 04-204 8-3. CASSETTE TYPE....................................................................
PAGE 153
1. SPECIFICATIONS 1-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz 187 to 253 V Btu/h 4,000 7,500 9,500 12,000 14,000 Cooling kW 1.2 2.2 2.8 3.5 4.1 Capacity Btu/h 4,400 9,500 10,900 13,500 15,600 Heating kW 1.3 2.8 3.2 4.0 4.
PAGE 154
Capacity Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High INDOOR UNITS Fan Airflow rate Med CFM (m3 / h) Low Type x Quantity Motor output W High Sound pressure Med dB(A) level Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Heat Face Area ft2. (m2) exchanger Pipe type (Material) Type (Material) Fin Surface treatment Type Air filter Net material Material Enclosure Color Dimensions Net in. (mm) (H x W x D) Gross Net Weight lbs. (kg) Gross Connection Liquid (Flare) pipe Gas (Flare) in.
PAGE 155
1-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE Capacity AUUB18TLAV1 Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High Me-Hi Fan Airflow rate Med Lo-Hi CFM (m3 / h) Low INDOOR UNITS Quiet Sound pressure level Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Type x Quantity Motor output W High Me-Hi Med dB(A) Lo-Hi Low Quiet Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2. (m2) Pipe type (Material) Type (Material) Fin Surface treatment Type Net material Material Color Net in.
PAGE 156
Model name Power source Available voltage range Capacity Cooling Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Heating Input power Fan High Airflow rate Med CFM (m3 / h) INDOOR UNITS Low Type x Quantity Motor output W Sound High pressure Med dB(A) level Low Heat Length in. (mm) exchanger Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2. (m2) Pipe type (Material) Fin Type (Material) Surface treatment Air filter Type Net material Enclosure Material Color Dimensions Net in. (mm) (H x W x D) Gross Weight Net lbs.
PAGE 157
Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Heating Input power Fan High Airflow rate Med CFM (m3 / h) Low INDOOR UNITS Sound pressure level Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Cassette Grille Type x Quantity Motor output W High Med dB(A) Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2. (m2) Pipe type (Material) Fin Type (Material) Surface treatment Type Net material Material Color Net in. (mm) Gross Net lbs. (kg) Gross Liquid (Flare) Gas (Flare) in.
PAGE 158
Model name Power source Available voltage range Capacity Cooling Heating INDOOR UNITS Input power Static pressure range Standard static pressure Fan Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W in.WG(Pa) in.WG(Pa) High Med-Hi Med Airflow CFM rate (m3 / h) Lo-Hi Low Quiet Type x Quantity Motor output W Sound pressure High level Med-Hi Med dB(A) Low-Hi Low Quiet Heat exchanger Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 159
1-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE ARUL7TLAV Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W in.WG(Pa) in.WG(Pa) Heating Input power Static pressure range Standard static pressure Fan High Airflow rate Med CFM (m3 / h) Low INDOOR UNITS Sound pressure level Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Type x Quantity Motor output W High Med dB(A) Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 160
ARUL18TLAV 1 Phase ~ 208/230V 60Hz 187 to 253 V Btu/h 18,000 kW 5.3 Btu/h 20,000 Heating kW 5.9 Input power W 83 Static pressure range in.WG(Pa) 0 to 0.36 (0 to 90) Standard static pressure in.WG(Pa) 0.10 (25) Fan 553 High (940) CFM 494 Airflow rate Med (m3 / h) (840) 441 Low (750) Type x Quantity Sirocco × 3 Motor output W 81 Sound pressure High 34 level Med dB(A) 32 Low 28 Heat exchanger Length in. (mm) 27-9/16 (700) Fin pitch FPI 19 Rows x Stages 3 × 14 Face Area ft2. (m2) 2.3 (0.
PAGE 161
1-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE ARUM24TLAV Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W in.WG(Pa) in.WG(Pa) Heating Input power Static pressure range Standard static pressure Fan Airflow rate High Med CFM (m3 / h) Low INDOOR UNITS Sound pressure level Heat exchanger Air filter (Option) Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Type x Quantity Motor output W High Med dB(A) Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 162
Model name Power source Available voltage range Capacity Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power Static pressure range in.WG(Pa) Standard static pressure in.WG(Pa) High INDOOR UNITS Fan Airflow Med rate Low CFM (m3 / h) Type x Quantity Motor output W High Sound pressure Med dB(A) level Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 163
Capacity Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W in.WG(Pa) in.WG(Pa) Cooling Heating Input power Static pressure range Standard static pressure High INDOOR UNITS Fan Airflow Med rate Low CFM (m3 / h) Type x Quantity Motor output W High Sound pressure Med dB(A) level Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 164
Model name Power source Available voltage range Capacity Cooling Heating Input power Static pressure range Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W in.WG(Pa) INDOOR UNITS Standard static pressure in.WG(Pa) High CFM Airflow Med (m3 / h) rate Fan Low Type x Quantity Motor output W High Sound pressure Med dB(A) level Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Heat exchanger Face Area ft2. (m2) Pipe type (Material) Fin Type (Material) Air filter (Locally Type purchased) Size Material Enclosure Color Net Dimensions in.
PAGE 165
Capacity Cooling Heating INDOOR UNITS Input power Static pressure range Standard static pressure ARUV30TLAV Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W in.WG(Pa) in.WG(Pa) High CFM Airflow Med (m3 / h) rate Fan Low Type x Quantity Motor output W High Sound pressure Med dB(A) level Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Heat exchanger Face Area ft2. (m2) Pipe type (Material) Fin Air filter (Locally Type purchased) Size Material Enclosure Color Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter 30,000 8.
PAGE 166
1-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE Capacity AGUA4TLAV1 Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High Med-Hi Fan Airflow rate Med Low-Hi CFM (m3 / h) Low INDOOR UNITS Quiet Sound pressure level Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Type x Quantity Motor output W High Med-Hi Med dB(A) Low-Hi Low Quiet Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 167
1-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE Capacity ABUA12TLAV Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High Fan INDOOR UNITS Sound pressure level Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Airflow rate Med CFM (m3 / h) Low Type x Quantity Motor output W High Med dB(A) Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 168
Model name Power source Available voltage range Capacity Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High Fan INDOOR UNITS Sound pressure level Airflow rate Med CFM (m3 / h) Low Type x Quantity Motor output High Med Low Length Fin pitch W dB(A) in. (mm) FPI Rows x Stages Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Face Area ft2.
PAGE 169
1-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE Capacity ASUA4TLAV1 Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High Med-Hi Fan Airflow rate Med Low-Hi CFM (m3 / h) Low INDOOR UNITS Quiet Sound pressure level Type x Quantity Motor output High Med-Hi Med Low-Hi Low Quiet Length Fin pitch Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter W dB(A) in. (mm) FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 170
Capacity Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High Fan Sound pressure level Airflow rate Med Low Type x Quantity Motor output High Med Low INDOOR UNITS Length Fin pitch Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter CFM (m3 / h) W dB(A) in. (mm) FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2. (m2) Pipe type (Material) Type (Material) Fin Surface treatment Type Net material Material Color Net Gross Net Gross Liquid (Flare) Gas (Flare) Drain hose in.
PAGE 171
Capacity Input power INDOOR UNITS Fan Sound pressure level Cooling Heating High Med-Hi Med Airflow rate Low-Hi Low Quiet Type x Quantity Motor output High Med-Hi Med Low-Hi Low Quiet Length Fin pitch Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W CFM (m3 / h) W dB(A) in. (mm) FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2.
PAGE 172
Capacity ASUA7TLAV Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High Fan INDOOR UNITS Sound pressure level Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Airflow rate Med CFM (m3 / h) Low Type x Quantity Motor output W High Med dB(A) Low Length in. (mm) Fin pitch FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2. (m2) Pipe type (Material) Type (Material) Fin Surface treatment Type Net material Material 7,500 2.2 9,500 2.
PAGE 173
Capacity Btu/h kW Btu/h kW W Cooling Heating Input power High Fan INDOOR UNITS Sound pressure level Airflow rate Med Low Type x Quantity Motor output High Med Low Length Fin pitch Heat exchanger Air filter Enclosure Dimensions (H x W x D) Weight Connection pipe diameter CFM (m3 / h) W dB(A) in. (mm) FPI Rows x Stages Face Area ft2. (m2) Pipe type (Material) Type (Material) Fin Surface treatment Type Net material Material Color Net Gross Net Gross Liquid (Flare) Gas (Flare) Drain hose in.
PAGE 174
2.
PAGE 175
Type Compact floor Floor / ceiling INDOOR UNITS Ceiling Wall mounted Power Supply Model AGUA4TLAV1 AGUA7TLAV1 AGUA9TLAV1 AGUA12TLAV1 AGUA14TLAV1 ABUA12TLAV ABUA14TLAV ABUA18TLAV ABUA24TLAV ABUA30TLAV ABUA36TLAV ASUA4TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV1 ASUA9TLAV1 ASUA12TLAV1 ASUA14TLAV1 ASUB18TLAV1 ASUB24TLAV1 ASUB30TLAV1 ASUB36TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV ASUA9TLAV ASUA12TLAV ASUA14TLAV ASUB18TLAV ASUB24TLAV Voltage Frequency MCA (V) (Hz) 230 60 230 60 230 60 230 60 (A) 0.22 0.24 0.25 0.30 0.38 0.40 0.43 0.71 0.93 0.
PAGE 176
3. DIMENSIONS 3-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE MODELS : A UUA4TLAV1, AUUA7TLAV, AUUA9TLAV, AUUA12TLAV, AUUA14TLAV, AUUA18TLAV, AUUA24TLAV Unit : in.
PAGE 177
INSTALLATION LOCATION Unit : in.
PAGE 178
3-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE MODELS: AUUB18TLAV1, AUUB24TLAV1, AUUB30TLAV1 Unit : in. (mm) 31-5/16 (796) 13-7/16 (342) 10-15/16 (278) 2-1/8 (60)    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain hose Liquid Gas 10-1/16 (256) 5-8/16 (140) 7-7/8 to 8-1/16 (200 to 205) 1-9/16 (39) 3/8 (10) 7-7/8 to 8-1/16 (200 to 205) 7-7/8 (200) 1-9/16 (40) 13-7/16 (342) AUUB18 AUUB24, AUUB30 ø 1/4 (6.35) ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 1/2 (12.70) ø 5/8 (15.88) ø 3/4 (I.D.), ø 1-1/16 (O.D.
PAGE 179
INSTALLATION PLACE 11 in. (256 mm) or more (AUUB18,24,30) 12 in. (298 mm) or more (AUUB36,48) Strong and durable ceiling 60 in. (1,500 mm ) or more 119 in. (3,000 mm) or more 71 in. (1,800 mm) to H 40 in. (1,000 mm) or more Obstruction Model name Standard mode High Ceiling mode 4 direction H (The maximum height from floor to ceiling) in. (mm) AUUB18/24/30 118 (3,000) 138 (3,500) 3 direction *1: Ensure sufficient service access during 4 in. (100 mm) or more *1 installation.
PAGE 180
MODELS: AUUB36TLAV1, AUUB48TLAV1 Unit : in. (mm) 31-5/16 (796) INDOOR UNITS 13-7/16 (342) 2-1/8 (60) Liquid Gas - (04-28) - 5-8/16 (140) 7-7/8 (200) 7-7/8 to 8-1/16 (200 to 205) 3/8 (10) Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain hose 1-9/16 (39) 7-7/8 to 8-1/16 (200 to 205)    AUUB36, AUUB48 ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 5/8 (15.88) ø 3/4 (I.D.), ø 1-1/16 (O.D.
PAGE 181
INSTALLATION PLACE 11 in. (256 mm) or more (AUUB18,24,30) 12 in. (298 mm) or more (AUUB36,48) Strong and durable ceiling 60 in. (1,500 mm ) or more 119 in. (3,000 mm) or more 71 in. (1,800 mm) to H 40 in. (1,000 mm) or more Obstruction Model name Standard mode High Ceiling mode 4 direction H (The maximum height from floor to ceiling) in. (mm) AUUB36/48 126 (3,200) 166 (4,200) 3 direction *1: Ensure sufficient service access during 4 in. (100 mm) or more *1 installation.
PAGE 182
3-3. CASSETTE TYPE MODELS : AUUB18TLAV, AUUB24TLAV Unit : in.
PAGE 183
MODELS : A UUB30TLAV, AUUB36TLAV Unit : in.
PAGE 184
Unit : in.
PAGE 185
3-4. MINI DUCT TYPE MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 Unit : in. (mm) 2-1/16 (52) Rear view 2–13/16 (72) 6 (153) 6-7/8 (174) 22-5/8 (575) View A Top view 3-3/8 (85) 2-1/4 (57) 1-11/16 (43) 1-15/16 (49) 2-3/16 (56) 2-5/8 (66) 3-5/8 (92) Side view 6-5/8 (169) 1-5/16 (33) 25-9/16 (650) 26-3/16 (665) 27-9/16 (700) Bottom view Front view    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain hose connection ARUL4 ø 1/4 (6.35) ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 3/4 (I.D.), ø 1-1/16 (O.D.
PAGE 186
Unit : in. (mm) INSTALLATION PLACE Strong and durable ceiling Indoor unit Left side Right side 16 (400) or more 6 (150) or more 1 1 16 (400) or more when drain from drain pipe 12 (300) or more 1 (5) or more Air INDOOR UNITS Ceiling (When no ceiling) Service access 99 (2500) or more 1 (20) or more Floor • When intaking air from bottom 4 (100) or more Air MAINTENANCE SPACE Provide a service access for inspection purposes as shown below.
PAGE 187
3-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE MODELS : ARUL7TLAV, ARUL9TLAV, ARUL12TLAV, ARUL14TLAV Unit : in.
PAGE 188
MODEL : A RUL18TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 2-13/16 (71) 6-7/8 (174) Rear view 6 (152) 2 (51) 30-1/2 (774) INDOOR UNITS (Drain hose) 33-7/16 (850) 3-7/16 (87) 2-3/16 (56) 3-1/16 (78) 2-3/16 (55) 5-15/16 (151) Top view 6-5/8 (168) 3-1/16 (78) 4-11/16 (119) 6-7/16 (163) Side view 1-11/16 (43) 1-7/32 (31) 33-7/16 (850) 34 (864) 35-7/16 (900) Front view Bottom view    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain hose ARUL18 ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 5/8 (15.88) ø 3/4 (I.D.), ø 1-1/16 (O.D.
PAGE 189
Unit : in.
PAGE 190
MAINTENANCE SPACE Unit : in. (mm) Provide a service access for inspection purposes as shown below.
PAGE 191
3-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE MODELS : ARUM24TLAV, ARUM30TLAV, ARUM36TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 5-7/16 (138) 10-3/8 (264) 10-3/8 (264) 10-3/8 (264) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 5-7/16 (138) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/4 (82) Ø8-1/16 (205) (hole) 4-Ø1/8 (3.2) (hole) 2-15/16 (75) P.C.D. Ø8-7/8 (225) Front view 4-Ø1/8 (3.2) (hole) P.C.D.
PAGE 192
INSTALLATION LOCATION Unit : in. (mm) 1 Strong and durable ceiling 1 When drain pump is used, leave the space required for service and maintenance (Refer to chapter 10. 9-1. DRAIN PUMP UNIT) 2 When drain hose is connected, the required dimension is 16 (400) or more. 2 16 (400) or more 6 (150) or more It shall be possible to install and remove the control box, fan units and filter.
PAGE 193
3-7. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE MODELS : ARUH36TLAV, ARUH48TLAV, ARUH60TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 3-7/16 (88) Rear view Air 12-Ø1/8 (3) P4-3/4 (120) x 2 = 9-7/16 (240) 11-5/8 (295) Outlet dimension 1-1/8 (28) 1 (26) 4-15/16 (126) Side view (L) P4-3/4 (120) x 5 = 23-5/8 (600) 33-1/2 (851) : Outlet dimension 41-5/16 (1050) Side view (R) 4-15/16 (125) 3-3/8 (85) Top view (Drain hose) Front view    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain hose ARUH36, ARUH48, ARUH60 ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 3/4 (19.
PAGE 194
INSTALLATION LOCATION Unit : in. (mm) INDOOR UNITS MAINTENANCE SPACE Provide a service access for inspection purposes as shown below. Do not place any wiring or illumination in the service space, as they will impede service.
PAGE 195
MODEL : ARUH72TLAV1 Unit : in. (mm) 3-3/16(81) 1-5/8(42) (227) 8-15/16 12-1/4(311) 15-7/8(404) 16-13/16(427) 2-3/8(60) 1-15/16(49) 13-3/4(350) Outlet dimension 9/16(15) 49-3/16(1250) : Inlet dimension 5-7/8(149) P5-7/8(150)x7=41-5/16(1050) Φ1/8(3) 1-3/8(35) 2-15/16(75) 47-1/4(1200) : Outlet dimension 4-15/16(125) 57-1/16(1450) 4-5/8(117) (Drain hose)  Refrigerant pipe brazing connection   Drain hose Liquid Gas - ø 1/2 (12.70) ø 7/8 (22.22) ø 3/4 (I.D.), ø 1-1/16 (O.D.
PAGE 196
MODEL : ARUH96TLAV Unit : in.
PAGE 197
INSTALLATION LOCATION Unit : in. (mm) (a) W hen service access will be carried out above the indoor unit a recommended installation space of 18in.(450mm) is required. 18(450) or more Service space 18(450) or more (b) Installation by which service is carried out from the bottom of the unit 1(20) or more INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS Maintena nce hole Service space 18(450) or more Maintenance hole MAINTENANCE SPACE Unit : in.
PAGE 198
3-8. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE MODEL: ARUV12TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 15 (381) 21-11/16 (551) 10-3/16 (259) 4-3/16 (107) 6-7/8 (175) Bottom view 23-13/16 (605) 51 (1295) 1-1/8 (28) 17-11/16 (450) 5-5/16 (135) 13-7/8 (353) 5-9/16 (142) 15-7/8 (404) 1-1/2 (38) 3-3/16 (81) Front view Side view 3-11/16 (94) 4-7/16 (112) 6 (152)    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain port ARUV12 ø 1/4 (6.35) ø 1/2 (12.70) ø 3/4 (I.D.
PAGE 199
MODELS: ARUV18TLAV, ARUV24TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 15 (381) 21-11/16 (551) 12-1/2 (318) 2 (51) 8-3/16 (208) Bottom view 23-13/16 (605) 51 (1295) 1-1/8 (28) 17-11/16 (450) 5-5/16 (135) 5-9/16 (142) 15-1/2 (394) 13-1/2 (343) 1-1/2 (38) 3-3/16 (81) Side view Front view 4-7/16 (112) 6 (152)    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain port ARUV18, ARUV24 ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 5/8 (15.88) ø 3/4 (I.D.
PAGE 200
MODEL: ARUV30TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 18-7/8 (480) 21-11/16 (551) 12-1/2 (318) 1-7/8 (48) 11-13/16 (300) Bottom view 22-3/16 (564) 51 (1295) 1-1/8 (28) 23-13/16 (605) 1-1/2 (38) 4-7/8 (124) 5-3/16 (132) 16-7/16 (417) 13 (330) 3-9/16 (91) 2-11/16 (69) Side view Front view 3-1/2 (89) 5-3/16 (132)    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain port ARUV30 ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 5/8 (15.88) ø 3/4 (I.D.
PAGE 201
MODEL: ARUV36TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 18-7/8 (480) 21-11/16 (551) 12-1/2 (318) 1-7/8 (48) 11-13/16 (300) Bottom view 22-3/16 (564) 51 (1295) 1-1/8 (28) 23-13/16 (605) 4-7/8 (124) 5-3/16 (132) 15-1/2 (394) 13 (330) 1-1/2 (38) 2-11/16 (69) Side view Front view 3-1/2 (89) 4-5/8 (117) 5-3/16 (132)    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain port ARUV36 ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 3/4 (19.05) ø 3/4 (I.D.
PAGE 202
MODELS: ARUV48TLAV, ARUV60TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 20 (508) 21-7/16 (544) 13-1/2 (343) 1-13/16 (46) 12-3/16 (310) Bottom view Top view INDOOR UNITS 23-13/16 (605) 57-1/2 (1461) 1-1/8 (28) INDOOR UNITS 25-1/8 (638) 5 (127) 5-5/16 (135) 16-1/8 (409) 13-3/16 (335) 1-1/2 (38) 2-15/16 (74) Front view Side view 3-3/16 (81) 4-3/16 (107) 4-7/8 (124)    Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain port ARUV48, ARUV60 ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 3/4 (19.05) ø 3/4 (I.D.
PAGE 203
INSTALLATION LOCATION Unit : in.
PAGE 204
3-9. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE MODELS: A GUA4TLAV1, AGUA7TLAV1, AGUA9TLAV1, AGUA12TLAV1, AGUA14TLAV1 Unit : in. (mm) INDOOR UNITS 7-7/8 (200) 8-11/16 (220) 6-5/16 (160) 23-5/8 (600) INDOOR UNITS 29-1/8 (740) 3-7/8 (98) 15/16 (24) ø11/16 (16.
PAGE 205
INSTALLATION PLACE Unit : in.
PAGE 206
3-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE MODELS : A BUA12TLAV, ABUA14TLAV, ABUA18TLAV, ABUA24TLAV Unit : in.
PAGE 207
INSTALLATION LOCATION Unit : in.
PAGE 208
3-11. CEILING TYPE MODELS : A BUA30TLAV, ABUA36TLAV Unit : in.
PAGE 209
INSTALLATION LOCATION Unit : in. (mm) Ceiling Ceiling panel INDOOR UNIT INDOOR UNIT 6 (150) or more 4 (80) or more Ceiling panel 1 (10) or more 1 (10) or more 99 (2500) or more 99 (2500) or more Floor INDOOR UNITS Floor 1-3/16 (30) Suspension bolt pitch 63 (1,600) 1-3/16 (30) Dimensions (Space Required for Installation) 3/8 (10) 6-1/8 (155) INDOOR UNIT (TOP VIEW) INDOOR UNIT 6 (150) or more 11-13/16 (300) Suspension bolt should extend outward 1-3/16 to 2-15/16 (30 to 75).
PAGE 210
3-12. WALL MOUNTED TYPE MODELS: A SUA4TLAV1, ASUA7TLAV1, ASUA9TLAV1 Unit : in. (mm) 8-1/8 (206) 10-5/16 (262) 32-5/16 (820) 1/8 (3) ø11/16 (16.
PAGE 211
INSTALLATION PLACE 4 (80) or more Unit : in.
PAGE 212
MODELS: A SUA12TLAV1, ASUA14TLAV1 Unit : in.
PAGE 213
INSTALLATION PLACE 1 (25) 4 (80) 3 (62) Unit : in.
PAGE 214
MODELS: A SUB18TLAV1, ASUB24TLAV1 Unit : in.
PAGE 215
INSTALLATION PLACE 3 (60) or more 2 (43) or more Unit : in.
PAGE 216
MODELS: ASUB30TLAV1, ASUB36TLAV1 Unit : in. (mm) 45-1/4 (1150) 1/8 (3) 24-7/16 (621) 7/8 (22) ø11/16 (16.7) 26-9/16 (674) 28-9/16 (725) 45-1/4 (1150) 13/16 (21) 20-1/2 (520) 3-9/16 (90) 20-1/2 (520) Outline of unit 2-1/2 (64) 5/8 (16) 13-3/8 (340) 1-15/16 (50) 2-3/8 (61)    ø3 (8 1/8 0) /8 -1 ø3 80) ( 1-15/16 (50) 18-7/8 (479) Refrigerant pipe flare connection Drain hose 19-3/4 (502) Liquid Gas 7/16 (11) 4-1/4 (108) ASUB30, ASUB36 ø 3/8 (9.52) ø 5/8 (15.88) I.D. 9/16 (13.
PAGE 217
INSTALLATION PLACE 4 (80) or more 3 (63) or more Unit : in.
PAGE 218
MODELS : A SUA7TLAV, ASUA9TLAV, ASUA12TLAV, ASUA14TLAV Unit : in. (mm) 8-7/16 (215) INDOOR UNITS 18-1/2 (470) 20-7/8 (530) 11/16 (16.7) 26 (660) 15/16 (24) 18-1/2 (470) 20-7/8 (530) 14-7/8 (378) 9-15/16 (252.
PAGE 219
INSTALLATION LOCATION 2 (50) or more 2 (45) or more Unit : in.
PAGE 220
MODELS : ASUB18TLAV, ASUB24TLAV Unit : in.
PAGE 221
INSTALLATION PLACE 3 (60) or more 2 (43) or more Unit : in.
PAGE 222
4. WIRING DIAGRAMS 4-1.
PAGE 223
INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS MODELS : A UUA7TLAV, AUUA9TLAV, AUUA12TLAV, AUUA14TLAV, AUUA18TLAV, AUUA24TLAV - (04-71) -
PAGE 224
4-2.
PAGE 225
4-3.
PAGE 226
4-4.
PAGE 227
4-5.
PAGE 228
4-6.
PAGE 229
4-7.
PAGE 230
INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS MODELS : ARUH72TLAV1, ARUH96TLAV - (04-78) -
PAGE 231
4-8.
PAGE 232
4-9.
PAGE 233
4-10.
PAGE 234
4-11.
PAGE 235
4-12.
PAGE 236
INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS MODELS: A SUA12TLAV1, ASUA14TLAV1 - (04-84) -
PAGE 237
INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS MODELS: A SUB18TLAV1, ASUB24TLAV1 - (04-85) -
PAGE 238
INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS MODELS: ASUB30TLAV1, ASUB36TLAV1 - (04-86) -
PAGE 239
INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS MODELS : A SUA7TLAV, ASUA9TLAV, ASUA12TLAV, ASUA14TLAV - (04-87) -
PAGE 240
INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS MODELS : ASUB18TLAV, ASUB24TLAV - (04-88) -
PAGE 241
5. AIR VELOCITY AND TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTIONS 5-1. COMPACT CASSETTE TYPE Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: AUUA4TLAV1 Air velocity distribution zz Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 13 4 7 (2.0) 1(0.25) 1 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 7 2 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 242
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Voltage : 230V Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 2 3 1 0 0 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 9 2.7 8 2.
PAGE 243
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUA7TLAV Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 13 4 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 7 2 3 1 7 (2.0) 0 0 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 1 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 7 2 1 (0.25) 10 3 13 4 4 13 3 10 2 7 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Upward 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 (ft.) (m) 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 7 (2.0) 7 2 3 (1.
PAGE 244
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 INDOOR UNITS 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 9 2.7 8 2.5 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-92) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 245
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUA9TLAV Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 13 4 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 7 2 3 1 7 (2.0) 0 0 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 1 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 7 2 1 (0.25) 10 3 13 4 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Upward (ft.) (m) 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 7 (2.
PAGE 246
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 INDOOR UNITS 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 9 2.7 8 2.5 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-94) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 247
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUA12TLAV Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 13 4 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 10 3 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 3 1 INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 7 2 7 (2.0) 0 0 1 (0.25) 3 1 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 7 2 2 (0.5) 10 3 13 4 1 (0.25) 4 13 3 10 2 7 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Upward 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 (ft.) (m) 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 7 (2.
PAGE 248
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 7 2 INDOOR UNITS 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 9 2.7 8 2.5 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-96) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 249
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUA14TLAV Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 13 4 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 10 3 2 (0.5) 7 2 3 1 INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 0 0 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 3 1 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) 7 2 2 (0.5) 10 3 1 (0.25) 13 4 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Upward (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 7 2 7 (2.
PAGE 250
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 INDOOR UNITS 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 9 2.7 8 2.5 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-98) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 251
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUA18TLAV Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 13 4 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 7 2 3 1 7 (2.0) 0 0 1 (0.25) 3 1 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) 7 2 2 (0.5) 10 3 1 (0.25) 13 4 4 13 3 10 2 7 Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Upward 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 (ft.) (m) 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 7 (2.
PAGE 252
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 INDOOR UNITS 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 9 2.7 8 2.5 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-100) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 253
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUA24TLAV Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 13 4 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 10 3 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 7 2 3 1 7 (2.0) 0 0 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 3 1 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 7 2 2 (0.5) 10 3 1 (0.25) 13 4 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Upward (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 7 2 7 (2.
PAGE 254
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 9 2.7 8 2.5 7 2 INDOOR UNITS 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 9 2.7 8 2.5 7 2 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-102) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 255
5-2. CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL: AUUB018TLAV1 Air velocity distribution zz Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) (m) 10 3 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 2 INDOOR UNITS 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS 7 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 10 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 3 7 22 6 20 5 16 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.
PAGE 256
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 7 2 3 1 0 0 5 16 4 13 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 3 10 2 7 1 (0.25) 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 6 20 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS 7 22 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 7 2 3 1 0 0 7 22 7 (2.
PAGE 257
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL: AUUB24TLAV1 Air velocity distribution zz Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) (m) 10 3 2 (0.5) 2 7 (2.0) INDOOR UNITS 1 (0.25) 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) INDOOR UNITS 7 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 7 22 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 6 20 5 16 4 13 3 10 1 3 2 7 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.
PAGE 258
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 7 2 3 1 0 0 5 16 4 13 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 6 20 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS 7 22 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 7 2 3 1 0 0 7 22 7 (2.
PAGE 259
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL: AUUB30TLAV1 Air velocity distribution zz Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 2 3 (1.0) 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 7 22 6 20 5 16 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 1 3 0 0 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Unit: ft.
PAGE 260
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 7 2 3 1 0 0 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 5 16 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 6 20 1 (0.25) INDOOR UNITS 7 22 7 (2.0) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 10 3.
PAGE 261
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL: AUUB36TLAV1 Air velocity distribution zz Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) (m) 10 3 2 3 1 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) INDOOR UNITS 1 (0.25) 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 7 22 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS 7 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 6 20 5 16 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.
PAGE 262
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 7 2 3 1 0 6 20 5 16 4 13 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 7 22 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) INDOOR UNITS 0 Unit: ft./s (m/s) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 7 2 3 1 0 0 7 22 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.
PAGE 263
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL: AUUB48TLAV1 Air velocity distribution zz Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 2 1 (0.25) 3 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 10 3 7 22 6 20 5 16 4 13 3 10 3 (1.0) 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.
PAGE 264
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 7 2 3 1 0 0 5 16 4 13 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 1 (0.25) 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 (m) 22 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 6 20 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) INDOOR UNITS 7 22 Unit: ft./s (m/s) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.
PAGE 265
5-3. CASSETTE TYPE Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUB18TLAV Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (0.25) 13 4 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 0 0 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 2 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 7 2 2 (0.5) 13 4 1 (0.25) 8 26 6 20 4 13 2 7 0 0 2 7 (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 1 8 26 8 (m) 26 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 2 0 0 6 20 4 13 1 (0.25) 6 20 4 13 2 7 3 (1.0) 0 0 - (04-113) - 2 (0.
PAGE 266
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 7 2 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 10 3 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-114) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.
PAGE 267
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUB24TLAV Air velocity distribution zz Unit : ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 1 (0.25) 13 4 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 0 0 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 2 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 7 2 2 (0.5) 13 4 1 (0.25) 8 26 6 20 4 13 2 7 0 0 2 7 (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 3 1 8 26 8 (m) 26 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 2 0 0 6 20 4 13 1 (0.25) 6 20 4 13 2 7 3 (1.0) 0 0 - (04-115) - 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 268
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3 INDOOR UNITS 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 10 3 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-116) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 269
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUB30TLAV Air velocity distribution zz Unit : ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 1 (0.25) 13 4 2 (0.5) 7 2 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 2 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 0 0 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 13 4 10 33 8 26 6 20 4 13 2 7 0 0 2 7 4 13 6 20 (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 10 (m) 33 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 7 2 3 1 0 0 8 26 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 10 26 8 26 6 20 4 13 2 7 3 (1.0) 0 0 - (04-117) - 2 (0.
PAGE 270
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 7 2 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 10 3.2 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-118) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.
PAGE 271
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : AUUB36TLAV Air velocity distribution zz Unit : ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 1 (0.25) 13 4 2 (0.5) 7 2 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 7 2 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 0 0 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 13 4 10 33 8 26 6 20 4 13 2 7 0 0 2 7 4 13 6 20 (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 10 (m) 33 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 7 2 3 1 0 0 8 26 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 10 26 8 26 6 20 4 13 2 7 3 (1.0) 0 0 - (04-119) - 2 (0.
PAGE 272
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 10 3.2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 5 (1.5) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 7 2 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) Unit : °F (°C) 10 3.2 86 (30) 82 (28) 79 (26) 75 (24) 72 (22) 7 2 3 1 0 0 4 13 3 10 2 7 1 3 0 0 - (04-120) - 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.
PAGE 273
5-4. MINI DUCT TYPE with Auto louver grille kit MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 (UTD-GXTA-W) Note: This data is measured with the Auto louver grille kit(option) installed. Air velocity distribution zz Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 3 1 0 0 3 1 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 23 (ft.) (m) 8 26 9 30 10 (m) 33 (ft.
PAGE 274
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 10 3 Side view 8 2.5 7 2 3 1 0 0 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Down 3(1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 23 8 26 9 30 10 (m) 33 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS 0 0 INDOOR UNITS Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center Air temperature distribution zz (ft.) (m) 10 3 Side view 8 2.
PAGE 275
5-5. SLIM DUCT TYPE with Auto louver grille kit Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. MODEL : ARUL7TLAV (UTD-GXSA-W) Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.
PAGE 276
Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Air velocity distribution zz Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 8 2.5 7 2 3 (1.0) 1 0 0 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.
PAGE 277
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ARUL9TLAV (UTD-GXSA-W) Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.
PAGE 278
Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Air velocity distribution zz Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 8 2.5 7 2 3 (1.0) 1 0 0 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.
PAGE 279
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ARUL12TLAV (UTD-GXSA-W) Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Air velocity distribution zz (ft.) (m) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.
PAGE 280
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Air velocity distribution zz Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 8 2.5 7 2 3 (1.0) 1 0 0 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.
PAGE 281
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ARUL14TLAV (UTD-GXSA-W) Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Air velocity distribution (ft.) (m) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.
PAGE 282
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Air velocity distribution zz Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) Side view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center 8 2.5 7 2 3 1 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.
PAGE 283
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ARUL18TLAV (UTD-GXSB-W) Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. (ft.) (m) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 16 5 13 4 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 13 4 16 5 2 (0.
PAGE 284
Note: Velocity distribution data based on measurements with Auto louver grille kit installed. Air velocity distribution Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Heat Reference Data Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 8 2.5 7 2 3 (1.0) 1 0 0 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.
PAGE 285
5-6. COMPACT FLOOR TYPE MODEL: AGUA4TLAV1 Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN (ft.) (m) 7 Top view Unit : ft./s (m/s) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 Fan select : UPPER&LOWER : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center LOWER INDOOR UNITS 7 2 0 0 1 3 2 7 (ft.) (m) Top view 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.
PAGE 286
MODELS: AGUA7TLAV1 and AGUA9TLAV1 Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN (ft.) (m) 7 Top view Unit : ft./s (m/s) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Fan select : UPPER&LOWER : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up UPPER 0 0 LOWER 1 3 2 7 (ft.) (m) Top view 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right & Left 3 (1.0) 0 0 2 (0.
PAGE 287
MODEL: AGUA12TLAV1 Conditions: Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN (ft.) (m) 7 Top view Unit : ft./s (m/s) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 3 (1.0) Fan select : UPPER&LOWER : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN 2 (0.5) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up LOWER UPPER 0 0 1 3 2 7 (ft.) (m) Top view 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 3 10 4 (m) 13 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right & Left 3 (1.0) 0 0 2 (0.
PAGE 288
MODEL: AGUA14TLAV1 (ft.) (m) 7 2 3 1 Conditions: Unit : ft./s (m/s) Fan speed : HI Operation mode : FAN Fan select : UPPER&LOWER 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) : UPPER FAN : LOWER FAN Top view Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0 0 3 1 LOWER UPPER 7 2 INDOOR UNITS 0 0 1 3 2 7 (ft.) (m) 7 3 (1.0) 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 4 13 (m) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 2 3 3 10 INDOOR UNITS Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 2 (0.
PAGE 289
5-7. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE MODELS : ABUA12TLAV, ABUA14TLAV (FLOOR CONSOLE) (ft.) (m) 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) HORIZONTAL: Right 3 (1.0) 3 (1.
PAGE 290
MODELS : ABUA12TLAV, ABUA14TLAV (UNDER CEILING) (ft.) (m) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : UP Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) HORIZONTAL: Right 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) HORIZONTAL: Left 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.
PAGE 291
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ABUA18TLAV (FLOOR CONSOLE) (ft.) (m) 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) HORIZONTAL: Right 3 (1.
PAGE 292
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ABUA18TLAV (UNDER CEILING) (ft.) (m) 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : UP Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) HORIZONTAL: Right 3 (1.
PAGE 293
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ABUA24TLAV (FLOOR CONSOLE) (ft.) (m) 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Down Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) HORIZONTAL: Right 3 (1.
PAGE 294
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ABUA24TLAV (UNDER CEILING) (ft.) (m) 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : UP Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.
PAGE 295
5-8. CEILING TYPE Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ABUA30TLAV Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 13 4 7 2 0 0 7 2 13 4 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 (m) 0 7 13 20 26 33 39 46 52 59 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 13 4 7 2 3 (1.
PAGE 296
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Unit: ft./s (m/s) MODEL : ABUA36TLAV (ft.) (m) 4 7 2 0 0 7 2 13 4 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 (m) 0 7 13 20 26 33 39 46 52 59 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 13 4 1 (0.25) 3 (1.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 7 2 0 0 7 2 13 4 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.
PAGE 297
5-9. WALL MOUNTED TYPE Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUA4TLAV1 (ft.) (m) 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 3 (2.0) 2 (1.0) Top view Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 1 (0.5) 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right & Left 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 0 0 1 3 3 (1.0) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 1 (0.5) 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 3 (1.
PAGE 298
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUA7TLAV1 (ft.) (m) 7 2 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 1 (2.0) 2 (1.0) 1 (0.5) Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 7 23 8 (m) 26 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 6 20 7 2 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 7 (2.0) 3 1 3 (1.
PAGE 299
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUA9TLAV1 (ft.) (m) 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 1 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 7 23 8 (m) 26 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 6 20 7 2 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 7 (2.0) 3 1 1 (0.5) 2 (1.
PAGE 300
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUA12TLAV1 (ft.) (m) 7 2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 1 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 1 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 0 0 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 3 1 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 23 8 26 9 (m) 30 (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 2 7 (2.0) 3 1 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right & Left 3 (1.0) 1 (0.5) 3 (1.
PAGE 301
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUA14TLAV1 (ft.) (m) 7 2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 3 1 1 (0.5) 0 0 3 1 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 2 3 1 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right & Left 0 0 1 7 2 10 3 1 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 1 (0.5) 6 20 (ft.
PAGE 302
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUB18TLAV1 (ft.)(m) Top view 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 1 (0.5) 5 16 INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 10 3 7 2 (m) (ft.) 7 (2.0) 3 1 3 (1.0) 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 3 (1.0) 1 (0.5) 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 7 (2.
PAGE 303
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUB24TLAV1 (ft.) (m) 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit : ft./s (m/s) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 2.0 0 0 1 3 1.0 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 0.5 6 20 7 23 8 26 (m) (ft.) Unit : ft./s (m/s) INDOOR UNITS Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 0.5 2.0 Top view 1.
PAGE 304
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUB30TLAV1 (ft.) (m) Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 10 3 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 10 3 13 4 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 4 (1.5) 1 (0.5) INDOOR UNITS Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 30 33 36 39 42 45 49 (ft.) (m) Unit : ft./s (m/s) 13 4 3 (1.0) 10 3 4 (1.5) 7 2 7 (2.0) 1 (0.
PAGE 305
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan Voltage : 230V MODEL: ASUB36TLAV1 (ft.) (m) 13 4 Unit : ft./s (m/s) 10 3 1 (0.5) 7 2 3 1 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver: Up Horizontal airflow direction louver: Center 4 (1.5) 7 (2.0) 0 0 3 (1.0) 3 1 7 2 INDOOR UNITS 13 4 0 0 1 3 2 7 3 10 4 13 5 16 6 20 7 23 8 26 3 (1.0) 10 3 7 2 Horizontal airflow direction louver: Right & Left 4 (1.5) 7 (2.0) 3 1 Vertical airflow direction louver: Up 1 (0.5) 0 0 1 (0.
PAGE 306
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODELS : ASUA7TLAV, ASUA9TLAV (ft.) (m) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 5 1.5 3 1 2 0.5 0 7 (2.0) 0 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 0.5 3 1 5 1.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 307
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ASUA12TLAV (ft.) (m) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 5 1.5 3 1 2 0.5 0 7 (2.0) 0 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 0.5 3 1 5 1.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 7 2 3 1 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 (2.0) 0 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 3 (1.0) 0 3 (1.0) 3 1 7 2 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 308
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ASUA14TLAV (ft.) (m) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 5 1.5 3 1 2 0.5 0 7 (2.0) 0 3 (1.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 0.5 3 1 5 1.5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 (ft.) INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction louver : Right & Left 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 Unit: ft./s (m/s) 3 (1.0) 7 (2.0) 1 (0.25) 2 (0.5) 2 (0.5) 1 (0.
PAGE 309
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ASUB18TLAV Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 7 2 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 2 3 1 0 0 3 1 INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 7 (2.
PAGE 310
Conditions Fan speed : High Operation mode : Fan MODEL : ASUB24TLAV Unit: ft./s (m/s) (ft.) (m) 7 2 Top view Vertical airflow direction louver : Up Horizontal airflow direction louver : Center 3 1 0 0 3 1 7 2 7 (2.0) 3 (1.0) 2 (0.5) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (m) 0 3 7 10 13 16 20 23 26 (ft.) Unit: ft./s (m/s) 7 INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS (ft.) (m) 10 3 2 7 (2.
PAGE 311
6. FAN PERFORMANCE CURVE 6-1. MINI DUCT TYPE 0.20 (50) SP mode03 upper limit 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) Normal SP upper limit 0.08 (20) 0.04 (10) SP mode00 upper limit Lo (SP 0 (0) mode00) 177 (300) Hi (SP mode03) SP mode03 lower limit Lo (SP mode03) Hi (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit Lo (Normal SP) Hi (SP mode00) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) Available airflow rate range @ Hi speed *1 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.
PAGE 312
Cooling 140 Capacity [%] 120 Capacity 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) Heating 140 Capacity [%] 120 100 INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS Airflow [CFM (m3/h)] Capacity 80 60 40 20 External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) Airflow [CFM (m3/h)] 353 (600) 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.
PAGE 313
6-2. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE MODEL : ARUL7TLAV 0.40 (100) SP mode09 upper limit 0.36 (90) Hi (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) Med (SP mode09) 0.28 (70) SP mode09 lower limit 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.
PAGE 314
Cooling 140 Capacity 120 Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) 412 (700) 353 (600) 412 (700) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 140 Capacity 120 Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-162) -
PAGE 315
MODEL : ARUL9TLAV SP mode09 upper limit SP mode09 upper limit 0.40 (100) 0.36 (90) Hi (SP mode09) Hi (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) 0.28 (70) 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.04 (10) Med (SP mode09) Lo (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit Normal SP upper limit Hi (Normal SP) Med (Normal SP) Lo (Normal SP) SP mode00 upper limit Med (SP mode00) Hi (SP mode00) Lo (SP mode00) 0 (0) 177 (300) 235 (400) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 0.
PAGE 316
Cooling 140 Capacity 120 Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) 412 (700) 471 (800) 412 (700) 471 (800) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 140 Capacity 120 Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-164) -
PAGE 317
MODEL : ARUL12TLAV 0.44 (110) SP mode09 upper limit 0.40 (100) Hi (SP mode09) 0.36 (90) 0.32 (80) 0.28 (70) Med (SP mode09) Lo (SP mode09) SP mode09 lower limit 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.
PAGE 318
Cooling 140 120 Capacity Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) 412 (700) 471 (800) 412 (700) 471 (800) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 140 Capacity 120 Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-166) -
PAGE 319
MODEL : ARUL14TLAV 0.44 (110) SP mode09 upper limit 0.40 (100) Hi (SP mode09) 0.36 (90) Med (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) 0.28 (70) Lo (SP mode09) 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.
PAGE 320
Cooling 140 120 Capacity Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) 412 (700) 471 (800) 530 (900) 589 (1000) 530 (900) 589 (1000) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 140 Capacity 120 Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 177 (300) 235 (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) 412 (700) 471 (800) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-168) -
PAGE 321
MODEL : ARUL18TLAV 0.44 (110) 0.40 (100) Hi (SP mode09) SP mode09 upper limit 0.36 (90) Med (SP mode09) 0.32 (80) 0.28 (70) Lo (SP mode09) 0.24 (60) 0.20 (50) 0.16 (40) 0.12 (30) 0.08 (20) 0.
PAGE 322
Cooling 140 120 Capacity Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 235 177 (300) (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) 412 471 (700) (800) 530 589 647 706 (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 140 Capacity 120 Capacity [%] 100 80 60 40 20 0 235 177 (300) (400) 294 (500) 353 (600) 412 471 (700) (800) 530 589 647 706 (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-170) -
PAGE 323
6-3. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE MODEL : ARUM24TLAV SP mode14 upper limit 0.48 (120) 0.40 (100) Lo (SP mode14) SP mode14 lower limit 0.32 (80) 0.24 (60) Lo (Normal SP) 0.16 (40) 0 (0) 471 (800) Hi (Normal SP) Normal SP upper limit SP mode00 upper limit Lo (SP mode00) Normal SP lower limit Hi (SP mode00) 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] 0.64 (160) Hi (SP mode14) 0.
PAGE 324
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 Capacity 100 90 80 70 INDOOR UNITS 471 (800) 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 70 471 (800) 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-172) - INDOOR UNITS Air Flow [m3/h]
PAGE 325
MODEL : ARUM30TLAV 0.64 (160) 0.48 (120) SP mode11 lower limit 0.40 (100) 0.32 (80) Normal SP upper limit 0.24 (60) 0.16 (40) 0.08 (20) Hi (Normal SP) Lo (SP mode11) SP mode00 upper limit Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.
PAGE 326
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 Capacity 100 90 80 INDOOR UNITS 353 412 471 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 1059 1118 1177 1236 (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800) (1900) (2000) (2100) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 110 Capacity [%] Capacity 100 90 80 70 353 412 471 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 1059 1118 1177 1236 (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800
PAGE 327
MODEL : ARUM36TLAV 0.64 (160) 0.48 (120) SP mode9 lower limit 0.40 (100) 0.32 (80) Normal SP upper limit 0.24 (60) Lo (SP mode9) Hi (Normal SP) 0.16 (40) SP mode00 upper limit 0.08 (20) Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.
PAGE 328
Cooling 120 110 Capacity [%] Capacity 100 90 80 INDOOR UNITS 60 412 471 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 1059 1118 1177 1236 1295 (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800) (1900) (2000) (2100) (2200) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 Capacity 100 90 80 70 60 412 471 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 1059 1118 1177 1236 1295 (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700
PAGE 329
6-4. HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE 1.00 (250) 0.80 (200) Hi 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) 0 (0) 647 (1100) Lo 765 (1300) 883 (1500) 1001 1118 (1700) (1900) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] 1236 (2100) 1354 (2300) 1472 (2500) 1236 (2100) 1354 (2300) 1472 (2500) 1354 (2300) 1472 (2500) INDOOR UNITS 0.20 (50) INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.
PAGE 330
1.20 (300) 1.00 (250) Hi 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) Lo 0.20 (50) 1236 (2100) 1354 1472 1589 (2300) (2500) (2700) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] 1707 (2900) 1825 (3100) 1707 (2900) 1825 (3100) 1707 (2900) 1825 (3100) INDOOR UNITS 0 (0) 1118 (1900) INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.
PAGE 331
1.20 (300) 1.00 (250) Hi 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) Lo 0.20 (50) 1413 (2400) 1530 1648 1766 (2600) (2800) (3000) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] 1884 (3200) 2001 (3400) 1884 (3200) 2001 (3400) 1884 (3200) 2001 (3400) INDOOR UNITS 0 (0) 1295 (2200) INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.
PAGE 332
MODEL : ARUH72TLAV1 Hi (SP mode27) Hi (SP mode30) 1.20 (300) SP mode30 upper limit 1.00 (250) 0.80 (200) SP mode30 lower limit Lo (SP mode30) 0.60 (150) Normal SP upper limit Hi (Normal SP) 0.40 (100) Normal SP lower limit Lo (Normal SP) 0.20 (50) Hi (SP mode05) SP mode05 upper limit 0 (0) Lo (SP mode05) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 1.
PAGE 333
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 Capacity 100 90 INDOOR UNITS 70 1400 (2378) 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 (2548) (3058) (3398) (3738) (4078) (4417) (4757) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 110 Capacity [%] Capacity 100 90 80 70 1400 (2378) 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 (2548) (3058) (3398) (3738) (4078) (4417) (4757) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-181) - INDOOR UNITS 80
PAGE 334
MODEL : ARUH96TLAV Hi (SP mode27) Hi (SP mode29) SP mode29 upper limit 1.00 (250) SP mode29 lower limit 0.80 (200) 0.60 (150) Lo (SP mode29) Hi (Normal SP) Normal SP upper limit 0.40 (100) Normal SP lower limit Lo (Normal SP) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 1.20 (300) 0.
PAGE 335
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 Capacity 100 90 80 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 (3058) (3398) (3738) (4078) (4417) (4757) (5096) (5436) (5775) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 Capacity 100 90 80 70 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200 3400 (3058) (3398) (3738) (4078) (4417) (4757) (5096) (5436) (5775) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-183) - INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 70
PAGE 336
6-5. VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE MODEL : ARUV12TLAV Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP upper limit 0.60 (150) 0.40 (100) 0.20 (50) Hi (Hi SP) Normal SP upper limit Hi SP lower limit Hi (Normal SP) Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) Normal SP lower limit Lo SP upper limit INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 1.
PAGE 337
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 176 235 294 353 412 471 530 (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 70 176 235 294 353 412 471 530 (300) (400) (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-185) - INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 70
PAGE 338
MODEL : ARUV18TLAV Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP upper limit 0.60 (150) Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) Hi (Hi SP) Normal SP upper limit Hi SP lower limit Hi (Normal SP) 0.40 (100) Normal SP lower limit Lo SP upper limit Hi (Lo SP) Med (Hi SP) Med (Normal SP) 0.
PAGE 339
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 294 353 412 471 530 589 (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) 647 706 765 824 883 942 (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 70 294 353 412 471 530 589 (500) (600) (700) (800) (900) (1000) (1100) 647 706 765 824 883 942 (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-187) - INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 70
PAGE 340
MODEL : ARUV24TLAV Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP upper limit Hi (Hi SP) Normal SP upper limit 0.60 (150) Hi SP lower limit Hi (Normal SP) Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) 0.40 (100) Lo (Normal SP) Lo SP upper limit Normal SP lower limit Hi (Lo SP) Med (Hi SP) Med (Normal SP) 0.20 (50) Lo (Lo SP) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 1.
PAGE 341
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 471 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 1059 (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 70 471 530 589 647 706 765 824 883 942 1001 1059 (800) (900) (1000) (1100) (1200) (1300) (1400) (1500) (1600) (1700) (1800) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-189) - INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 70
PAGE 342
MODEL : ARUV30TLAV Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP upper limit 0.60 (150) Hi (Hi SP) Hi SP lower limit Normal SP upper limit Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) 0.40 (100) Lo (Normal SP) Hi (Normal SP) Lo SP upper limit Normal SP lower limit Hi (Lo SP) Med (Hi SP) Med (Normal SP) 0.20 (50) Lo (Lo SP) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 1.
PAGE 343
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 589 706 824 942 1059 1177 1295 1413 (1000) (1200) (1400) (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 70 589 706 824 942 1059 1177 1295 1413 (1000) (1200) (1400) (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-191) - INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 70
PAGE 344
MODEL : ARUV36TLAV Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP upper limit Hi (Hi SP) Normal SP upper limit 0.60 (150) Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) Hi (Normal SP) Hi (Lo SP) Med (Hi SP) Med (Normal SP) 0.40 (100) 0.20 (50) 0 (0) Lo SP upper limit INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 1.
PAGE 345
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 706 824 942 1059 1177 1295 1413 1530 1648 (1200) (1400) (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 70 706 824 942 1059 1177 1295 1413 1530 1648 (1200) (1400) (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-193) - INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 70
PAGE 346
MODEL : ARUV48TLAV Hi (SP mode27) 0.80 (200) Hi SP upper limit Normal SP upper limit 0.60 (150) Hi (Normal SP) Hi SP lower limit Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) 0.40 (100) 0.
PAGE 347
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 942 1059 1177 1295 1413 1530 1648 1766 (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) (3000) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 70 942 1059 1177 1295 1413 1530 1648 1766 (1600) (1800) (2000) (2200) (2400) (2600) (2800) (3000) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-195) - INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 70
PAGE 348
MODEL : ARUV60TLAV Hi (SP mode27) Hi SP upper limit Normal SP upper limit 0.80 (200) Hi (Hi SP) Hi (Normal SP) 0.60 (150) Med (Lo SP) Lo (Hi SP) Lo (Normal SP) Hi (Lo SP) Med (Hi SP) Med (Normal SP) 0.40 (100) Lo SP upper limit 0.20 (50) INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS External Static Pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 1.
PAGE 349
Cooling 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 1236 1354 1472 1589 1707 1825 1942 2060 2178 2296 (2100) (2300) (2500) (2700) (2900) (3100) (3300) (3500) (3700) (3900) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] Heating 120 Capacity [%] 110 100 90 80 70 1236 1354 1472 1589 1707 1825 1942 2060 2178 2296 (2100) (2300) (2500) (2700) (2900) (3100) (3300) (3500) (3700) (3900) Air Flow [CFM (m3/h)] - (04-197) - INDOOR UNITS INDOOR UNITS 70
PAGE 350
6-6. CEILING TYPE (FRESH AIR) MODELS : A BUA30TLAV, ABUA36TLAV Air flow volume - Static pressure of Fresh air intake characteristic zz 0.016 (4) 0.012 (3) 0.008 (2) AB30 0.004 (1) AB36 0 (0) 0 (0) 35 (1) 71 (2) 106 (3) Air flow [CFM (m3/min)] Installation zz For half concealed installation Fresh air inlet position UTD-RF204 (Optional parts) Flexible duct *1 *1 : Locally purchased parts - (04-198) - 141 (4) 177 (5) INDOOR UNITS Duct static pressure [in.WG (Pa)] INDOOR UNITS 0.
PAGE 351
6-7. CASSETTE TYPE (FRESH AIR) MODELS : A UUB18TLAV, AUUB24TLAV, AUUB30TLAV, AUUB36TLAV 10 8 6 0.20 (49) 4 2 0 (0) 3.5 (0.1) 7.1 (0.2) 11.0 (0.3) 14.1 (0.4) 17.7 (0.5) Air flow [CFM (m3/min)] Fresh Air 21.2 (0.6) 0 24.7 (0.7) Unit : in. (mm) Duct (Inside Dia. ø2-3/4 (70)) Duct Fan INDOOR UNITS 0 (0) Duct static pressure (mmAq) Duct static pressure [in.WG (Pa)] 0.
PAGE 352
7.
PAGE 353
Model AGUA4 AGUA7 Compact floor AGUA9 INDOOR UNITS AGUA12 AGUA14 ABUA12 ABUA14 Floor/ Ceiling ABUA18 ABUA24 ABUA30 Ceiling ABUA36 m3/h High Me-Hi Med Lo-Hi Low Qu High Me-Hi Med Lo-Hi Low Qu High Me-Hi Med Lo-Hi Low Qu High Me-Hi Med Lo-Hi Low Qu High Me-Hi Med Lo-Hi Low Qu High Med Low High Med Low High Med Low High Med Low High Med Low High Med Low 380/430 350 320 310 280 210 470 420 390 360 330 270 500 450 400 360 330 270 590 520 470 420 390 340 670 590 520 450 390 340 660 570 490 780 640 550
PAGE 354
8. NOISE LEVEL CURVE 8-1.
PAGE 355
MODEL : AUUA12TLAV  MODEL : AUUA14TLAV 80 80 70 70 N C -65 N C -60 N C -55 50 N C -50 N C -45 H igh 40 N C -40 N C -35 30 N C -30 M ed Low N C -25 20 N C -20 60 N C -60 N C -55 50 N C -50 N C -45 H igh 40 N C -40 N C -35 M ed 30 N C -30 Low INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 356
8-2.
PAGE 357
MODEL: AUUB36TLAV1  MODEL: AUUB48TLAV1 80 80 70 70 NC-65 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 High NC-35 30 NC-30 NC-25 Low 20 NC-20 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 High 40 NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 NC-25 Low 20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 10 10 0 63 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz 0 63 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-205) - 4,000 8,000 INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 358
8-3. CASSETTE TYPE MODEL : AUUB18TLAV  MODEL : AUUB24TLAV 80 80 70 70 N C -65 N C -60 N C -55 50 N C -50 N C -45 40 H igh N C -40 M ed N C -35 30 N C -30 N C -25 20 N C -20 Low 60 N C -60 N C -55 50 N C -50 H igh N C -45 40 M ed N C -40 N C -35 30 N C -30 INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 359
8-4. MINI DUCT TYPE MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 80 NC-65 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 360
8-5. SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE MODEL : ARUL7TLAV  MODEL : ARUL9TLAV 80 80 70 70 NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 High NC-25 20 NC-20 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 High 30 NC-30 NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-15 Low INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 361
MODEL : ARUL18TLAV 80 70 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 High 30 NC-30 INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 362
8-6. MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE MODEL : ARUM24TLAV  MODEL : ARUM30TLAV 80 70 70 Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 363
8-7.
PAGE 364
MODEL : ARUH72TLAV1  MODEL : ARUH96TLAV 80 80 70 70 NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 High 40 Med NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 Low NC-25 20 NC-20 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 High NC-50 NC-45 Med 40 NC-40 Low NC-35 30 NC-30 NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 10 0 INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 365
8-8.
PAGE 366
MODEL : ARUV36TLAV  MODEL : ARUV48TLAV 80 80 70 70 NC-65 NC-60 High NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 Med NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 NC-25 Low 20 NC-20 60 NC-60 NC-55 High 50 NC-50 NC-45 Med 40 NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 NC-25 Low 20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 0 10 0 63 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 4,000 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz 80 70 NC-65 60 NC-60 High NC-55 50 NC-50 Med NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 Low 30 NC-30 NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-15 10 63 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 63 125
PAGE 367
8-9.
PAGE 368
MODEL: AGUA14TLAV1 80 70 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 High NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 Low INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 369
8-10. FLOOR / CEILING TYPE MODEL : ABUA12TLAV  MODEL : ABUA14TLAV 80 80 70 70 NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 High 30 NC-30 Low NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-15 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 High NC-35 Low 30 NC-30 INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 370
8-11. CEILING TYPE MODEL : ABUA30TLAV  MODEL : ABUA36TLAV 80 80 70 70 NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 High NC-35 Low 30 NC-30 NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-15 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 High 40 NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 Low INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 371
8-12.
PAGE 372
 MODEL: ASUA14TLAV1 80 80 70 70 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 igh HHigh NC-40 NC-35 30 NC-30 Low NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-15 10 0 63 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 4,000 NC-65 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 igh HHigh NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 30 Low NC-30 NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-15 10 0 8,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz 63 125 250 500 1,000 2,000 Octave band center frequency, Hz - (04-220) - 4,000 8,000 INDOOR UNITS NC-65 60 Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 373
MODEL: ASUB18TLAV1  MODEL: ASUB24TLAV1 80 80 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 High NC-35 30 NC-30 Low NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-65 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 High NC-45 40 NC-40 NC-35 Low 30 NC-30 NC-25 20 NC-20 NC-15 NC-15 10 0 63 125 250 500 center1,000 2,000Hz Octave band frequency, 0 4,000 63 8,000 125 250 500 center1,000 2,000Hz Octave band frequency, 4,000  MODEL: ASUB36TLAV1 MODEL: ASUB30TLAV1 80 80 70 70 NC-65 60 NC-60 NC-55 High NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40
PAGE 374
MODEL : ASUA7TLAV  MODEL : ASUA9TLAV 80 80 70 70 N C -60 N C -55 50 N C -50 N C -45 40 N C -40 H igh N C -35 30 M ed N C -30 N C -25 20 Low N C -20 60 N C -60 N C -55 50 N C -50 N C -45 40 N C -40 H igh N C -35 30 M ed N C -30 Low INDOOR UNITS Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 375
 MODEL : ASUB24TLAV 80 80 70 70 NC-65 60 NC-60 NC-55 50 NC-50 NC-45 40 NC-40 High NC-35 30 NC-30 Low NC-25 20 NC-20 Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.0002µbar) Octave band sound pressure level, dB:(0dB=0.
PAGE 376
SOUND LEVEL CHECK POINT All cassette type zz  All duct type 39-3/8in. (1m) 78-3/4in. (2m) Air 59-1/16in. (1.5m) 59-1/16in. (1.5m) Air  Compact floor type INDOOR UNITS Floor / Ceiling type zz Ceiling type zz MIC Microphone ● Airflow 39-3/8in. (1m) 39-3/8 in. (1 m) 39-3/8in. (1m) Airflow 39-3/8 in. (1 m) MIC Wall mounted type zz  Vertical air handler type 98-7/16 in (2.5 m) DUCT Air 39-3/8in. (1m) 19-11/16 in (0.5 m) DUCT 39-3/8 in (1 m) CENTEROFCHASISS 39-3/8in.
PAGE 377
Model and type Fuse AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV Compact cassette AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV 250V 3.15A AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 Circular flow cassette AUUB30TLAV1 250V AUUB36TLAV1 3.15A INDOOR UNITS AUUB48TLAV1 Cassette AUUB18TLAV (Slim type) AUUB24TLAV 250V AUUB30TLAV 3.15A Cassette Mini duct AUUB36TLAV ARUL4TLAV1 250V 3.
PAGE 378
Model and type ARUH36TLAV ARUH48TLAV ARUH60TLAV High static pressure duct Fuse Fan motor thermal Terminal Float protector Activate at 293 ± 9°F (145 ± 5°C): Fan motor stop thermal fuse switch ― ― Activate at 212+27-18°F (100+15 -10°C): Fan motor stop Reset at 203+27-18°F (95+15 -10°C) Fan motor restart ― ― ― ― ― Activate at 302±27°F (150±15°C): Fan motor stop Reset at 248±27°F (120±15°C): Fan motor restart ― ○ ― ― ―  *2 250V 3.15A 250V 10A *1 ARUH72TLAV1 250V 3.
PAGE 379
Fuse ASUA4TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV1 ASUA9TLAV1 ASUA12TLAV1 ASUA14TLAV1 ASUB18TLAV1 250V 3.15A INDOOR UNITS ASUB24TLAV1 Wall mounted ASUB30TLAV1 ASUB36TLAV1 ASUA7TLAV ASUA9TLAV 250V ASUA12TLAV 3.15A ASUA14TLAV ASUB18TLAV 250V 3.
PAGE 380
5. CONTROL SYSTEM DTV_VR2U025E_14--CHAPTER05 2018.03.
PAGE 381
CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 1. 2. CONTROL SYSTEM................................................................. 05 - 01 1-1. LINE UP OF CONTROLLERS..................................................................... 05 - 01 1-2. CONTROL SYSTEM DESIGN...................................................................... 05 - 03 1-3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES................................................... 05 - 04 1-4. CONTROL SYSTEM FEATURES..................................................
PAGE 382
CONTENTS 5. CONTROL SYSTEM 2-15. PRESSURE SENSOR KIT......................................................................... 05 - 102 2-16. GROUP CONTROL METHOD.................................................................... 05 - 112 2-17. COMPARISON TABLE OF CONTROLLERS............................................. 05 - 114 3. ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR UNITS.......................................... 05 - 116 3-1. NETWORK CONVERTOR..........................................................................
PAGE 383
1. CONTROL SYSTEM 1-1. LINE UP OF CONTROLLERS FEATURES OF CONTROL SYSTEM Reduced Installation Time Various controls combinations meet most applications and allow for future expansion. Easy Operation CONTROL SYSTEM Advanced control functions can be set using easy-to-use menu-driven setting operations. Flexible System Configuration Up to 400 indoor units can be connected to a single system. System can adapt to both large and small applications. Flexible Control System to Meet a Variety of Needs.
PAGE 384
Air Conditioning Central Control Air Conditioning Individual Control System Controller, System Controller Lite, Touch Panel Controller and Central Remote Controller specially designed for centralized control.
PAGE 385
1-2.
PAGE 386
1-3. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES INDIVIDUAL CONTROL Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) ●● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one wired remote controller. ●● Wired (Touch panel) and wireless remote controllers can be used jointly. ●● Four remote controllers can be connected with single indoor unit. Single control for private room Multiple control for meeting room etc.
PAGE 387
External Switch Controller Single control for hotel room with switch ●● Up to 16 indoor units can be controlled with one external switch controller. ●● In combination with a locally purchased card-key switch or other sensor, External switch controller allows control of basic functions by the hotel or office guest. Ext.SW Controller Ext.SW Ext.
PAGE 388
CENTRAL CONTROL Central Remote Controller ●● Up to 100 indoor units / 16 groups can be controlled with one central remote controller. ●● The sum total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller, Modbus® convertor, and Network convertor for LONWORKS® is a maximum of 16.
PAGE 389
System Controller Lite ●● UP to 400 indoor units / 400 groups can be controlled with one System Controller Lite.
PAGE 390
System Controller can perform as an on-site central control or as a remote central control. On site central control (Max. 4 VRF network systems) Server & Client USB Adaptor USB Port System Controller Max. controllable 400 Indoor units Max. transmission line length 100 11,811ft.
PAGE 391
INDOOR UNITS AND COMPATIBLE CONTROLLERS Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) Wired Remote Controller Simple Remote Controller Wireless Remote Controller External Switch Controller UTY-RNRUZ2 UTY-RNRUZ1 UTY-RNRU UTY-RNKU UTY-RSRY UTY-RHRY UTY-RSKU UTY-RHKU UTY-LNHU UTY-TERX UTY-TEKX      Compact Cassette Cassette    *4  *1   *5  *4 Circular Flow Cassette  — Mini Duct     *2  Slim Duct / Slim Concealed Floor     *2  Medium Static Pressure Duct
PAGE 392
1-4. CONTROL SYSTEM FEATURES SIMPLE WIRING SYSTEM ●●A single transmission line can connect equipment across multiple refrigerant circuits. ●●Non polar 2-conductor transmission cable. ●●Central control equipment can be connected anywhere on the transmission line, it is not necessary to connect the indoor units to each outdoor unit.
PAGE 393
1-5. WIRING SYSTEM ●●Wiring configulation of the control system is made of power source wiring, transmission wiring and remote controller wiring. ●●Total wiring length (total length of transmission line) can be extended up to 11,811 ft. (3,600 m) (by using signal amplifiers). Max. Transmission line length System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 or System Controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 • Maximum 1,600 indoor units can be controlled.
PAGE 394
1-6.
PAGE 395
2.
PAGE 396
2-1. SYSTEM CONTROLLER 2-1-1. MODEL: UTY-APGXZ1 (Option: UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2) This system realizes the advanced general monitoring & control of VRF system from small scale buildings to large scale buildings. ●●Maximum of 4 network systems, 1600 indoor units can be controlled. ●●In addition to air conditioning precision control function, central remote control, electricity charge calculation, schedule management, and energy saving functions are strengthened and building manager and owner needs are met.
PAGE 397
SYSTEM DIAGRAM ●●System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. ●●System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ●●VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●●VRF Explorer software provides user interface and communicate with the VRF Controller.
PAGE 398
SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION VRF Controller VRF Explorer White USB Key UTY-APGXZ1 White USB Key unnecessary White USB Key Local Site (VRF network system side) UTY-PEGXZ1, UTY-PPGXP2 Option Remote Site (Monitoring center side) Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 can be installed in the local site PCs (VRF Controller) connected to the VRF network system, and multiple remote site PCs (VRF Explorer) can be connected to VRF Controller via Internet or LA
PAGE 399
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY System specification Site supervision Operation control Function Max. System Controller per VRF Network 1 Max. VRF networks supported 4 Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per VRF network 400 Max.
PAGE 400
Type Others Function UTYAPGXZ1 External device control function  WEB Operation  User control  Database import / export (manual)  Periodical backup  The refrigerant systems of non-operation status function  Auto Start Setting  Multiple language display  Floor layout editor  Floor layout import/export  UTYPEGXZ1 UTYPPGXP2 Option Option Remark Authorization level setting.  English, Chinese, French, German, Spanish, Russian, Polish.
PAGE 401
2-1-2. MODEL: UTY-APGX (Option: UTY-PEGX) This advanced system has the capability for monitoring and control of small and large buildings. ●●Up to a maximum of 4 network systems, 1,600 indoor units can be controlled. ●●Provides energy saving functions along with precision temperature control, central remote control, electricity charge calculation and schedule management. ●●Programmable in 7 different languages: English, Chinese, French, German, Spanish, Russian, and Polish.
PAGE 402
SYSTEM DIAGRAM ●●System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. ●●System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software running simultaneously. ●●VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●●VRF Explorer software provides user interface and communicate with the VRF Controller. ●●VRF Controller and VRF Explorer software may run in a single PC or in different PCs separated by network.
PAGE 403
SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION VRF Controller VRF Explorer WIBU-Key UTY-APGX WIBU-Key unnecessary WIBU-Key UTY-PEGX Local Site (VRF network system side) Option Remote Site (Monitoring center side) Any number can be installed in remote site personal computers. System Controller UTY-APGX can be installed in the local site PCs (VRF Controller) connected to the VRF network system and the multiple remote site PCs (VRF Explorer) connected to those computers via the Internet or LAN.
PAGE 404
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY System specification Site supervision Individual Operation control Schedule Function Max. System Controller per VRF Network 1 Max. VRF networks supported 4 Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per VRF network 400 Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per System Controller 1,600 CONTROL SYSTEM Others Operation status monitoring Error management List display  Quick control from display available. Tree display  Quick control from display available.
PAGE 405
2-2. SYSTEM CONTROLLER LITE 2-2-1. MODEL: UTY-ALGXZ1 (Option: UTY-PLGXA2, UTY-PLGXR2, UTY-PLGXE2, UTY-PLGXP2, UTY-PLGXX2) System Controller Lite is advanced software of central controller for small and medium buildings. It can be supported by additional options, electricity charge apportionment, remote monitoring, and energy saving in order to meet your demands. ●●Supports up to 1 VRF network system and Max. controllable 400 indoor units.
PAGE 406
SYSTEM DIAGRAM ●●System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. *1 ●●System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ●●VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●●VRF Explorer software provides user interface and communicate with the VRF Controller.
PAGE 407
PACKING LIST Name and shape WHITE-USB-KEY (software Quantity 1 Application Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the PC that the System Controller is installed. System Controller runs only on a PC with this WHITE-USB-KEY. However, this WibuKey is not required for remote VRF Explorer software.
PAGE 408
Operating system • Microsoft ® Windows® 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft ® Windows® 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft ® Windows® 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit) • Microsoft ® Windows® 8.
PAGE 409
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY Type Function Max. System Controller Lite per VRF Network Max. VRF networks supported Site supervision Individual Operation control Schedule CONTROL SYSTEM Others UTYPLGXE2 UTYPLGXP2 UTYPLGXX2 Option Option Option Option Option Remark 1 400 Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per System Controller Lite 400 10 2D/3D graphical layout view . List display  Quick control from display available. Tree display  Quick control from display available.
PAGE 410
Type Function UTYALGXZ1 UTYPLGXA2 UTYPLGXR2 UTYPLGXE2 UTYPLGXP2 UTYPLGXX2 Option Option Option Option Option External device control function Others Remark  WEB Operation  User control  Database import / export  Periodical backup  The refrigerant systems of nonoperation status function  Auto Start Setting  Multiple language display  Floor layout editor  Floor layout import/export  Authorization level setting.
PAGE 411
2-2-2. MODEL: UTY-ALGX (Option: UTY-PLGXA1, UTY-PLGXR1, UTY-PLGXE1) System Controller Lite is advanced software of central controller for small and medium buildings. It can be supported by additional options, electricity charge apportionment, remote monitoring, and energy saving in order to meet your demands. ●●Supports up to 1 VRF network system and Max. controllable 400 indoor units.
PAGE 412
SYSTEM DIAGRAM ●●System controller may be used on site or remotely over various networks for remote central control. *1 ●●System controller consists of VRF Controller software and VRF Explorer software, both software are working together. ●●VRF Controller software runs in the background and communicate with VRF System. ●●VRF Explorer software provides user interface and communicate with the VRF Controller.
PAGE 413
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity DVD-ROM *1 1 Wibu Key (Software protection key) 1 Application Includes the software and manuals for System Controller Lite. Both VRF Controller and VRF Explorer software are included. Software protection key to be inserted in a USB slot running System Controller. System Controller may only run on a PC with Wibu Key. However, Wibu key is not required for remote VRF Explorer software. *1: DVD-ROM is not attached to OPTION (UTY-PLGXA1, UTY-PLGXR1, UTY-PLGXE1).
PAGE 414
PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AVAILABLE OPTION Electricity Charge Apportionment option UTY-PLGXA1 Apportions the power used by indoor and outdoor units and automatically calculates the electricity charge such as for hotels, tenant buildings, etc., computation linked with an electric meter is also possible. Remote Access option UTY-PLGXR1 VRF system can be monitored remotely from multiple PCs. Multiple VRF systems can be controlled or monitored from 1 PC.
PAGE 415
SPECIFICATION SUMMARY Type Function Max. System Controller Lite per VRF Network Max. VRF networks supported Site supervision Individual Operation control Schedule Others CONTROL SYSTEM Operation status monitoring Error management Max. indoor units / remote controller groups per System Controller Lite 400 Option Option Option . List display  Quick control from display available. Tree display  Quick control from display available.
PAGE 416
2-3. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER MODEL: UTY-DTGYZ1 (Option: UTY-PTGXA) CONTROL SYSTEM ●●Large 7.
PAGE 417
FUNCTIONS MODEL: UTY-DTGYZ1 zz Installation Monitor CONTROL SYSTEM Control Maintenance PC / Tablet Indoor unit registration  Functions setting  Display switching Display units     Monitor contents (icon display)   Monitor contents (list display)   Error list Special state Control units       Control contents   Detailed control contents Individual setting reset of airflow direction Human sensor Setting temperature limitation of room Language setting  
PAGE 418
Item Others External input/output Main unit  PC / Tablet Description Input: Batch operation/stop, emergency stop, electricity meter Output: Operation monitoring, error CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ●● W hen Start/Stop, operation mode setting, room temp. setting, fan speed setting, airflow direction setting, swing setting, economy mode, and anti freeze setting are changed frequently by using the central controller like System Controller, Touch Panel Controller, etc.
PAGE 419
MODEL: UTY-DTGY zz 1 Item Language setting Installation Indoor unit registration Functions setting Display switching Display units Monitor contents (icon display) 2 Monitor Monitor contents (list display) Error list Special state Control units 3 Control Control contents Detailed control contents Date and time CONTROL SYSTEM Panel cleaning and correction Group 4 Setting Background light and beep sound Password Schedule timer Temperature range Network Low noise operation 5 Remote connection T
PAGE 420
STATE TRANSITION DIAGRAM Power ON Finish Indoor unit registration No Yes Installer setting Monitor & control ●●Monitor display ●●Operation setting display User setting ●●System setting ●●Date and time ●●Group ●●Password ●●Schedule timer ●●Language setting ●●Network *1 ●●Low noise operation *1 ●●Time zone *1 ●●Electricity charge apportionment *1 ●●Display item setting ●●Environment setting ●●Panel positioning ●●Background light setting ●●Sound setting ●●Panel cleaning ●●History ●●Error history ●●Sta
PAGE 421
MAIN FUNCTIONS AND SCREEN EXAMPLES Monitor display example zz An easy-to-use display mode can be selected. Easy-to-understand GUI of adopted icon. Icon display List display example Operation setting example zz Operation setting display Optional setting display - (05 - 39) - CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Large button is designed for easy to access.
PAGE 422
Group setting zz Groups can be arbitrarily set in easy to manage units as shown in the figure. Control and monitoring are performed in these group units.
PAGE 423
System schedule timer zz Annual schedule can be set of a maximum 30 items. Schedule setting screen History recording and display zz ●●Error history: Max. 10 items each recorded for touch panel controller and each unit (indoor unit, outdoor unit) ●●Status history: Max. 100 operations each recorded for indoor unit of each room ●●Operation history: Operation of max.
PAGE 424
SCREEN EXAMPLES (For Remote monitoring) Main screens of Monitor Mode example zz Icon display CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM List display Main screens of Control example zz Operation setting display - (05 - 42) -
PAGE 425
INSTALLATION Installation space zz When installing multiple Touch Panel Controllers, the following clearances must be maintained. 4 in. (100 mm) or more 8 in. (200 mm) or more 8 in. (200 mm) or more 8 in. (200 mm) or more Wall NOTE: The switchbox that Touch Panel Controller is to be mounted to should be installed horizontally in advance. Caution zz Follow installation way is prohibited. Horizontal way upside-down - (05 - 43) - Horizontal way CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM 4 in.
PAGE 426
Terminal names zz Names of connection terminals inside rear cover. Power supply cable through hole Transmission cable connection terminals Transmission cable through hole Power supply cable connection terminals TRANSMISSION EXTERNAL INPUT CH1 CH2 X1 X2 K1 K2 K1 K2 L Power supply CONTROL SYSTEM 1ø 100-240 V N VRF LONWORKS® Transmission Earth (Ground ) Earth (Ground ) External input Input type: Edge/pulse External input terminals zz Case 1: Batch start / stop and Emergency stop commands.
PAGE 427
Installation method zz Refer to an installation manual for the details.
PAGE 428
DIMENSIONS Unit : in.
PAGE 429
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Size 16 AWG Maximum (1.25 mm2) Power supply cable 20 AWG Minimum (0.5 mm2) Transmission cable 22AWG (0.33 mm2) External input / output cable Fuse capacity 22AWG (0.33 mm2) 5A Wire type Remarks 245 IEC 57 or equivalent 1 ø AC100 - 240 V 50/60 Hz, 2 Wire + ground (Always ground the unit) LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar 2 core, twisted pair solid core LONWORKS® compatible cable Shielded Use cable in accordance Polar 2core, Twisted pair with local rules for cable.
PAGE 430
PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS When using for touch panel controller, the following personal computer system requirement is necessary. CPU 2 GHz or higher Memory 2 GB or more HDD 10 GB or more of free space Display 1,366 × 768 or higher resolution Interface • USB port • Ethernet port (Ethernet port is required for remote connection using internet.) Software • Microsoft® Office® Excel® (2007, 2010, 2013, 2016) • Microsoft® Excel® (2007, 2010, 2013) • Adobe® Reader® 10.
PAGE 431
2-4. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL: UTY-DCGY ●●Individual control and monitor of 100 indoor units. ●●5 inch TFT color screen. ●●User friendly view and easy operation. ●●External input / output contact. ●●Detachable power supply unit.
PAGE 432
MAIN FUNCTIONS AND SCREEN EXAMPLES Individual control zz controller prohibition zRemote z (On / Off, Mode, Set Temp, Fan Speed, Airflow Direction, Anti Freeze, Economy) (All, On / Off, Mode, Temp, Timer, Filter): R.C prohibition setting prohibits individual remote control operation from this controller CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Room temperature set point zz upper and lower limitation Weekly timer zz Weekly timer can be set for custom combinations. Set temp.
PAGE 433
Automatic clock adjustment zz The time setting can be adjusted for all indoor units in one batch function. Error history zz CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ●●Last 200 errors are stored in memory. ●●Error history can be analyzed to determine proper maintenance schedule. Main screen display auto switching zz Main screen adjusts based on the number of connected indoor units to best display the system status.
PAGE 434
INSTALLATION Installation space zz Terminal names zz CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Service space 5-7/8 in. (150 mm) When installing controller, provide a service space as shown.
PAGE 435
Installation method zz Setting pattern 1: Integrated type Setting pattern 2: Separate type Power supply unit Power supply unit Ceiling Wall Control panel Extension cable (Service parts) Wall Control panel ●●Integrated type Refer to an installation manual for the details.
PAGE 436
●●Separate type Screw × 2 (Accessories) Screw × 2 (Accessories) Screw × 4 Screw × 2 Ceiling Screw × 2 Power unit cover One touch bush ×2 Wall Extension cable (Service parts) Holder Cutting out (When wiring a transmission cable up direction of the front panel) Cable Tie × 2 Cable Tie CONTROL SYSTEM Screw × 2 (Accessories) CN13 Screw × 2 (Accessories) Connecting cable Screw The diagram of the mounting plate screw hole positions zz Unit: in. (mm) .
PAGE 437
DIMENSIONS Unit : in. (mm) Control unit zz Power supply unit zz 4-3/4 (120) 1 (25) 7/8 (22) 1 (25.7) 1-1/8 (29) 3-7/8 (99) Top view 1-13/16 (46) 1-13/16 (46) 3/16 (5) 2-Ø3/16 (5) 3-5/16 (84) Side view 4-5/8 (118) .5) 8 (2 R1/ 5-5/16 (135) 1-3/4 (44.8) 2-5/8 (67) Front view 3-7/8 (99) 6-3/8 (162) Front view 1-9/16 (39.
PAGE 438
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Size 16 AWG Maximum (1.25 mm2) Power supply cable 20 AWG Minimum (0.5 mm2) Transmission cable 22AWG (0.33 mm2) External input / output cable Fuse capacity 22AWG (0.33 mm2) 5A Wire type Remarks 245 IEC 57 or equivalent 1 ø AC100 - 240 V 50/60 Hz, 2 Wire + ground (Always ground the unit) LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar 2 core, twisted pair solid core LONWORKS® compatible cable Shielded Use cable in accordance Polar 2core, Twisted pair with local rules for cable.
PAGE 439
2-5. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) MODEL: UTY-RNRUZ, UTY-RNRU Fri 10:00AM Mode Custom Auto Away Cool Heat Set Temp. Cool Heat 84°F 68°F 80°F 74°F Fan Auto Room Temp. 76°F Menu CONTROL SYSTEM Vacation Status CONTROL SYSTEM Office ●●Easy finger touch operation with LCD panel ●●Built-in weekly/Daily timer(ON/OFF,Temp.
PAGE 440
FUNCTIONS 1 Room temperature sensor (inside) 2 On/Off button: Office It is possible to operate only while displaying the Monitor Mode screen. Fri 10:00AM Set Temp. Mode 80°F 74°F Cool Heat Custom Auto 84°F 68°F Cool Away Heat Fan 3 LED lamp (Operation indicator) Auto 4 Touch panel display Menu 5 R.C. group name: Room Temp. 76°F Vacation Status Name of the remote controller group to which this unit is connected.
PAGE 441
SYSTEM DIAGRAM Multiple remote control zz Up to 4 remote controllers can be used to operate the indoor units. I.U. I.U. A A Master Master I.U. B A Slave Master B Slave I.U. C Slave A Master B Slave C D Slave Slave A, B, C, D : Remote controller cable. (Refer to Chapter6. 4-4 for detail specifications) A≤1,640 ft. (500 m), A+B≤1,640 ft. (500 m), A+B+C≤1,640 ft. (500 m), A+B+C+D≤1,640 ft. (500 m).
PAGE 442
ELECTRICAL WIRING Single control zz Y1 Y2 Y3 When there is afunctional earthing (Accordance with the regional cable standard.) Y1 Y2 Multiple remote control zz Y1 Y2 Y3 Indoor unit When there is afunctional earthing (Accordance with the regional cable standard.) Remote controller Y1 Y2 Indoor unit Remote controller Y1 Y2 Remote controller Group control zz Indoor units Y1 Y2 Y3 When there is afunctional earthing (Accordance with the regional cable standard.
PAGE 443
Connection Pattern zz NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types All Cassette type All Duct type All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Connection Pattern Pattern A Pattern B Pattern A zz Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. Terminal block Functional earthing (If necessary) Indoor unit PCB Remote controller cable (Non-polar) * Layout of terminal block and PCB is varies, depending on the type of indoor unit.
PAGE 444
DIMENSIONS Unit : in. (mm) 13/16 (20.4) 15/16 (23) 2-1/2 (63.5) 1-13/16 (45.3) CONTROL SYSTEM Hole: 1/4 × 3/16 (6 × 4.5) Hole: 1/2 × 3/16 (12.5 × 4.
PAGE 445
SPECIFICATIONS UTY-RNRYZ, UTY-RNRU Model name Input voltage (V) DC 12 Input power (W) Max. 0.3 Display 3.8 inch FSTN LCD (255 × 160 dots) with Touch panel 32 to 104 (0 to 40) Usage temperature range: °F (°C) Usage humidity range (%) 20 to 90 (no condensation) 14 to 140 (-10 to 60) Storage temperature range: °F (°C) Storage humidity range (%) Dimensions [H × W × D]: in. (mm) 20 to 90 (no condensation) 4-3/4 × 4-3/4 × 11/16 (120 × 120 × 20.4) 8 (220) CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Weight: oz.
PAGE 446
2-6. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL: UTY-RNKU CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM F ●●Various timer setup options (ON / OFF / WEEKLY) are possible. ●●Weekly timer as standard function. (Start / Stop function twice per day for a week) ●●When setting up a timer, start/stop and a temperature setup can be changed. ●●When a failure occurs,the error code is displayed. ●●Error history.(Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) ●●Up to 16 indoor units can be simultaneously controlled.
PAGE 447
FUNCTIONS 7 Display 16 2 8 9 10 11 1 3 4 6 5 12 14 15 13 1 START/STOP button 2 Set Temperature button 3 Operation mode button 2 4 Fan control button 5 Vertical airflow direction and swing button 6 Horizontal airflow direction and swing button 7 Built-in thermo sensor 8 Timer mode (CLOCK ADJUST) button 9 Day (DAY OFF) button 20 21 19 18 Selects the setting temperature. Selects the operating mode (AUTO 1, COOL , DRY , FAN 3, HEAT 4).
PAGE 448
SYSTEM DIAGRAM 1 remote controller zz 2 remote controllers zz Indoor unit Indoor unit A B C Master Remote controller A , B , C : Remote controller cable. Refer to chapter 6. 4-4 for detail specifications. A ≤ 1,640 ft. (500 m) ; B+C≤ 1,640 ft.
PAGE 449
INSTALLATION Connection Pattern zz NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types All Cassette type All Duct type All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Connection Pattern Pattern A Pattern B Pattern A zz Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. Set the DIP switch (SW1) to "3WIRE" on the PCB of the indoor unit.
PAGE 450
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Screw (M4 × 16 mm) 2 Cable Tie 1 Installation manual 1 Operating manual 1 Application For installing the remote controller For securing controller cable WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Remote controller cable Cable size 22AWG (0.33 mm2) Wire type Polar 3 core Remarks Use sheathed PVC cable. Model name Dimensions [H × W × D]: in. (mm) Weight: oz.
PAGE 451
2-7. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (With Operation mode) 2-7-1. MODEL: UTY-RSRY CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ●●Easy operation. ●●Stylish design ●●Large LCD screen & simple operation buttons ●●Built-in background light function. ●●Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●●Up to 16 indoor units can be simultaneously controlled. ●●Can be installed onto SW-BOX.
PAGE 452
FUNCTIONS 2 3 6 1 1 START/STOP button 2 LED lamp 3 Operation mode button 4 Set temperature button 5 Fan control button 6 Louver button 7 Room temperature sensor(inside) 8 Operating mode indicator ( AUTO 9 Set temperature Pressed to start and stop operation. Lights during operation. Selects the operating mode Selects the setting temperature.(18-30°C[COOL], 10-30°C[HEAT]) Selects the fan speed 5 7 Display panel 8 11 Set the airflow direction.
PAGE 453
SYSTEM DIAGRAM 1 remote controller zz 4 remote controllers zz Indoor unit Indoor unit A B C Master Remote controller D Slave E Slave Slave Remote controllers A , B , C , D , E : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications.
PAGE 454
INSTALLATION Connection Pattern zz NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types All Cassette type All Duct type All Ceiling type All Compact Floor type Wall Mounted type Connection Pattern Pattern A Pattern B Pattern A zz Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. Set to “2WIRE” the DIP switch (SW1) on the PC board (printed circuit board) of the indoor unit.
PAGE 455
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Wired remote controller 1 Installation manual 1 Operating manual 1 CD-ROM 1 Screw (M4 × 16 mm) 2 Cable tie 1 Application For installing the remote controller For binding remote controller and remote controller cable WIRING SPECIFICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM Sheathed cable Shielded cable* Size Remarks 22 to 16 AWG (0.33 to 1.25 mm²) Non polar 2 core, Twisted pair * Use shielded cable in accordance with local rules for remote controller cable.
PAGE 456
2-7-2. MODEL: UTY-RSKU ●●Easy operation. ●●Built-in background light function. ●●Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●●Error history. (Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) ●●Up to 16 indoor units can be simultaneously controlled. ●●Can be installed onto SW-BOX.
PAGE 457
SYSTEM DIAGRAM 1 remote controller zz 2 remote controllers zz Indoor unit Indoor unit A B Master Remote controller C Slave Remote controllers A,B,C:R emote controller cable. Refer to chapter 6. 4-4 for detail specifications. A ≤ 1,640 ft. (500 m) ; B+C≤ 1,640 ft.
PAGE 458
INSTALLATION Connection Pattern zz NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types All Cassette type All Duct type All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Connection Pattern Pattern A Pattern B Pattern A zz Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. Set the DIP switch (SW1) to "3WIRE" on the PCB of the indoor unit.
PAGE 459
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Remote controller cable 1 [33 ft. (10 m)] Screw (M4 × 16 mm) 2 Cable Tie 1 Installation manual 1 Operating manual 1 Application For connecting the remote controller For installing the remote controller For securing controller cable WIRING SPECIFICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM Remote controller cable Size 22AWG (0.33 mm2) Wire type Polar 3 core Remarks Use sheathed PVC cable.
PAGE 460
2-8. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (Without Operation mode) 2-8-1. MODEL: UTY-RHRY CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ●●Easy operation. ●●Stylish design ●●Large LCD screen & simple operation buttons ●●Built-in background light function. ●●Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●●Up to 16 indoor units can be simultaneously controlled. ●●Can be installed onto SW-BOX.
PAGE 461
FUNCTIONS 2 1 START/STOP button 2 LED lamp 3 Set temperature button 4 Fan control button 5 Louver button 6 Room temperature sensor(inside) 7 Operating mode indicator ( AUTO 8 Set temperature 9 Fan speed indicator Pressed to start and stop operation. Lights during operation. Selects the setting temperature.(18-30°C[COOL], 10-30°C[HEAT]) Selects the fan speed 5 1 4 3 6 Display panel Set the airflow direction. FAN , DRY *1, COOL *2, HEAT *3). , Indicates Indoor unit address.
PAGE 462
SYSTEM DIAGRAM 1 remote controller zz 4 remote controllers zz Indoor unit Indoor unit A B C Master Remote controller D Slave E Slave Slave Remote controllers A , B , C , D , E : Remote controller cable. Refer to 6-4-4 for detail specifications.
PAGE 463
INSTALLATION Connection Pattern zz NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types All Cassette type All Duct type All Ceiling type All Compact Floor type Wall Mounted type Connection Pattern Pattern A Pattern B Pattern A zz Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. Set to “2WIRE” the DIP switch (SW1) on the PC board (printed circuit board) of the indoor unit.
PAGE 464
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Wired remote controller 1 Installation manual 1 Operating manual 1 CD-ROM 1 Screw (M4 × 16 mm) 2 Cable tie 1 Application For installing the remote controller For binding remote controller and remote controller cable WIRING SPECIFICATIONS CONTROL SYSTEM Sheathed cable Shielded cable* Size Remarks 22 to 16 AWG (0.33 to 1.25 mm²) Non polar 2 core, Twisted pair * Use shielded cable in accordance with local rules for remote controller cable.
PAGE 465
2-8-2. MODEL: UTY-RHKU This controller cannot select mode. An additional controller is required for the user to select heating or cooling mode. ●●Easy operation. ●●Built-in Backgroud Light function. ●●Easy installation with a slim shape with no bulge in the back. ●●Error history. (Last 16 error codes can be accessed.) ●●Up to 16 indoor units can be simultaneously controlled. ●●Can be installed onto SW-BOX.
PAGE 466
SYSTEM DIAGRAM 1 remote controllers zz 2 remote controllers zz Indoor unit Indoor unit A B Master C Slave Remote controllers Remote controller A,B,C:R emote controller cable. Refer to chapter 6. 4-4 for detail specifications. A ≤ 1,640 ft. (500 m) ; B+C≤ 1,640 ft.
PAGE 467
INSTALLATION Connection Pattern zz NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types All Cassette type All Duct type All Ceiling type Wall Mounted type Connection Pattern Pattern A Pattern B Pattern A zz Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. Set the DIP switch (SW1) to "3WIRE" on the PCB of the indoor unit.
PAGE 468
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Remote controller cable 1 [33 ft. (10 m)] Screw (M4 × 16 mm) 2 Cable Tie 1 Installation manual 1 Operating manual 1 Application For connecting the remote controller For installing the remote controller For securing controller cable WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Remote controller cable Size 22AWG (0.33 mm2) Wire type Polar 3 core Remarks Use sheathed PVC cable. SPECIFICATIONS Model name UTY - RHK Dimensions [H × W × D]: in.
PAGE 469
2-9. WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER MODEL: UTY-LNHU CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM F ●●Four kinds of timer setup (ON / OFF / PROGRAM / SLEEP) are possible. ●●Up to 16 indoor units connected within the remote controller group can be simultaneously controlled. ●●Can be used jointly with wired remote controllers . ●●Easy to change custom code (4 patterns).
PAGE 470
FUNCTIONS 1 OPERATION MODE button Selects the operating mode (AUTO, COOL, DRY, FAN, HEAT ). /Start / end R.C. custom code change. (Max 4 types) 16 2 Economy button 3 Set temp. button ( ▲ / ▼ ) Set remote controller custom code buttons Sets the indoor temp./ Sets R.C. custom code. 4 Filter reset button 5 Sleep button Pressed to select sleep timer.
PAGE 471
SYSTEM DIAGRAM Signal receiver window ●● Control signal might not be recognized in following cases: (i) A curtain or a wall, etc. exists between transmitter and receiver. (ii) There is an instant-start type (inverter type, etc.) fluorescent lamp in the room. Signal transmitter ●● Air conditioner might not work correctly when strong light hits the signal receiver window. Shut off the direct sunlight and also make illuminator far away from the receiver window. DIMENSIONS Controller zz Unit : in.
PAGE 472
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Installation manual 1 Operating manual 1 Remote controller holder 1 Screw (M3 × 12 mm) 2 Battery [ 1.5V (R03 / AAA) ] 2 Application Use as remote controller holder For remote controller holder installation For remote controller SPECIFICATIONS Model name UTY - LNH Weight (w/o batteries): oz. (g) 3 (85) CONTROL SYSTEM 6-11/16 × 2-3/16 × 3/4 (120 × 75 × 14) CONTROL SYSTEM Dimensions [H × W × D]: in.
PAGE 473
2-10. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for ALL DUCT TYPE) MODEL: UTB-YWC Duct type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used. FUNCTIONS OPERATION LAMP TIMER LAMP FILTER SIGN MANUAL AUTO CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM SIGNAL RECEIVER SYSTEM DIAGRAM L 1) L 1) 1) Connection cable length L Cable A (Standard accessory) : 16 ft. (5 m) Cable C (Optional searvice parts) : 33 ft. (10 m) ATTACHMENT RANGE zz SIGNAL ANGLE zz 120 120 16 ft. (≤ 5 m) 16 ft.
PAGE 474
ELECTRICAL WIRING Indoor unit control box PC board Connected to PC board *2 Connection cable A [L = 16 ft. (5 m)]... Standard accessory Connection cable C [L = 33 ft. (10 m)]... Optional service parts 2-3/8 in. × 4-3/4 in. (60 mm × 120 mm) hole Connection cable [L = 5-7/8 in. (150 mm)] ...Standard accessory *1 Connected to Connection cable Connected to IR Receiver unit IR Receiver unit Connection cable D CN18 DIMENSIONS Unit: in. (mm) (83 .
PAGE 475
PACKING LIST Application Installation manual 1 Cover 1 For receiver unit Insulation 1 For receiver unit Small:1 Cable Tie Medium:1 For receiver unit Screw (M4 × 20 mm) 2 For installing receiver unit to wall, etc.
PAGE 476
2-11. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for CASSETTE TYPE) MODEL: UTY-LRHYB1 Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used.
PAGE 477
DIMENSIONS 7-5/8 (193.9) Unit : in. (mm) 7-5/8 (193.9) 1-1/4 (31.2) Front View Side View PACKING LIST Quantity Installation manual 1 Strap 1 Application Prevent receiver kit from falling down SPECIFICATIONS Model name Dimensions [H × W × D]: in. (mm) Weight: oz. (g) UTY-LRHYB1 7-5/8 × 7-5/8 × 1-1/4 (193.9 × 193.9 × 31.
PAGE 478
2-12. IR RECEIVER UNIT (for CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE) MODELS: UTY-LBHXD Cassette type indoor unit can be controlled with wireless remote controller if the IR receiver unit is used.
PAGE 479
DIMENSIONS 6-1/2 (164.5) 2-3/16 (55.3) Unit: in. (mm) 7/8 (22.6) 6-1/2 (164.5) Front View Side View Name and shape Quantity Application For receiving the IR receiver unit 1 signal from the remote control unit Strap 1 Cable tie 2 Prevent IR receiver unit from falling down For electrical wiring SPECIFICATIONS Model name Dimensions [H × W × D]: in. (mm) Weight: oz. (g) UTY - LBHXD 6-1/2 × 6-1/2 × 7/8 (164.5 × 164.5 × 22.
PAGE 480
2-13. HUMAN SENSOR KIT (for CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE) MODEL: UTY-SHZXC Motion sensor save operation catches the movements of people for wide area and operation stop is also judged automatically.
PAGE 481
DIMENSIONS 6-1/2 (164.5) 2-3/16 (55.3) Unit: in. (mm) 6-1/2 (164.5) 1-1/16 (27.5) Side View Front View PACKING LIST Quantity Application Human sensor unit 1 For detection of movement Cable tie 3 For binding wires Strap 1 To prevent Human sensor unit from falling Insulation 3 To fasten the Human sensor wire SPECIFICATIONS Model name Dimensions [H × W × D]: in. (mm) Weight: oz. (g) UTY-SHZXC 6-1/2 × 6-1/2 × 1-1/16 (164.5 × 164.5 × 27.
PAGE 482
2-14. REMOTE SENSOR UNIT MODEL: UTD-XSZX The remote sensor unit allows for flexible temperature sensing for optimum temperature control. ELECTRICAL WIRING ●●Remove the screws from the remote sensor, and remove the cover. ●●Connect the cable to the remote sensor as shown below. ●●Ensure that the wires do not contact each other.
PAGE 483
When the cable is buried in the wall zz ●●Remove the material (thinner than the surrounding material) in the wiring hole in the remote sensor using a pair of cutters. ●●Drill a hole in the wall for the cable. ●●Seal the area around the cable penetration with putty. 13/16 (20) 13/16 (20) 2-3/16 (55) 1/16 (1) Screw [M4 × 5/8(16)] ø1/4 (6) - ø3/8 (10) Finish Unit : in. (mm) Mounting hole dimensions ●●Fit the cover on the remote sensor and screw it in place. CONTROL SYSTEM 2-3/4 (70.
PAGE 484
2-15. PRESSURE SENSOR KIT MODEL: UTY-SPWX ●●Only for V-II series system ●●It is used when the outdoor unit is installed higher than the indoor unit and the height difference exceeds 164ft (50m). ●●Attach the sensor part to the liquid pipe near the indoor unit. ●●The communication line between the control unit and the outdoor unit is connected to the master outdoor unit (the maximum length is 250 m).
PAGE 485
SPECIFICATIONS Control unit zz Power supply (V) Current (A) Power consumption (W) Temperature [°F (°C)] Humidity (%) DC 12 0.10 1.
PAGE 486
DIMENSIONS Unit: in (mm) 1-11/16 (43) For code (> Ø1/4 (7)) Hole: 2-Ø1/4 (7) For code ( Ø1/4 (7)) 2-Ø5/16 (8) For code (> Ø3/165) Hole: 2-Ø3/165 For code ( Ø3/165) Hole: 1/16 x 5/16 (2 x 8) For open case 1 1 1-3/16 1-3/16 (25) (25) (30) (30) Hole pitch 3/8 (10) 3-Ø3/16 (4.5) For M4x16 mm screws 2-Ø3/8 (10) 4-3/4 (121) 5-1/2 (140) 4-5/8 (117) 3-7/8 (98) PACKING LIST Quantity Application Installation manual 1 Cable tie 4 For fixing the cables inside the control unit.
PAGE 487
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Size Cable type Remarks Power cable (using 16 to 22 AWG Non-polar 2 core, twisted Maximum cable length: remote control  (0.33 to 1.25 mm²) pair sheathed PVC cable 32ft (10m) cable) Transmission cable ¾¾ 22 AWG (0.33 mm²) 22AWG LEVEL 4 (NEMA) non-polar 2core, twisted LONWORKS® compatible pair solid core diameter cable 0.65mm : Use shielded cable in accordance with local rules for remote controller cable.
PAGE 488
WIRING DIAGRAM Only one pressure sensor kit is installed in each refrigerant system. Outdoor unit 1 (Master unit) Outdoor unit 2 (Slave unit 1) Outdoor unit 3 (Slave unit 2) Transmission Indoor unit Indoor unit Refrigerant pressure sensor (accessories) Transmission The lowest indoor unit from the outdoor unit Refer to WIRING SPECIFICATIONS for the maximum connectable number of remote controllers.
PAGE 489
INSTALLING THE SENSOR Installing the refrigerant pressure sensor zz Installing the sensor between the indoor unit and the separation tube (or outdoor unit). Sensor Indoor unit Separation tube Indoor unit Indoor units installed same floor 45° or less Install the refrigerant pressure sensor so that the connecting part is directed downward.
PAGE 490
INSTALLING THE CONTROLLER UNIT Remote controller cable CONTROL SYSTEM Cable of refrigerant pressure sensor (accessories) Cable tie (accessories) CONTROL SYSTEM Transmission cable Fix the cable with cable tie using 3 fixing holes. Fix the connection cable even outside this product as necessary.
PAGE 491
INSTALLATION Connection Pattern zz NOTE: Connection pattern is different according to type of Indoor unit. Indoor unit types All Cassette type All Duct type All Ceiling type All Compact Floor type Compact Floor type Wall Mounted type Connection Pattern Pattern A Pattern B Pattern A zz Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block. Set to “2WIRE” the DIP switch (SW1) on the PCB of the indoor unit.
PAGE 492
DIP SWITCH SETTING Controller unit zz Setting of DIP switch is unnecessary. Outdoor unit (Master unit only) zz CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Change setting the DIP switch of the outdoor unit as shown below.
PAGE 493
LED DISPLAY Positions zz Flashng Flashng On Off Off Off During initialization sequence Normally operating ○ Communication error between outdoor units ○ Outdoor unit pressure sensor error Error code zz ● (1) ● (8) ● (3) ● (6) ● : 0.5s ON / 0.5s OFF ○ : 0.1s ON / 0.
PAGE 494
2-16. GROUP CONTROL METHOD REMOTE CONTROLLER GROUP Wired, Simple and Wireless Remote Controllers can be used simultaneously in the following combinations. Example of combination for "Remote controller group" Without Remote Controller ............. CONTROL SYSTEM ............. CONTROL SYSTEM ............. Max 16 indoor units Connectable indoor unit : 1-16 Connectable remote controller : 0 - 2 Notes zz 1. Indoor units in same remote controller group will be same operation. 2.
PAGE 495
GROUP This function is used when operating a multiple number of remote controller group at a time from the System Controller or Touch Panel Controller or Central Remote Controller. Example zz Refrigerant system 1 Heat Recovery system B Refrigerant system 2 Heat pump system System controller C CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM A D Group A: "Group" is possible with only one indoor unit Group B:"Group" is possible with spanning the RB groups.
PAGE 496
2-17. COMPARISON TABLE OF CONTROLLERS LIST OF CONTROLLER FUNCTION Model System Controller Lite Touch Panel Controller Central Remote Controller Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) Simple Wired Simple *1 Wireless Remote Remote Remote Remote Controller Controller Controller Controller UTY-RSRY UTY-RHRY UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-DTGYZ1 UTY-RNRUZ UTY-DCGY UTY-RNRU UTY-RNKU (UTY-RSKU) (UTY-RHKU) UTY-LNHU UTY-APGX UTY-ALGX UTY-DTGY Max.
PAGE 497
Model Timer Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) Wired Simple Simple *1 Wireless Remote Remote Remote Remote Controller Controller Controller Controller UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-DTGYZ1 UTY-RNRUZ UTY-RSRY UTY-RHRY UTY-LNHU UTY-DCGY UTY-RNRU UTY-RNKU (UTY-RSKU) UTY-ALGX UTY-APGX (UTY-RHKU) UTY-DTGY Year Year Year Week Week Week — — — On/Off, Temp, mode, times per day 144 144 20 20 8 4 — — — On / Off timer — — — — ● ● — — Sleep timer — — — — — — — — Program timer
PAGE 498
3. ADAPTOR / CONVERTOR UNITS The following types of convertors and adaptors are available. •• Network Convertor (UTY-VTGX) For connecting single split type system. •• Network Convertor (UTY-VGGXZ1) For connecting single split type system. ( A change of DIP switch setting is necessary ) •• Modbus® Convertor for VRF (UTY-VMGX) For connection between VRF network system and a Modbus® open network.
PAGE 499
3-1.
PAGE 500
APPLICABLE MODELS Connectable remote controllers zz 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this unit. The indoor unit that can be connected is the indoor unit that can connect to following remote controller.
PAGE 501
ELECTRICAL WIRING For non-polar 2 wire zz Wired remote controller Oﬃce Indoor unit Fri 10:00AM Mode Custom Auto Away Transmission Cable Cool Heat Set Temp. Cool Heat 84°F 68°F 80° F 74° F Fa n Auto Room Temp. 76° F Vacation Status Menu Max. 1 unit Max. 16 units NETWORK CONVERTOR For polar 3 wire zz Transmission Cable Indoor unit Wired remote controller Max. 16 units CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM F Max.
PAGE 502
LIMITED WIRING LENGTH For non-polar 2 wire zz Indoor unit A B C D E Network convertor A, B, C, D, E : Remote controller cable. (Refer to Chapter6. 4-4 for detail specifications.) A ≤ 6 ft. (2 m) and A+B+C+D+E ≤ 1,640 ft. (500 m). For polar 3 wire zz Indoor unit B C D E CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM A F X Network convertor A, B, C, D, E, X : Remote controller cable. (Refer to Chapter6. 4-4 for detail specifications.) A ≤ 6 ft. (2 m), A+B+C+D+E ≤ 328 ft. (100 m) and X ≤ 328 ft. (100 m).
PAGE 503
DIMENSIONS For code (> Ø1/4 (7)) Hole: 2-Ø1/4 (7) For code ( Ø1/4 (7)) 4-3/4 (121) 5-1/2 (140) 4-5/8 (117) Unit : in. (mm) 1-11/16 (43) 1 1 1-3/16 1-3/16 (25) (25) (30) (30) Hole pitch 3/8 (10) 3-Ø3/16 (4.5) For M4x16 mm screws 2-Ø3/8 (10) 2-Ø5/16 (8) For code (> Ø3/165) Hole: 2-Ø3/165 For code ( Ø3/165) Hole: 1/16 x 5/16 (2 x 8) For open case 3-7/8 (98) PACKING LIST The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required.
PAGE 504
3-2. NETWORK CONVERTOR MODEL: UTY-VGGXZ1 For connecting single split type system [ A change of DIP switch setting is necessary] ●●With this network convertor, single split type, multi system and HFI system air conditioners can be controlled by Touch panel controller, System controller in VRF network system or by wired remote controller that is connected to the Network convertor. ●●Start/Stop, operation mode, temperature setting, fan speed, etc. can be done with these controllers.
PAGE 505
ELECTRICAL WIRING Transmission Line to VRF System 1Ø 50/60 Hz 208-240 V Transmission Line to VRF System Wired Remote Controller FUSE (3 A) SWITCH (Disconnect switch) Indoor Unit L X1 N X2 TRANSMISSION POWER Power Supply Y1 Y2 Y3 K1 K2 K3 REMOTE INDOOR UNIT REMOTE CONTROLLER LINE NETWORK CONVERTOR Transmission line Power supply NOTES: ●● Do not tie the power cable with the controller cable; this will cause communication failure.
PAGE 506
APPLICABLE MODELS Single Split type Wired Remote Controller model Wireless Remote Controller model ○ ○ × Connectable remote controllers zz 3 types of wired remote controller shown in the table below can be connected to this unit.
PAGE 507
DIMENSIONS Ø1-1/8 (28) For dust proof bushing Unit : in. (mm) Ø 1-1/8(28) For dust proof bushing 3-1/2 (89.5) 1-1/8 (29) 3-1/2 (89.5) 2-Ø5 (3/16) For M4x20mm screws 3-3/4 (95) Hole pitch 8-5/16 (211) 3-3/4 (95) Hole pitch Ø7/8 (22.2) For conduit 9-1/2 (241.6) 10-11/16 (272) Hole pitch 2-5/8 (67) 11-5/16 (288) 4 - Ø3/16 (5) For M4x20mm screws PACKING LIST The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required.
PAGE 508
3-3. MODBUS® CONVERTOR FOR VRF MODEL: UTY-VMGX ●●The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built by Modbus® open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF network system.
PAGE 509
FUNCTIONS Indoor unit control zz ●●Individual control Commands from Modbus® Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (Modbus® Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ●●Batch control Commands from Modbus® Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network. (Modbus® Network → All indoor units of VRF Network) Indoor unit status monitoring zz CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Indoor unit status is communicated to the Modbus® Network in the form of LON ® Network variables.
PAGE 510
CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS NOTE: For detailed information, check the Interface Specification.
PAGE 511
Indoor Unit Monitoring (Batch) Function Maintenance Mode Status Description Maintenance status Emergency STOP Setting Status Emergency STOP setting status ON / OFF Status Outdoor Unit Low Noise The indoor unit which is now operating can be monitored in all indoor units The indoor unit which is now error can be monitored in all indoor units Outdoor unit low noise level can be monitored Outdoor Unit Capacity Save Outdoor unit capacity save can be monitored Error Status Outdoor Unit Monitoring (Indiv
PAGE 512
 To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the indoor units in the same refrigerant system simultaneously, conforming to the timing restriction described below.
PAGE 513
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual 1 Use during installation. Cable tie 7 For mounting the power supply cable and transmission cable. Screw (M4 × 16 mm) 4 For mounting the network convertor. DVD 1 For initial setting. Modbus® connector 1 For connecting the cable and attaching the board connector. USB cable 1 For initial setting tool.
PAGE 514
3/16 x 13/16=3-1/8 (4 x 20=80) Hole pitch Unit : in.
PAGE 515
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Size Wire type Remarks 16AWG Maximum 1 ø AC208-240 V 50/60 Hz, (1.25 mm2) Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2-Wire + ground 20AWG (Always ground the unit) Minimum (0.5 mm2) LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar 22AWG LONWORKS® compatible Transmission cable 2 core, twisted pair solid (0.33 mm2) cable core Shielded 16AWG AWG16-26 Maximum (1.25 mm2) Modbus® cable 3Wire+ 26AWG Minimum (0.
PAGE 516
PROCEDURE IN BRIEF REGISTER DATA TO MODBUS® CONVERTOR FOR VRF (UTY-VMGX) Address initial settings are 3 methods as follows. (1) Default addresses of indoor unit and outdoor unit are used. (Initial setting is not necessary) Default address value ([RefNo.—NodeNo.]) Indoor unit: [ 00―00] [00―01] ••• [00―63] [01―00] [01―01] ••• [01―63] Outdoor unitt: [ 00―00] [00―01] ••• [00―03] [01―00] [01―01] ••• [01―03] (2) Scan Scan procedure is as follows. STEP 1: T urn on the switch of scan setting.
PAGE 517
3-4. NETWORK CONVERTOR FOR LONWORKS® MODEL: UTY-VLGX ●●The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system built by LONWORKS® open network, for manage small to medium sized BMS and VRF network system. ●●A maximum of 128 indoor units can be connected to one Network Convertor for LONWORKS®. ●●VRF system can be centrally controlled or monitored from BMS via UTY-VLGX. ●●A maximum of 4 Network Convertor for LONWORKS® can be connected to one BMS.
PAGE 518
Improper system diagram zz ●●Example 1 (Prohibited) Network convertor for ® LONWORKS (UTY-VLGX) LONWORKS Network Maximum 100 outdoor units Maximum 128 indoor units ® VRF network system 1 CONTROL SYSTEM Maximum 128 indoor units CONTROL SYSTEM Network convertor for ® LONWORKS (UTY-VLGX) Maximum 100 outdoor units VRF network system 2 ●●Example 2 (Prohibited) Network convertor for ® LONWORKS (UTY-VLGX) LONWORKS Network Maximum 100 outdoor units Maximum 128 indoor units ® Network convertor for ®
PAGE 519
FUNCTIONS Indoor unit control zz ●●Individual control Commands from LONWORKS® Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (LONWORKS® Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ●●Batch control Commands from LONWORKS® Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network.
PAGE 520
CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS NOTE: For detail information, check the Interface Specification.
PAGE 521
 To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, the following precautions must be followed prior to setting the system.  When making changes to system settings, such as the schedule, it is necessary to change the settings of all indoor units on the same refrigerant circuit at the same time.
PAGE 522
SPECIFICATIONS Environmental specifications zz Power supply Input Power (W) Temperature: °F (°C) Operating Packaged Humidity (%) Packaged 1ø AC 208 - 240 V 50/60 Hz 4.5 32 to 114.8 (0 to 46) 14 to 140 (-10 to 60) 0 to 95 (RH) ; No condensation 2-5/8 × 11-5/16 × 8-5/16 (67 × 288 × 211) 3 lbs. (1,500) Dimensions [H × W × D]: in. (mm) Weight: lbs. oz.
PAGE 523
PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS o install Tool for Network Convertor (UTY-VLGX), applicable PC needs to satisfy the T following system requirements. ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® • Microsoft Windows 7 Professional (32-bit) • Microsoft Windows 8.
PAGE 524
DIMENSIONS Unit : in. (mm) Ø1-1/8 (28) For dust proof bushing Ø 1-1/8(28) For dust proof bushing 3-1/2 (89.5) 1-1/8 (29) 3-1/2 (89.5) 2-Ø5 (3/16) For M4x20mm screws 3-3/4 (95) Hole pitch 8-5/16 (211) 3-3/4 (95) Hole pitch Ø7/8 (22.2) For conduit 9-1/2 (241.
PAGE 525
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Size Wire type Transmission cable 22AWG (0.33 mm2) Fuse capacity 3A Remarks 16 AWG Maximum 1 ø AC 208 - 240 V 50/60 Hz, (1.25 mm2) Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2 Wire + ground 20 AWG Minimum (Always ground the unit) (0.5 mm2) LEVEL4 (NEMA) non-polar ® 2 core, twisted pair solid LONWORKS compatible cable core Shielded Always ground the unit ¾¾ TOTAL SYSTEM CONFIGURATION LAYOUT Network Integration Tool ® (Ex.
PAGE 526
SIMPLE PROCEDURE FOR CREATING XIF AND REGISTER DATA FOR NETWORK CONVERTOR (UTY-VLGX) NOTE: F or detail information, check the Application Manual which is included inside packaged CD-ROM. The following is the on-line procedure. It is also possible to create XIF & Register Data off-line. STEP 1: C onnect the PC and Network Convertor (UTY-VLGX) . Connection will be done by the connector cable provided as an accessory item of UTY-VLGX.
PAGE 527
Important: Network Convertor will not operate if, CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ●●VRF network system address (Outdoor & Indoor units address) allocation information are not registered to Network Convertor. ●●XIF data information and VRF network system address allocation information must not be same. ●●Binding & Commissioning is not executed.
PAGE 528
3-5. THERMOSTAT CONVERTOR MODEL: UTY-TTRX ●●Thermostat convertor can control Fujitsu General products using a third-party thermostat controller. ●●Up to 16 indoor units can be connected with one thermostat convertor.
PAGE 529
FUNCTIONS Function Operation mode setting Air conditioning Fan speed setting control function Temperature setting Maintenance function Others Remarks Cooling, Heating, Fan High, Med, Low, Auto Stage 1 (Cooling), Stage 1 (Heating) Stage 2 (Cooling), Stage 2 (Heating) Communication error detection Indoor unit error monitoring Convertor error monitoring Two-stage cooling and heating thermostat operation Delay off Control target error indication LIMITATIONS Thermostat operates the indoor units accord
PAGE 530
ELECTRICAL WIRING Connection method differs by the type of thermostat controller. Two-stage Cooling and Heating zz Example: Remote controller for 3-wire type Thermostat controller AC 24 V Indoor unit Max. 16 units Thermostat convertor AC 24 V (Locally purchased) CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Transformer* AC 208/230 V * Install the transformer, as necessary, per building code and manufacturer’s installation instructions. Maximum Power: 5.
PAGE 531
Single-stage Cooling and Heating with Dedicated Fan speed Relays zz Example: Remote controller for 2-wire type Thermostat controller Indoor unit Fan AC 24 V Max. 16 units Thermostat convertor AC 24 V Transformer* (Locally purchased) * Install the transformer, as necessary, per building code and manufacturer’s installation instructions. Maximum Power: 5.
PAGE 532
DIMENSIONS Unit : in (mm) 3-7/16 (86.7) 3-7/16 (86.7) Upper side 1-1/16 (27) 1/4 (7) 1/4 (7) 2-7/8 (72.7) 2-7/8 (72.7) SPECIFICATIONS Max. connectable indoor unit number Input Power (W) Temperature: °F Operating Packaged (°C) Humidity (%) 16 0.6 32 to 114 (0 to 46) 14 to 140 (-10 to 60) 0 to 95 (RH); Packaged No condensation 1-1/16 × 3-7/16 × 3-7/16 Dimensions [H × W × D]: in. (mm) (27 × 86.7 × 86.7) 4 (100) Weight: lbs. oz.
PAGE 533
LED DISPLAY Positions zz LED1 LED2 (Green) (Orange) ● ● ON OFF LED3 (Red) OFF OFF LED4 (Blue) OFF OFF LED3 (Red) LED4 (Blue) ○ OFF Thermostat convertor error ○ ON Indoor unit error Contents During initialization sequence Normally operating ● : 1 s ON / 1 s OFF Error code zz LED1 LED2 (Green) (Orange) ● ● (N) (N) ● ● (N) (N) Contents ● : 0.5 s ON / 0.5 s OFF ○ : 0.1 s ON / 0.
PAGE 534
3-6. BACnet® GATEWAY (HARDWARE) MODEL: UTY-VBGX ●●The convertor for connecting VRF network system to the BMS system using BACnet® protocol. ●●Maximum of 128 indoor units can be connected to one BACnet® Gateway. ●●VRF system can be centrally controlled or monitored from BMS via UTY-VBGX. ●●Maximum of 4 BACnet® Gateway can be connected to one BMS.
PAGE 535
FUNCTIONS Indoor unit control zz ●●Individual control Commands from BACnet® Network are sent to the respective indoor units. (BACnet® Network → respective indoor units of VRF Network) ●●Batch control Commands from BACnet® Network are sent to all indoor units connected to VRF Network. (BACnet® Network → All indoor units of VRF Network) Indoor unit status monitoring zz CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Indoor unit status is communicated to the BACnet® Network in the form of BACnet® objects.
PAGE 536
CONTROL AND MONITORING ITEMS WITH OBJECT TYPES NOTE: For detailed information, check the Instruction Manual.
PAGE 537
 To protect the compressor of the outdoor unit, carefully read and understand the following cautions that may affect the operation of the compressor before executing the setting.  When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the indoor units in the same refrigerant system simultaneously, conforming to the timing restriction described below.
PAGE 538
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Application USB memory 1 Includes the software and manuals of Tool for BACnet® Gateway. Connector cable 1 For initial setting. Dust proof bushing 2 For connecting the power supply cable. PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Operating System • Microsoft ® Windows® 7 Professional (32-bit) • Microsoft ® Windows® 8.
PAGE 539
DIMENSIONS Unit : in.(mm) 10-5/8(270.4) 6-11/16(170) 6-15/16(176) R5 5 5 3-1/16(77.5) 3-1/16(77.5) R2.5 2-3/8(59.6) 8-7/8(225.4) 8-11/16(220) 15/16(23.3) 1(25.2) 1Φ 50/60 Hz 208-240 V CONTROL SYSTEM General purpose building control computer (BMS) SWITCH TRANSMISSION CABLE FUSE (1.
PAGE 540
WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Size Wire type Remarks 16 AWG Maximum 1 ø AC208-240 V 50/60 Hz, (1.25 mm2) Power supply cable 60245 IEC 57 or equivalent 2-Wire + ground 20 AWG (Always ground the unit) Minimum (0.5 mm2) Transmission cable Fuse capacity Ethernet category 5 or higher STP LAN cable with RJ45 1.
PAGE 541
5. E xecute the Configuration Tool from the PC and perform necessary settings. For detail,refer to the Instruction Manual, 6. P erform scan from the Configuration Tool, and check that all VRF indoor/outdoor units are detected and available. 7. Remove the USB cable from the Gateway, and close the case. At this point, BACnet® Gateway should be accessible from the BMS workstation. CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Integration of BACnet® system is ready to be performed.
PAGE 542
SWITCH AND CONNECTOR ETC. LOCATION ON PCB VRF Network connector (LonWorks® ) AC power fuse BMS Network connector (Ethernet) Battery for clock LED_ERR LED_PWR NOTE: Ensure proper space for all connectors when mounted. CAUTION: Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions.
PAGE 543
3-7. BACnet® GATEWAY (SOFTWAER) 3-7-1. MODEL: UTY-ABGXZ1 ●●It is possible to connect medium to large sized BMS to VRF network system via BACnet®, a global standard for open networks. ●●A maximum of 1600 indoor units with 4 VRF network systems (a maximum of 400 indoor units & 100 outdoor units for one network system) can be connected to one BACnet® Gateway. ●●It is possible to control or monitor VRF network system from BMS via BACnet® Gateway.
PAGE 544
BACnet® OBJECT LIST Type : Indoor zz AI AO CONTROL SYSTEM AV BI BO MI MO TL Unit Code (II) Function Inactive Active Text-1 Text-2 10 Set temp. status Degree 11 Space temp. Degree 12 Auto temp. (Low limit status) Degree 13 Auto temp. (High limit status) Degree 14 Cool/Dry temp. (Low limit status) Degree 15 Cool/Dry temp. (High limit status) Degree 16 Heat temp. (Low limit status) Degree 17 Heat temp. (High limit status) Degree 10 Temp.
PAGE 545
Type : Outdoor zz Unit Object Code name (II) BI BO MI Inactive Active Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Neutral None Text-5 Text-6 Text-7 Text-8 40% 30 Outdoor unit error status Normal Fault 31 Forced OFF status Reset Set 30 Forced OFF setting Reset Set 30 Outdoor unit priority operation status *1 Cool Heat 31 Outdoor unit error code 32 Capacity Save Status Not Set 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% 50% Stop Level-1 Quiet Level-1 Ability Level-2 Quiet Level-2 Ability Level-3 Quie
PAGE 546
 When performing periodical settings like schedule settings for the following functions, perform the setting to all the indoor units in the same refrigerant system simultaneously, conforming to the timing restriction described below.
PAGE 547
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE Before installation, connect between the VRF Network System and the USB Adaptor. Brief installation steps are as follows: (For detail, check the Instruction Manual.) Step1: Install an appropriate driver for the USB Adaptor to the PC. *In this step, do not connect the USB Adaptor to the PC. Step2: Install the BACnet® Gateway (Application Software) to the PC. Step3: Restart the PC.
PAGE 548
3-7-2. MODEL: UTY-ABGX ●●It is possible to connect medium to large sized BMS to VRF network system via BACnet®, a global standard for open networks. ●●A maximum of 1,600 indoor units with 4 VRF network systems (a maximum of 400 indoor units & 100 outdoor units for one network system) can be connected to one BACnet® Gateway. ●●It is possible to control or monitor VRF network system from BMS via BACnet® Gateway. ●●Compatible with BACnet® (ANSI / ASHRAE-135-2004) application specific controller (B-ASC).
PAGE 549
BACnet® OBJECT LIST Type : Indoor zz AI AO CONTROL SYSTEM AV BI BO MI MO TL *1) Unit Code (II) Function Inactive 10 Set temp. status Text-1 °F 11 Space temp. °F 12 Auto temp. (Low limit status) °F 13 Auto temp. (High limit status) °F 14 Cool/Dry temp. (Low limit status) °F 15 Cool/Dry temp. (High limit status) °F 16 Heat temp. (Low limit status) °F 17 Heat temp. (High limit status) °F 10 Temp. setting °F 11 Auto temp. (Low limit setting) °F 12 Auto temp.
PAGE 550
Type : Outdoor zz Unit Object Code name (II) BI BO MI MO Function Inactive Active Text-1 Text-2 Text-3 Text-4 Neutral None Text-5 30 Outdoor unit error status Normal Fault 31 Forced OFF status Reset Set 30 Forced OFF setting Reset Set 30 Outdoor unit priority operation status *1 Cool Heat 31 Outdoor unit error code 32 Capacity Save Status Not Set 100% 90% 80% 70% 33 Outdoor low noise operation status *2 30 Outdoor low noise operation setting*3 Stop Level-1 Quiet
PAGE 551
• When regularly making the following settings to the same outdoor unit by using schedule function etc., leave the following interval.
PAGE 552
PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Operating system CPU Memory HDD Display Interface Software Optical drive • Microsoft ® Windows® 7 Home Premium (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft ® Windows® 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft ® Windows® 8.1 (32-bit or 64-bit) • Microsoft ® Windows® 8.
PAGE 553
3-8. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER MODEL: UTY-VSGXZ1 If the total length of transmission line exceeds 1,640ft. (500m), or the number of units exceeds 64 units, A signal amplifier will be required. ●●Transmission line length can be extended up to 11,811 ft. (3,600m) with multiple signal amplifier. ●●Up to 8 Signal Amplifier(Filter mode is OFF) can be installed in 1 VRF network system. ●●Up to 32 Signal Amplifier(Filter mode is ON) can be installed in 1 VRF network system.
PAGE 554
Case of VR-II (321 or more indoor units are installed) zz 1Ø 50/60Hz FUSE 208-240 V (3 A) Signal ampliﬁer (Filter mode : OFF) Terminal resistor Switch (Disconnect switch) Other RB unit or indoor unit RB unit Refrigerant system 1 Network segment 1 Network segment 2 Transmission cable RB unit Terminal resistor (B direction) F A Terminal resistor Indoor unit CONTROL SYSTEM (A direction) Refrigerant system 2 Network segment 3 Outdoor unit Transmission cable RB unit (C direction) Terminal resist
PAGE 555
Filter mode setting zz Set the Filter mode to suppress an increase of the amount of communication information in the VR-II system. ●● Filter mode is turned on by inserting the accessory connecting wire at the CN4 connector on the PCB. ●● When the Filter mode setting is changed, turn the power off once. Otherwise, the setting will not be recognized. Connecting wire (Accessory) Body PCB CN4 DIMENSIONS 3-1/2 (89.
PAGE 556
PACKING LIST The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual 1 Cable Tie 4 For securing controller cable. Screw (M4 × 20 mm) 4 For mounting the signal amplifier. Terminal resistor 1 Dust proof bushing 1 For connecting the power supply cable. (Except in U.S.A. and Canada) Connecting wire 1 For setting the filter mode Use Size 16 AWG Maximum (1.25 mm2) Power supply cable 20 AWG Minimum (0.
PAGE 557
3-9. EXTERNAL SWITCH CONTROLLER 3-9-1. MODEL: UTY-TERX ●●Switching of air conditioner settings can be performed using an external switch controller and a third-party device. ●●ON/OFF, Temperature, Fan Speed, Operating and Remote controller prohibition Mode can be switched using external devices, such as a room card-key. ●●Card-key or other sensor switches are available as a locally purchased parts.
PAGE 558
Connection to external contacts Select low current use contacts (usable at DC 5 V, 2 mA or less). Switch Short circuit detection resistance (R ON): ≤ 500 (Ω). Open circuit detection resistance (R OFF): ≥ 100 (kΩ). A twister pair cable 16 to 22AWG (0.33 to 1.25 mm²) should be use. Maximum length of cable is 164 ft. (50 m). External switch controller DIMENSIONS 3/8 (10) 3-Ø3/16 (4.
PAGE 559
Case 2: For polar 3 wire Modify the cable as per below methods. Use a tool to cut off the terminal on the end of the remote controller cable, and then remove the insulation from the cut end of the cable as shown in Fig. 1. Connect the remote controller cable and connecting cable as shown in Fig. 2. Be sure to insulate the connection between the cables. Fig.1 Fig.
PAGE 560
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Application Installation manual 1 Screw (M4 × 16 mm) 3 For installing the external switch controller Cable Tie 4 For securing controller cable. WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Size Remote controller cable (2-wire type) 16 to 22AWG (0.33 to 1.25 mm2) Sheathed PVC cable* Non-polar 2 core, twisted pair (Maximum cable length: 1,640 ft. [500 m]) Remote controller cable (3-wire type) 22AWG (0.
PAGE 561
EXAMPLE Setting MODE0 P1: Arbitrary operation state Contact OFF→ON P2: Arbitrary operation state Contact OFF→ON Wiring Indoor unit External SW controller External contact 1 MODE1 P1 : Arbitrary operation state P2 : Arbitrary operation state Others setting are arbitrary. P1 : ON, COOL, 80°F (26°C) P2 : OFF SW1 ON P1 OFF SW2 ON P2 OFF Operation state External contact 2 Others setting are arbitrary.
PAGE 562
When a temperature sensor switch is connected and cooling and heating switching is performed. Setting MODE1 OFF output: Enabled P1 : ON, COOL or HEAT P2 : ON, COOL or HEAT Operation conditions: Unit operationg only Others setting are arbitrary. When preventing chattering noise within 1 minute of the external contact switch.
PAGE 563
3-9-2. MODEL: UTY-TEKX ●●Switching of air conditioner settings can be performed using an external switch controller and a third-party device. ●●ON/OFF, Temperature, Fan Speed and Operating Mode can be switched using external devices, such as a room card-key. ●●Card-key or other sensor switches are available as a locally purchased parts. SYSTEM DIAGRAM B 164 ft. (50 m) or less SW External input cable Indoor Unit 164 ft.
PAGE 564
DIMENSIONS 2-15/16 (75) Unit: in. (mm) 2-3/8 (60) 11/16 (18) 1/2 (12.5) Left view Front view 3-5/16 (83.5) 4-3/4 (120) 1-3/16 (30) 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 13/16 (19.5) (19.5) (19.5) (19.5) (21) 5 - ø1/4 (7) Rear view INSTALLATION Connection Pattern zz NOTE: Connection pattern is different for different indoor unit types. Connection Pattern Pattern A Pattern B Pattern A zz Connect the end of remote controller cable directly to the exclusive terminal block.
PAGE 565
2) Connect the remote controller cable to the connecting cable, and insert it to the connector. Set the DIP switch (SW1) to "3WIRE" on the PCB of the indoor unit.
PAGE 566
EXAMPLE Setting MODE0 P1: Arbitrary operation state Contact OFF→ON P2: Arbitrary operation state Contact OFF→ON Wiring Indoor unit External SW controller External contact 1 Others setting are arbitrary. When controlling operation by ON or OFF of an external contact switch MODE1 P1 : Arbitrary operation state P2 : Arbitrary operation state Others setting are arbitrary.
PAGE 567
4. SERVICE & WEB MONITORING TOOL 4-1. SERVICE TOOL 4-1-1. MODEL: UTY - ASGXZ1 Extensive monitoring and analysis functions for installation and maintenance. Operation status and error history can be grasped promptly and adequately. FUNCTIONS 1) System List Displays the overall operation status of all or specified units in the system in a list form. Displays the detail information for sensor values, electrical components etc. for the specified units in schematic.
PAGE 568
6) Error History Displays the error information for each unit. The error information can sequentially be displayed up to 50 items as they occur starting with the latest error. 7) Graph Displays the sensor values of outdoor unit and indoor units in more detail and more easier to see. Sensor information that the user want to check can be selected freely, and the combined information can be displayed. Up to 6-graph screens can be displayed simultaneously.
PAGE 569
15) Error Memory Reader When an error occurs at an outdoor unit, the operation data records before the error are acquired over a network and saved to a CSV file. NOTE: To perform "Error Memory Reading", Service Tool and the corresponding outdoor unit must be connected directly with each other. Refer to the Operation Manual of the Service Tool for detail. 16) Time Guard Information Reference data for judging the maintenance period of indoor and outdoor units (compressor, FAN, etc.
PAGE 570
SYSTEM DIAGRAM Remote Side VRF System Side Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Internet CONTROL SYSTEM Up to 1 PC can be connected simultaneously. USB Adaptor (Locally purchased) VRF network system *WibuKey of UTY-ASGX can be used. PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Application Includes the software and manuals for Service Tool.Additionally, it works as the software protection key.
PAGE 571
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ●●For VRF System Side PC Operating system •Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional (32/64-bit) SP1 •Microsoft® Windows® 8.1 Pro (32-bit or 64-bit) •Microsoft® Windows® 10 Pro (32-bit or 64-bit) CPU 1 GHz or higher Memory • 1 GB or more (Windows® 7, 8.1, 10 [32-bit]) • 2 GB or more (Windows® 7, 8.
PAGE 572
4-1-2. MODEL: UTY - ASGX Provides extensive monitoring and analysis functions to ensure the proper installation and maintenance of VRF systems. All performance data can be saved for further review and troubleshooting. Files can be shared for further evaluation. FUNCTIONS 1) System List Displays the overall operation status of all or specified units in the system in a list form. Displays the detail information for sensor values, electrical components etc. for the specified units in schematic.
PAGE 573
6) Remote File Download Operation and error history can be saved. Output can be customized such that only the information that is required is downloaded. 7) Commissioning Tool Operational data from the test run can be exported in CSV file format. 8) Network Topology Analyzer * A list of units connected to the VRF system network is displayed in network segments in tree form.
PAGE 574
14) Time Guard Information * Reference data for determining the maintenance schedule for indoor and outdoor units (operation time for compressor, fan, etc.) can be output into a CSV file. *: Supported by Ver. 1.1 or later SYSTEM DIAGRAM Refrigerant piping RB unit Indoor unit Transmission line USB Adaptor Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Easy to carry out with USB Adaptor Indoor unit * USB Adaptor is U10 USB Network interface of Echelon® corporation.
PAGE 575
OTHER REQUIRED DEVICES (LOCALLY PURCHASED) Personal computer that satisfies the following system requirements ●● ® ● ● Echelon U10 USB Network Interface – TP/FT-10 Channel (Model number: 75010R) (Required for each VRF Network.) PERSONAL COMPUTER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS Operating system • Microsoft ® Windows® 7 Professional (32-bit or 64-bit) SP1 • Microsoft ® Windows® 8.
PAGE 576
4-2. WEB MONITORING TOOL 4-2-1. MODEL: UTY-AMGXZ1 SYSTEM DIAGRAM System components zz Remote Side VRF System Side Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Internet USB Adaptor (Locally purchased) CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Software & protection key for Web Monitoring Tool * (UTY-AMGXZ1) Up to 2 PCs can be connected simultaneously. VRF network system *WibuKey of UTY-AMGX can be used. Support 4 VRF network system zz PC USB adaptors (Max.
PAGE 577
PACKING LIST Name and shape Quantity Application Includes the software and manuals for Web Monitoring Tool. Additionally, it works as the software protection key. 1 WHITE-USB-KEY (software protection key with software) Software protection key to be connected to an USB port on the PC that the Web Monitoring Tool is installed. Web Monitoring Tool runs only on a PC with this WHITE-USB-KEY.
PAGE 578
COMPARISON TABLE Item Web Monitoring Tool UTY-AMGXZ1 VRF system CONTROL SYSTEM Side Remote Side Operation Setting ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 10 E-mail automatic transmission of system malfunction — — 11 Network Topology Analyzer 12 Remote Setting 13 System Time Setting 14 Central Control Forced Release 15 Model Name Writer 16 Error Memory Reader 17 Time Guard Information 18 Offline Data Reader 19 Version ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 20 Software Update ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
PAGE 579
4-2-2. MODEL: UTY-AMGX SYSTEM DIAGRAM System components zz VRF System Side Software (UTY-AMGX) Internet or Public Telephone LIne CONTROL SYSTEM Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Personal Computer (Locally purchased) Software Protection Key USB Adaptor VRF network system Support 4 VRF network system zz PC USB adaptor (max. 4 adaptors per PC) permit control and monitoring of up to 1,600 units.
PAGE 580
PACKING LIST Name and shape DVD-ROM Wibu key (Software protection key) Quantity Application 1 Includes the software and manuals for Web Monitoring Tool. 1 Software protection key to be inserted in a USB slot running Web Monitoring Tool. Web Monitoring Tool may only run on a PC with Wibu Key.
PAGE 581
COMPARISON TABLE Item Web Monitoring Tool Service Tool UTY-ASGX UTY-AMGX VRF network system Side Monitoring Side ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 1 Interchangeability of equipment 2 Indication of equipment list 3 Operation control 4 Indication of refrigerant circuit diagram 5 Commissioning tool 6 Monitoring of equipment information 7 Monitoring of operating condition 8 Monitoring of sensor data ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 9 Storage and CSV output of operating history (sensor data) ● ● ● 10 Indicatio
PAGE 582
6. SYSTEM DESIGN DTV_VR2U025E_10--CHAPTER06 2017.12.
PAGE 583
CONTENTS 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 1. SYSTEM DESIGN..................................................................... 06 - 01 1-1. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM.............................................................................. 06 - 01 1-1-1. EXAMPLE OF REFRIGERANT SYSTEM............................................................. 06 - 03 1-2. VRF NETWORK SYSTEM............................................................................. 06 - 26 1-3. MOUNTING POSITION...........................................
PAGE 584
CONTENTS 6. SYSTEM DESIGN 5. DRAIN CONNECTION............................................................. 06 - 136 5-1. OUTDOOR UNIT.......................................................................................... 06 - 136 5-2. INDOOR UNIT.............................................................................................. 06 - 137 6. STANDARD ACCESSORIES................................................... 06 - 150 6-1. OUTDOOR UNIT.......................................................
PAGE 585
1. SYSTEM DESIGN 1-1. REFRIGERANT SYSTEM CONNECTABLE UNIT WITHIN 1 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM Unit Quantity Remarks Outdoor unit 1 to Max. 3 units Indoor unit 2 to Max. 45 units RB unit 2 to Max. 45 units *1 Combination : See table 1 *1: Multi type of RB unit is counted as a part for four per set.
PAGE 586
CONNECTABLE UNIT WITHIN 1 RB UNIT Maximum number of connectable indoor units per branch RB unit Single type Multi type Connectable cooling capacity range of indoor unit UTP-RU01AH 3 27,000 Btu/h or less UTP-RU01BH 8 60,000 Btu/h or less UTP-RU01CH 8 96,000 Btu/h or less UTP-RU04BH 8 60,000 Btu/h or less （for 1 branch） 191,000 Btu/h or less (Sum total of 4 branches) Caution (Multi type) zz When there is a branch which is not used, install less than 1 branch per one set of Multi ●● type, an
PAGE 587
1-1-1. EXAMPLE OF REFRIGERANT SYSTEM RB UNIT (SINGLE TYPE) Example 1 (OK) zz Capacity ratio 58% Outdoor unit RB unit 1 RB unit 2 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 AOUA72T AUUA24 AUUA18 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 24000 18000 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01AH - Model Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000  42000 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 588
Example 3 (Prohibited) zz Capacity ratio 146% Outdoor unit RB unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Indoor unit 8 AOUA96T AUUA12 AUUA12 AUUA14 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA24 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 96000 12000 12000 14000 18000 18000 18000 24000 24000 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01CH - Total capacity (Btu/h) 96000 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min
PAGE 589
Example 4 (Prohibited) zz Outdoor unit Capacity ratio 94% Header Separation tube RB unit 1 RB unit 2 RB unit 3 RB unit 4 RB unit 5 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 AOUA96T AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 RU01AH RB unit 2 RU01AH RB unit 3 SYSTEM DESIGN Total capacity (Btu/h) 96000 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 590
Example 5 (Prohibited) zz Outdoor unit Capacity ratio 94% Header RB unit 1 RB unit 2 RB unit 3 RB unit 4 Separation tube Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 AOUA96T AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 96000 18000 18000 18000 18000 18000 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01BH RB unit 3 RB unit 4 SYSTEM DESIGN Model Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Total capacity (Btu/h) 96000 Connectable indoor unit c
PAGE 591
Example 6 (OK) zz Capacity ratio 92% Outdoor unit RB unit 1 RB unit 2 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 AOUA96T AUUA18 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 96000 18000 14000 14000 14000 14000 14000 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01CH - Total capacity (Btu/h) 96000 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 592
RB UNIT (MULTI TYPE) Example 7 (OK) zz Outdoor unit 2 Outdoor unit 1 Capacity ratio 100% RB unit 1 Indoor unit 1 Outdoor unit 1 Outdoor unit 2 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 RU04BH - Total capacity (Btu/h) Indoor unit 4 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 593
Example 8 (OK) zz Outdoor unit 2 Outdoor unit 1 Capacity ratio 100% RB unit 1 RB unit 2 Indoor unit 2 Model SYSTEM DESIGN Outdoor unit 1 Outdoor unit 2 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Indoor unit 8 AOUA72T AOUA72T AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 72000 18000 18000 18000 18000 18000 18000 18000 18000 RB unit 1 RU04BH - RB unit 2 RU04BH - Indoor unit 3 Total capacity (Btu/h)
PAGE 594
Example 9 (OK) zz Outdoor unit Capacity ratio 94% RB unit 1 Model Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 RU04BH Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 96000 14000 14000 14000 12000 12000 12000 12000 - Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Total capacity (Btu/h) 96000 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 595
Example 10 (Prohibited) zz Capacity ratio 108% Outdoor unit RB unit 1 RB unit 2 Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 AOUA72T AUUA12 AUUA12 AUUA12 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 12000 12000 12000 14000 14000 14000 RB unit 1 RU01BH - Model Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000 Indoor unit 3 - Indoor unit 6 Judgement  150% 78000 36000 108000 36000 < 78000 < 108000 → OK 36000 7500 60000 ≤ ≤  750
PAGE 596
Example 11 (Prohibited) zz Capacity ratio 125% Outdoor unit RB unit 2 Indoor unit 1 Model Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 AOUA72T AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA12 AUUA12 AUUA12 AUUA12 Indoor unit 2 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 14000 14000 14000 12000 12000 12000 12000 Indoor unit 3 Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000  90000 42000 SYSTEM DESIGN RB unit 1 RB unit 2 RU04BH RU04BH - - Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Connecta
PAGE 597
Example 12 (OK) zz Capacity ratio 117% Outdoor unit RB unit 2 RB unit 1 Model Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 AOUA72T AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 Indoor unit 2 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 14000 14000 14000 14000 14000 14000 RU04BH - RB unit 2 RU04BH - Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000  84000 Indoor unit 4 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 598
Example 13 (Prohibited) zz Capacity ratio 97% Outdoor unit RB unit 2 RB unit 1 Model Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 RB unit 1 RU04BH RU04BH Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 14000 14000 14000 14000 14000 - - Indoor unit 3 Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000 Indoor unit 4 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 599
Example 14 (Prohibited) zz Capacity ratio 97% Outdoor unit RB unit 2 RB unit 1 Model Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 AOUA72T AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA14 Indoor unit 2 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 14000 14000 14000 14000 14000 RU04BH - RB unit 2 RU01AH - Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 600
Example 15 (Prohibited) zz Capacity ratio 125% Outdoor unit RB unit 2 RB unit 3 RB unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Model SYSTEM DESIGN Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Indoor unit 8 Indoor unit 9 Indoor unit 10 Indoor unit 11 Indoor unit 12 AOUA72T AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500
PAGE 601
Example 16 (OK) zz Capacity ratio 104% RB unit 2 RB unit 1 Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Model SYSTEM DESIGN Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Indoor unit 8 Indoor unit 9 Indoor unit 10 AOUA72T AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 Indoor unit 3 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 RB unit 1 RU04BH - RB unit 2 RU04BH - RB unit 3 RU04BH - Indoor unit
PAGE 602
Example 17 (Prohibited) zz Header RB unit 4 RB unit 1 RB unit 2 Indoor unit 1 SYSTEM DESIGN RB unit 3 Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Indoor unit 8 Indoor unit 9 Indoor unit 10 AOUA72T AUUA12 AUUA12 AUUA12 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 12000 12000 12000 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01AH RB unit 3 RU01AH Model RB unit 5
PAGE 603
Example 18 (Prohibited) zz Header RB unit 3 RB unit 1 RB unit 2 Indoor unit 1 SYSTEM DESIGN Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Indoor unit 8 Indoor unit 9 Indoor unit 10 AOUA72T AUUA14 AUUA14 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 14000 14000 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01AH -
PAGE 604
Example 19 (OK) zz Capacity ratio 108% Outdoor unit RB unit 2 RB unit 1 Header Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Indoor unit 5 Indoor unit 6 Indoor unit 7 Indoor unit 8 Indoor unit 9 AOUA72T AUUA18 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 AUUA7 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 18000 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 7500 RB unit 1 RU01AH - SYSTEM DESIGN Model RB unit 2 RU04BH - Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000 18000
PAGE 605
COOLING ONLY TYPE IS MIXED Example 20 (OK) zz Outdoor unit Capacity ratio 100% RB unit 1 Indoor unit 1 RB unit 2 Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 AOUA72T AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUB36 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 18000 18000 36000 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01AH - Model Indoor unit 3 Total Connectable indoor unit capacity capacity Judgement (Btu/h) Min. Max.
PAGE 606
Example 22 (Prohibited) zz Outdoor unit Capacity ratio 83% RB unit 1 Model AOUA72T AUUB30 AUUB30 RU01BH Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 30000 30000 - Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000  60000 30000 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max. Judgement  50%  150% Prohibited 36000 108000 7500 60000 Because must be connected at least 2 or more of RB unit.
PAGE 607
Example 23 (Prohibited) zz Outdoor unit Capacity ratio 100% Header Liquid pipe and Suction gas pipe: Connected Discharge gas pipe: Not connected RB unit 1 RB unit 2 RB unit 3 Cooling only type Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 AOUA72T AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 18000 18000 18000 18000 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01AH RB unit 3 RU01AH Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000 Connectable indoor unit capacit
PAGE 608
Example 24 (Prohibited) zz Outdoor unit Capacity ratio 100% Header Liquid pipe and Suction gas pipe: Connected Discharge gas pipe: Not connected RB unit 1 RB unit 2 Cooling only type Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 AOUA72T AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01AH - Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 609
Example 25 (OK) zz Outdoor unit Capacity ratio 100% Header RB unit 1 RB unit 2 RB unit 3 Cooling only type Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Outdoor unit Indoor unit 1 Indoor unit 2 Indoor unit 3 Indoor unit 4 AOUA72T AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 AUUA18 Cooling capacity (Btu/h) 72000 18000 18000 18000 18000 RB unit 1 RU01AH - RB unit 2 RU01AH RB unit 3 RU01AH Total capacity (Btu/h) 72000 Connectable indoor unit capacity Min. Max.
PAGE 610
1-2.
PAGE 611
CONTROLLER AND CONVERTOR Model Central Control System Controller UTY-APGXZ1 System Controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 Touch Panel Controller UTY-DTGYZ1 Maximum connectable units in one VRF network system 1 Remarks *1:Note 1 Max.controllable VRF network system : 1 Max.controllable remote controller groups : 400 Max.controllable indoor unit : 400 Max.controllable groups : 400 16 Max.controllable remote controller groups : 400 Max.controllable indoor unit : 400 Max.
PAGE 612
Maximum connectable units in one VRF network system Remarks The signal amplifier is required when 1640ft. (500m) or more in transmission line length or connected unit exceeds 64units. Signal Amplifier UTY-VSGXZ1 Network Convertor Total number of refrigerant Used for system and connecting split Network system : 100 convertor is UTY-VGGXZ1 maximum 100.
PAGE 613
1-3. MOUNTING POSITION OUTDOOR UNIT For the air conditioner to operate satisfactorily, install it as outlined in the installation manual. Outdoor unit mounting position zz ●● A position that satisfies the mounting space requirements described in “chapter 3.3 Installation space". ●● A position where the unit can be installed level. ●● A position with enough space for performing pipe work, service and maintenance.
PAGE 614
INDOOR UNIT For the air conditioner to operate satisfactorily, install it as outlined in installation manual. Indoor unit mounting position zz ●● Decide the mounting position with the customer ●● Install the unit level on a strong wall, floor, ceiling which is not subject to vibration. ●● The inlet and outlet ports should not be obstructed. The air should be able to blow all over the room. ●● Install the unit where the refrigerant pipes can be easily installed.
PAGE 615
1-4. TRANSPORTATION THE OUTDOOR UNIT HOISTING METHOD ●● When hanging the outdoor unit and conveying it to installation location, hang the unit with rope by passing through the 4 opening holes on bottom of front and rear side as shown in figure. ●● Use 2 ropes at least 26ft. (8m) long. If a shorter length is used, it may cause damage to the unit. ●● Use a rope strong enough to support the weight of the unit.
PAGE 616
2. PIPING DESIGN 2-1. IMPORTANT ITEMS WHEN USING REFRIGERANT R410A R410A operates at higher pressure and has less solubility with mineral oil than traditional R22 refrigerant. Therefore, 410A systems use a different lubricant and have different piping requirements. REFRIGERANT PIPING MATERIAL AND WALL THICKNESS Only seamless copper tube should be used for the refrigerant piping. Thickness of tubes are shown in table below. Endurance pressure of the pipe must be 609 psi (4.2 MPa).
PAGE 617
WORK FLOW (EXAMPLE) Preparations Prepare Project Schedule Refrigerant check ●● Always check the refrigerant to be used. ●● Always use the specified refrigerant. ●● Prepare materials / tools matched to the refrigerant. Operation chart preparation Start of work Indoor unit installation Refrigerant piping work Drain piping work ●● Use copper tube of the specified material and thickness to meet endurance pressure of the pipe. (609 psi (4.
PAGE 618
2-2. LIMITATION IN THE CASE OF THREE OUTDOOR UNITS CONNECTED c H3 d e f b *4 H1 H4 SYSTEM DESIGN H5 H2 Allowable pipe length (actual pipe length) Limitation: ft.
PAGE 619
IN THE CASE OF TWO OUTDOOR UNITS CONNECTED H3 d c b*4 H1 H4 e a SYSTEM DESIGN H5 H2 Allowable pipe length (actual pipe length) Limitation: ft.
PAGE 620
IN THE CASE OF ONE OUTDOOR UNIT CONNECTED b *4 H1 H2 H5 Allowable pipe length (actual pipe length) Limitation: ft.
PAGE 621
IN THE CASE OF SET UP THE INDOOR UNIT IN BOTH THE UPPER SIDE AND THE LOWER SIDE OF THE OUTDOOR UNIT H5 d c H4 H3 e f b*4 H2 a H5 Maximum allowable Maximum allowable pipe height difference length (actual pipe length) Limitation: ft.
PAGE 622
CAUTION For proper operation, adhere to all “piping limitations”.
PAGE 623
2-3. PIPE SIZE PIPE DIAMETER, RECOMMENDED MATERIAL AND WALL THICKNESS Nominal Diameter (in.) 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1-1/8" 1-3/8" 1-5/8" Outside Diameter (mm) 6.35 9.52 12.70 15.88 19.05 22.22 28.58 34.92 41.27 Material JIS H3300 C1220T-O or equivalent *1 Wall Thickness *3 JIS H3300 C1220T-H or equivalent *2 (in.) 0.032 0.032 0.032 0.039 0.047 0.039 0.039 0.047 0.056 (mm) 0.8 0.8 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.
PAGE 624
Pipe size table "B" zz Between outdoor unit branch kits or outdoor unit branch kit and first separation tube Nominal cooling capacity of outdoor unit [Btu/h (Ton)] Liquid pipe Outside diameter: in. (mm) Discharge Gas pipe Suction Gas pipe 72,000 (6) 1/2" (12.70) 5/8" (15.88) 7/8" (22.22) 96,000 (8) 1/2" (12.70) 3/4" (19.05) 7/8" (22.22) 120,000 (10) 1/2" (12.70) 3/4" (19.05) 1-1/8" (28.58) 144,000 (12) 1/2" (12.70) 7/8" (22.22) 1-1/8" (28.58) 168,000 (14) 192,000 (16) 5/8" (15.
PAGE 625
 Pipe diameter, in case of discharge gas pipe is not separated, is different between pipes which come from outdoor unit side and connected to RB unit, Thinner piping diameter should be selected. Pipe size table "D" zz Between separation tube and RB unit Case of 1 indoor unit is connected in the downstream of separation tube. Cooling capacity of indoor unit (Btu/h) Outside diameter: in. (mm) Discharge Suction Liquid pipe Gas pipe Gas pipe 4,000, 7,500, 9,500, 12,000, 14,000 1/4" (6.35) 3/8" (9.
PAGE 626
Pipe size table "F" zz Between separation tube and indoor unit or RB unit and indoor unit Cooling capacity of indoor unit (Btu/h) 4,000, 7,500, 9,500, 12,000, 14,000 18,000, 24,000, 30,000, 34,000 Outside diameter: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe 1/4" (6.35) 1/2" (12.70) 3/8" (9.52) 5/8" (15.88) 36,000, 48,000 3/8" (9.52) 3/4" (19.05) 60,000 3/8" (9.52) 3/4" (19.05) 72,000, 96,000 1/2" (12.70) 7/8" (22.22) For connecting to 4/7/9/18/36/48TLAV1 models, reducer (locally purchased) is necessary.
PAGE 627
NOTES IN CASE OF CONNECTING INDOOR UNIT OF COOLING ONLY TYPE Pipe size zz Only for discharge gas pipe. When indoor unit of cooling only type is connected, it calculates with the value except ●● capacity of cooling only type. diameter, in case of discharge gas pipe is not separated, is different between pipes Pipe ●● which come from outdoor unit side and connected to RB unit, Thinner piping diameter should be selected.
PAGE 628
Installation of header zz At least 3 or more of RB unit must be connected in port of header ●● Example (prohibited) Discharge gas Suction gas Liquid Cooling only Cooling only RB RB Heat pump Heat pump RB RB Heat pump Heat pump Empty port of header (Discharge gas) Example (OK) Discharge gas Suction gas RB Cooling only Heat pump Empty port of header (Discharge gas) - (06 - 44) - SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN Liquid
PAGE 629
Do not connected indoor unit of cooling only type to the farthest port of header. ●● Example (prohibited) Discharge gas Suction gas Liquid RB RB Heat pump Heat pump RB Heat pump Prohibited Cooling only Empty port of header (Discharge gas) Example (OK) Discharge gas Suction gas RB Cooling only Heat pump RB RB Heat pump Heat pump Empty port of header (Discharge gas) When all indoor unit connected to header is indoor unit of cooling only type, use header for ●● 2pipe.
PAGE 630
OUTDOOR UNIT BRANCH KIT System 2 outdoor units 3 outdoor units Model Q'ty 1 UTP-DX567A 2 When using single outdoor unit, outdoor unit branch kit is not necessary.
PAGE 631
COOLING CAPACITY TABLE Outdoor unit zz Unit1 (Model name) Unit2 (Model name) Unit3 (Model name) 6 72,000 AOUA72TLBV AOUA72TLBV - - 8 96,000 AOUA96TLBV AOUA96TLBV - - 10 120,000 AOUA120TLBV AOUA120TLBV - - 12 144,000 AOUA144TLBVG AOUA72TLBV AOUA72TLBV - 14 168,000 AOUA168TLBVG AOUA96TLBV AOUA72TLBV - 16 192,000 AOUA192TLBVG AOUA120TLBV AOUA72TLBV - 18 216,000 AOUA216TLBVG AOUA120TLBV AOUA96TLBV - 20 240,000 AOUA240TLBVG AOUA120TLBV AOUA120TLBV - 22 264,
PAGE 632
Type Compact cassette Circular flow cassette Cassette Mini duct SYSTEM DESIGN Slim duct / Slim concealed floor Medium static Pressure duct High static pressure duct Cooling capacity (Btu/h) Model name 4,000 7,500 9,500 AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV 12,000 AUUA12TLAV 14,000 AUUA14TLAV 18,000 AUUA18TLAV 24,000 18,000 24,000 AUUA24TLAV AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 30,000 AUUB30TLAV1 36,000 AUUB36TLAV1 48,000 AUUB48TLAV1 18,000 AUUB18TLAV 24,000 AUUB24TLAV 30,000 AUUB30TLAV 36,000 4,
PAGE 633
2-4. SELECTION OF PIPE HEAT INSULATING MATERIAL Always insulate the refrigerant pipe to prevent the formation of condensation and water ●● droplets. Decide the thickness of the heat insulating material by referring to the recommended ●● minimum thickness in Table 1.
PAGE 634
2-5. ADDITIONAL CHARGE CALCULATION ●● The outdoor unit is charged refrigerant at the factory. ●● The additional refrigerant charge is calculated based on pipe length and outdoor unit model. ●● The additional refrigerant charge amount is calculated according to the following formula. ●● The overall refrigerant amount should not be exceed 66.1 lbs. (30kg) per outdoor unit. ●● Round up the calculated result to two decimal places. CALCULATION OF ADDITIONAL CHARGE REFRIGERANT 1.
PAGE 635
2-6. EXAMPLE OF PIPING DESIGN REFRIGERANT SYSTEM 1 Outdoor unit 1 (Master) Outdoor unit 2 (Slave1) 3a 3b DX1 (216kBtu/h) 3c Total cooling capacity of outdoor units connected downwards to the pipe. 3d 3e (198kBtu/h) (228kBtu/h) BX1 Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe.
PAGE 636
Selection of branch kit zz Total cooling Branch kit capacity of No. downstream indoor units (kBtu/h) DX1 BX1 228.0 BX2 198.0 AX1 90.0 AX2 60.0 AX3 36.0 Model UTP-DX567A UTP-BX567A UTP-BX567A UTP-AX090A UTP-AX090A UTP-AX090A Model UTP-DX567A UTP-BX567A UTP-AX090A Q'ty 1 2 3 Model UTP-RU01BH UTP-RU01CH UTP-RU04BH Q'ty 1 1 1 Selection of RB unit zz RB unit No. RB1 RB2 RB3 Total cooling capacity of downstream indoor units (kBtu/h) 30.0 90.0 24.0 108.0 24.0 24.0 (Total) 36.
PAGE 637
Calculation of additional charge refrigerant zz 1. Calculation of additional amount for outdoor unit Model Outdoor unit1 Outdoor unit2 AOUA120 AOUA96 Additional amount for outdoor unit lbs.(kg) 14.99 (6.80) 6.61 (3.00) A = 14.99 + 6.61 = 21.60 (lbs.) [6.80 + 3.00 = 9.80 (kg)] 2. Calculation of additional amount for pipe length Liquid pipe size Additional refrigerant lbs./ft. (kg/m) Liquid pipe length ft. (m) 3/4 (19.05) 0.180 (0.268) 0 5/8 (15.88) 0.120 (0.178) 197 (60) 1/2 (12.70) 0.077 (0.
PAGE 638
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM 2 Outdoor unit 2 (Slave1) Outdoor unit 1 (Master) 3a DX1 Outdoor unit 3 (Slave2) 3b DX2 (192kBtu/h) 3d (288kBtu/h) 3c Total cooling capacity of outdoor units connected downwards to the pipe. 3e 3f (332kBtu/h) (368kBtu/h) BX1 (144kBtu/h) 3i RB1 RB4 (188kBtu/h) BX2 3h Total cooling capacity of indoor units connected downwards to the pipe.
PAGE 639
Selection of branch kit zz Total cooling Branch kit capacity of No. downstream indoor units (kBtu/h) DX1 DX2 BX1 368.0 BX2 332.0 BX3 144.0 AX1 96.0 HD1 56.0 Model UTP-DX567A UTP-DX567A UTP-BX567A UTP-BX567A UTP-BX180A UTP-AX090A UTR-H0906L Model UTP-DX567A UTP-BX567A UTP-BX180A UTP-AX090A UTR-H0906L Q'ty 2 2 1 1 1 Model UTP-RU01BH UTP-RU01CH UTP-RU04BH Q'ty 2 1 1 Selection of RB unit zz RB unit No. RB1 RB2 RB3 RB4 Total cooling capacity of downstream indoor units (kBtu/h) 36.0 48.0 96.0 60.0 188.
PAGE 640
Calculation of additional charge refrigerant zz 1. Calculation of additional amount for outdoor unit Model Outdoor unit1 Outdoor unit2 Outdoor unit3 AOUA96 AOUA96 AOUA96 Additional amount for outdoor unit lbs.(kg) 6.61 (3.00) 6.61 (3.00) 6.61 (3.00) A = 6.61 + 6.61 + 6.61 = 19.83 (lbs.) [3.00 + 3.00 + 3.00 = 9.00 (kg)] 2. Calculation of additional amount for pipe length Liquid pipe size Additional refrigerant lbs./ft. (kg/m) Liquid pipe length ft. (m) 3/4 (19.05) 0.180 (0.268) 197 (60) 5/8 (15.88) 0.
PAGE 641
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM 3 (Cooling only type is mixed) Outdoor unit 1 (Master) Outdoor unit 2 (Slave1) 3a DX1 Outdoor unit 3 (Slave2) 3b DX2 (192kBtu/h) 3d (288kBtu/h) 3c Total cooling capacity of outdoor units connected downwards to the pipe. 3e 3f AX1 3g BX1 2a 1 AX2 3j AX4 HD1 AX3 2d 2g 2h 6 (48kBtu/h) 2b RB1 Indoor unit 2f 3 3l 3m 3n RB2 RB3 RB4 2i 2j 2k 7 (48kBtu/h) 2e 2c 2 3i AX5 3k (7.
PAGE 642
Selection of branch kit zz Total cooling Branch kit capacity of No. downstream indoor units (kBtu/h) DX1 DX2 348.0 BX1 355.5 AX1 264.0 AX2 240.0 AX3 84.0 AX4 24.0 AX5 192.0 HD1 Model UTP-DX567A UTP-DX567A UTP-BX567A UTP-AX567A UTP-AX567A UTP-AX567A UTP-AX090A UTP-AX090A UTP-J1806A Model UTP-DX567A UTP-BX567A UTP-AX567A UTP-AX090A UTP-J1806A Q'ty 2 1 3 2 1 Selection of RB unit zz RB unit No. RB1 RB2 RB3 RB4 Total cooling capacity of downstream indoor units (kBtu/h) 48.0 48.0 48.0 48.
PAGE 643
2) 2pipes 2a 1/4 (6.35) 1/2 Gas pipe in. (mm) (12.70) 33 Length ft. (m) Example (10) Liquid pipe in. (mm) 2b 2c 2d 2e 2f 2g 2h 2i 2j 2k 3/8 (9.52) 3/4 (19.05) 27 (8) 3/8 (9.52) 3/4 (19.05) 16 (5) 3/8 (9.52) 5/8 (15.88) 16 (5) 1/4 (6.35) 1/2 (12.70) 27 (8) 1/4 (6.35) 1/2 (12.70) 27 (8) 3/8 (9.52) 3/4 (19.05) 33 (10) 3/8 (9.52) 3/4 (19.05) 33 (10) 3/8 (9.52) 3/4 (19.05) 16 (5) 3/8 (9.52) 3/4 (19.05) 16 (5) 3/8 (9.52) 3/4 (19.05) 16 (5) Calculation of additional charge refrigerant zz 1.
PAGE 644
3. PIPING CONNECTION 3-1. PIPING PRECAUTIONS CAUTION Stay within all piping limitations to prevent system damage or malfunction. Piping material zz ●● Use the designated size ( Diameter & thickness ) of refrigerant pipes. ●● Those pipes purchased locally may contain dust inside. Use dry nitrogen to blow out any duct. ●● Do not use standard pipe Tees for branches , these can cause uneven refrigerant flow to the indoor units. Fujitsu branch kits should be used instead.
PAGE 645
CAUTION Brazing zz While brazing the pipe, be sure to blow dry nitrogen gas through the pipes. If not used, it will cause damage to the compressor and clog the strainer and electronic expansion valve.
PAGE 646
3-2. PIPING TO OUTDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT POSITION ●● When installing outdoor units, make the master unit closest to the main pipe. ●● Select outdoor unit capacity in the order : Outdoor unit1 ≥ Outdoor unit2 ≥ Outdoor unit3 (Master) (Slave 1) (Slave 2) ●● When connecting Master unit with Slave unit(s), install them as close as possible. ●● Select mounting positions of the master and slave units that stay within the piping limitations.
PAGE 647
OUTDOOR UNIT PIPING DIRECTION Piping pattern zz Use the optional branch kit for multiple outdoor unit connection.
PAGE 648
Main pipe connection zz Make sure to arrange the pipe horizontally or upward as shown in the following to prevent oil from accumulating into stopped outdoor unit.
PAGE 649
Note: I f the pipe length between outdoor unit branch kit and outdoor unit branch kit (or slave unit) is longer than 6ft. (2m), or a lower pipe line exists between outdoor units, rise for gas pipe (Discharge gas pipe and Suction gas pipe) should be arranged to eliminate oil from entering into and remaining at pipes and the stopped outdoor unit. However, there is no need to provide a rise on the pipe connecting between the master unit and the indoor unit even if the length exceeds 6ft. (2m).
PAGE 650
PIPING METHOD Knockout zz CAUTION ●●Be careful not to damage the panel while removing the knockout. ●●Remove all burrs from whole to prevent damage to the wiring. In addition, paint the exposed metal of to prevent rusting. The piping can be connected from two directions; the front or the bottom. (Knockout holes ●● are provided so that the piping can be connected from two different directions.) Use the front knockout hole, as required. ●● Unit : in.
PAGE 651
Removing the pinch pipe zz WARNING ●●Remove the pinch pipe only when the internal gas is completely drained as shown on the below instructions. ●●If gas still remains inside, the piping may crack if you melt the brazing filler metal of the junction area with a burner. Before connecting the piping, remove the pinch pipe in accordance with the following instructions: 1) Verify that the liquid side , suction gas side and discharge gas side 3-way valves are closed. (Fig.
PAGE 652
Pipe connection zz CAUTION ●●Seal the pipe route hole with putty (locally purchased) such that there are no gaps. Small insects or animals that are trapped in the outdoor unit may cause a short circuit in the electrical component box. ●●To prevent pipe damage; do not make sharp bends. Bend the pipe at a radius of 2-3/4in. (70mm) or greater. ●●Do not bent pipe many times at same part to prevent break.
PAGE 653
BRANCH KIT Outdoor unit Branch Kit(s) is (are) required for multiple outdoor unit. Outdoor unit 2 outdoor units 3 outdoor units Model UTP-DX567A Q'ty 1 2 Installation zz Make sure to connect outdoor unit branch kit in correct direction.
PAGE 654
Branch kit restriction when install zz Be sure following restriction. 1) Installation angle Horizontal Outdoor unit branch kit To RB unit or indoor unit A B To outdoor unit outdoor unit C To or next branch kit Prohibited C A Good: C B 0° to -10° Prohibited Good: 0° to -10° Prohibited Prohibited Vertical Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited ●● Install the outdoor unit branch kit horizontally level, within 0° to -10°, so that the refrigerant separates evenly.
PAGE 655
CAUTION About the connecting curvature of field pipe and branch kit: 3° A B 3° *[0 to 1 in. (0 to 26 mm)] *[0 to 1 in. (0 to 26 mm)] The field pipe should be connected to the branch kit so that the curved angle on each side is 3 degree or less. 2ft. (0.5 m) *: A llowed value based on "A" (center of field pipe) at 2ft. (0.5 m) from "B" (junction of the branch kit).
PAGE 656
Heat insulation installation zz After brazing the pipes, and leak check use the supplied insulation to insulate them. (on liquid and gas pipes) 1) Remove the protective sheet from the double-stick tape that is affixed to the heat insulation. Double-stick tapes 2) Be sure to install the tape (Accessory) in each heat insulation to the 2 positions as shown in the following figure.
PAGE 657
3-3. SEPARATION TUBE INSTALLATION Separation tube zz Total cooling capacity of indoor units (x) (Btu/h) x < 96,500 96,500 ≤ x < 193,000 193,000 ≤ x Separation tube UTP-AX090A UTP-AX180A UTP-AX567A UTP-BX090A UTP-BX180A UTP-BX567A 96,500 Btu/h and 193,000 Btu/h are the total values for the indoor unit cooling capacity connected downstream. Installation zz Select the connections with the pipe diameters that match the selected pipe sizes from the separation tubes, and cut them with a pipe cutter.
PAGE 658
Restriction when install zz Be sure following restriction. 1) Installation angle Place the separation tubes horizontally or vertically so that the refrigerant separates evenly. Good Good Prohibited Prohibited Horizontal Vertical CAUTION ●● If it is placed horizontally, keep it within ± 15°. Otherwise, it will not separate the refrigerant evenly, causing a reduction in performance. Prohibited Good: ±15° Prohibited ●● During piping work, apply nitrogen gas while brazing the pipes.
PAGE 659
Heat insulation installation zz After brazing the pipes, and leak check use the supplied insulation to insulate them. 1) Remove the protective sheet from the double-stick tape that is affixed to the heat insulation. Double-stick tapes 2) Be sure to install the tape (accessory) in each heat insulation to the 2 positions as shown in the following figure.
PAGE 660
3-4. HEADER HEADER INSTALLATION Header selection zz For 2 pipes For 3 pipes Total cooling capacity of indoor units (x) (Btu/h) 3 - 6 Branches 3 - 8 Branches 3 - 6 Branches 3 - 8 Branches x < 96,500 UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L UTP-J0906A UTP-J0908A 96,500 ≤ x < 193,000 UTR-H1806L UTR-H1808L UTP-J1806A UTP-J1808A When 1) Total cooling capacity exceed 193,000kBtu or 2) Separate into two branches, use a separaton tube instead.
PAGE 661
(4) H eader can be piped to either side. When piping to the closed end, remove the end cap using a pipe cutter and braze the cap to the opposite end of the header. Cut 1 in. (25mm) Liquid pipe Field piping Pipe cutter (5) Use header support as necessary. Ceiling Ceiling Gas pipe Liquid pipe Hanging metal (Locally purchased) Pedestal (Locally purchased) Hanging metal (Locally purchased) Installation Restrictions zz 1) Installation angle Install the header so that it branches horizontally.
PAGE 662
2) Straight tube length A straight tube (minimum length 2ft. (0.5m)) is necessary before header in order to separate the refrigerant exactly. Main pipe 2ft. (0.5m) or more 2ft. (0.5m) or more To indoor unit To indoor unit To indoor unit Heat insulation installation zz After brazing the piping, attach heat insulation. Remove the protective paper for the tape on the heat insulation for the header and attach it. Tighten by using binders at five locations.
PAGE 663
3-5. RB UNIT MODELS Maximum number of connectable indoor units per branch RB unit Single type Multi type Connectable cooling capacity range UTP-RU01AH 3 27,000 Btu/h or less UTP-RU01BH 8 60,000 Btu/h or less UTP-RU01CH 8 96,000 Btu/h or less UTP-RU04BH 60,000 Btu/h or less （for 1 branch） 8 191,000 Btu/h or less (Sum total of 4 branches) 3-5-1. SINGLE TYPE UPWARD A Gas pipe Discharge gas pipe B Suction gas pipe C INSTALLATION Be sure to install so that the top side faces up.
PAGE 664
Restriction when install zz Top side Top side OK Top side OK Top side Top side Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Melt the brazing filter metal on connecting part using a torch and remove the pinch pipe.
PAGE 665
PIPE SELECTION RB unit pipe size zz Suction gas pipe Gas pipe to indoor unit to outdoor unit Discharge gas pipe Model name Discharge Gas pipe Suction Gas pipe Gas pipe UTP-RU01AH 3/8" (9.52) 1/2" (12.70) 1/2" (12.70) UTP-RU01BH 1/2" (12.70) 3/4" (19.05) 3/4" (19.05) UTP-RU01CH 3/4" (19.05) 7/8" (22.22) 7/8" (22.22) Connection pipe size zz Connection pipe selection for when only 1 indoor unit is connected.
PAGE 666
Connection pipe size zz Connection pipe selection for when 2 or more indoor units are connected. Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Suction gas pipe RB Gas pipe unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Total capacity of indoor unit (Btu/h) Liquid pipe Discharge Gas pipe Suction Gas pipe Gas pipe UTP-RU01AH 8,000 ≤ x < 27,000 3/8" (9.52) 1/2" (12.70) +Reducer-A 8,000 ≤ x < 36,000 3/8" (9.52) 1/2" (12.70) 5/8" (15.88) +Reducer-B 5/8" (15.88) +Reducer-E 5/8" (15.88) +Reducer-B 5/8" (15.
PAGE 667
ACCESSORY PARTS Name and shape Installation manual Q'ty Application Reducer type [in. (mm)] Reducer-A 1 Hanger 3 a For suspending the RB unit from ceiling b 6 4 - - 2 1 - - 1 - - 2 - - 2 - - - 1 a: ø3/8 (9.52) [O.D.] b: ø1/2 (12.7) [I.D.] Reducer-B a Washer UTPUTPUTPRU01AH RU01BH RU01CH For suspending the RB unit from ceiling b a: ø1/2 (12.7) [O.D.] b: ø5/8 (15.88) [I.D.] Reducer-C Tapping screw B (Φ4×25) 6 4 Cable tie 2 Cable clamp SYSTEM DESIGN b a: ø1/2 (12.
PAGE 668
3-5-2. MULTI TYPE Liquid pipe Suction gas pipe D UPWARD Discharge gas pipe E F G Gas pipe Liquid pipe H C A B Suction gas pipe Discharge gas pipe Liquid pipe INSTALLATION Be sure to install so that the top side faces up. Ceiling installation zz Unit : in.
PAGE 669
Removing the pinch pipe zz Melt the brazing filler metal on connecting part using a torch and remove the pinch pipe. If using the R-side Pinch pipe Pinch pipe L-side R-side If using the L-side Pinch pipe Pinch pipe Pinch pipe Seal the pinch pipe end on the unused side by pinch treating it. Seal the unused pinch pipe end by pinch treating it.
PAGE 670
PIPE SELECTION RB unit pipe size zz Indoor unit side Liquid pipe Gas pipe Discharge gas pipe Discharge gas pipe L-side Outdoor unit side R-side Outdoor unit side Liquid pipe Liquid pipe Suction gas pipe Liquid pipe Suction gas pipe Outdoor unit side [in. (mm)] Discharge Gas pipe Suction Gas pipe 5/8" (15.88) 7/8" (22.22) 1-1/8" (28.58) Indoor unit side [in. (mm)] Liquid pipe Gas pipe 3/8" (9.52) 3/4" (19.
PAGE 671
Connection pipe size zz Connection pipe selection for when 2 or more indoor units are connected. Suction gas pipe Liquid pipe RB unit Discharge gas pipe 4 3 2 1 Gas pipe Liquid pipe Indoor unit Indoor unit Note: B e sure to connect indoor unit to furthest port (position 1) from outdoor unit. SYSTEM DESIGN 4,000 ≤ x < 36,000 36,000 ≤ x < 48,000 48,000 ≤ x < 72,000 72,000 ≤ x < 96,500 96,500 ≤ x < 153,000 153,000 ≤ x < 161,000 161,000 ≤ x < 193,000 Outdoor unit side [in.
PAGE 672
ACCESSORY PARTS Q'ty Reducer type Reducer-G 1 Hanger 4 Washer 8 Tapping screw (Φ4×10) Application 8 Cable tie 5 a For suspending the RB unit from ceiling b b b Reducer-J a For mounting the transmission cable 4 a: ø3/8 (9.52) [O.D.] b: ø1/4 (6.35) [I.D.] 4 a: ø3/4 (19.05) [O.D.] b: ø7/8 (22.22) [I.D.] 2 a: ø3/4 (19.05) [O.D.] b: ø1/2 (12.7) [I.D.] c: ø5/8 (15.88) [I.D.] 2 Reducer-I a For suspending the RB unit from ceiling a: ø3/8 (9.52) [O.D.] b: ø1/2 (12.7) [I.D.
PAGE 673
4. WIRING DESIGN 4-1. ELECTRICAL WIRING PRECAUTION FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING Regulations for wire diameter and selecting circuit breaker size differ from locality. Always install in accordance with local standards. WARNING ●●Do not turn on the power until all installation work is complete. ●●Before starting work, check that power is not being supplied to the unit. ●●Connect the connection cable firmly to the terminal board. Imperfect installation may cause fire.
PAGE 674
WIRING SYSTEM OUTLINE Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 USB adaptor (Remote / Monitoring side) System Controller (locally purchased) NW1 Touch Panel Controller (Remote / Monitoring side) NW2 NW3 NW4 3 Phase 60 hz 208/230V Transmission cable 3 Phase 60 hz 208/230V Non polar 2core, shielded Level4, 3 Phase 60 hz 208/230V 22AWG (0.
PAGE 675
4-2. POWER SUPPLY CABLE WIRING POWER SUPPLY CABLE SPECIFICATIONS Use a separate power supply for the outdoor unit and indoor unit. Outdoor unit zz Selection of the power supply cable and breaker when connecting single outdoor unit. Refer to the table for the breaker specifications of each installation condition. Model MCA (A) MAX.CKT.BKR (A) 41 50 50 60 AOUA72TLBV AOUA96TLBV AOUA120TLBV GFEB 100 mA 0.1 sec or less MCA : Minimum Circuit Ampacity MAX.CKT.
PAGE 676
Meaning of "Units" zz Indoor unit (Except High static pressure duct type (72/96 type) and Vertical air handler type) Indoor unit (High static puressure duct (72/96 type)) SYSTEM DESIGN Indoor unit (Vertical air handler type) "Units" Count 1 UTP-RU04BH 4 AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7-24TLAV AUUB18-48TLAV1 AUUB18-36TLAV ARUL4TLAV1 ARUL7-18TLAV ARUM24-36TLAV ARUH36-60TLAV AGUA4-14TLAV1 ABUA12-36TLAV ASUA4-14TLAV1 ASUB18-36TLAV1 ASUA7-14TLAV ASUB18-24TLAV 1 ARUH72-96TLAV 3 ARUV12-60TLAV 4 Example 1) Connectabl
PAGE 677
POWER SUPPLY CABLE WIRING Example : P ower supply cable wiring. zz (Using terminal board for indoor unit & RB unit) CAUTION ●●Except for EMERGENCY, never turn off main as well as sub breaker of the indoor units during operation. It will cause compressor failure as well as water leakage. ●●First, stop the indoor unit by operating the control unit, convertor or external input device and then cut the breaker. ●●Make sure to operate through the control unit, convertor or external input device.
PAGE 678
4-3. TRANSMISSION LINE 4-3-1. FLOW CHART The following procedure outlines the wiring design of VRF Systems. Choose the wiring method and the installation method for the signal amplifier according to this flow chart.
PAGE 679
4-3-2. WIRING TRANSMISSION WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Use Transmission cable Size 22AWG (0.33mm2) LEVEL 4 (NEMA) Wire type non-polar 2core, twisted pair solid core diameter 0.65mm Remarks LONWORKS® compatible cable Use the shielded wire specified and always ground it both end. 22AWG (0.
PAGE 680
WIRING METHOD Parallel connection zz Parallel connection means one transmission wire extends for each refrigerant circuit. The example of parallel connection wiring. Connect the transmission cable like as Fig 1-1, 1-2. Refrigerant system 1 (Heat Recovery type) Transmission line SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN Refrigerant system 2 (Heat Recovery type) Refrigerant system 3 (Heat Pump type) Fig.
PAGE 681
Refrigerant system 1 (Heat Recovery type) RB unit IN/U OUT/U RB unit IN/U RB unit OUT/U IN/U OUT/U Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit RB group 3 RB group 2 RB group 1 RB unit RB unit Outdoor unit (Master unit) Outdoor unit (Slave unit) Outdoor unit (Slave unit) Refrigerant system 2 (Heat Recovery type) IN/U OUT/U IN/U OUT/U Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit RB group 5 Outdoor unit (Master unit) Outdoor unit (Slave unit) RB gr
PAGE 682
Serial connection zz Serial connection means one transmission wire connects in series in a VRF Network. The example of serial connection wiring. Connect the transmission cable like as Fig 2-1, 2-2. Refrigerant system 1 (Heat Recovery type) Refrigerant system 2 (Heat Recovery type) SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN Transmission line Refrigerant system 3 (Heat Pump type) Fig.
PAGE 683
Refrigerant system 1 (Heat Recovery type) RB unit IN/U OUT/U RB unit IN/U OUT/U RB unit IN/U OUT/U Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit RB group 3 RB group 2 Outdoor unit (Master unit) Outdoor unit (Slave unit) Outdoor unit (Slave unit) RB group 1 Refrigerant system 2 (Heat Recovery type) RB unit IN/U OUT/U RB unit IN/U OUT/U Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit RB group 5 Outdoor unit (Master unit) Outdoor unit (Slave unit) RB group
PAGE 684
WIRING RULES  Directly connect from OU to Cooling only IU  Connect from outdoor unit to RB unit Refrigerant pipe Transmission line Cooling only indoor unit  Connect from RB unit to indoor unit  When two or more IUs are connected to the connection port of RB unit Prohibited 1 ●● Refrigerant pipe Transmission line Wiring is prohibited to directly connect to indoor units Prohibited 2 ●● Refrigerant pipe SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN Transmission line Wiring is prohibited between a RB Grou
PAGE 685
TRANSMISSION LINE SEPARATION RULES To ensure a quality connection of communication wires, the use of a separate terminal block ●● is recommended. Connection of three or more lines on one terminal may cause poor communication. In this ●● case, use a terminal block. Note ●● Do not loop. Example 1 : Connecting each outdoor and RB unit with one connection wiring. Refrigerant system 2 Refrigerant system 3 Example 2 : Separating transmission line. Separate on the terminal for transmission line.
PAGE 686
Example 3 : Separation wiring from one terminal block.
PAGE 687
4-3-3. DETAILS OF VRF NETWORK SYSTEM DEFINITION VRF Network→Connections of all units on a transmission line in a VRF series. ●● Segment (Seg) → Each section of a network separated by a signal amplifier or an RB Unit. ●● Auto Address Setting→ Function that enables the indoor unit address to be set automatically. ●● Serial connection→ Transmission wiring method which connects all units in a series. ●● Parallel connection→ Transmission wiring method which transmission wire connects parallel ●● VRF Networks.
PAGE 688
INSTALLATION CONDITION OF SIGNAL AMPLIFIER To ensure proper communication in a VRF Network, the following conditions must be met: Wiring length ●● Total transmission line length: Maximum 1640 ft. (500 m). Transmission line length between each unit: Maximum 1312 ft. (400 m). Number of element ●● The number of total element in 1 segment: Maximum 64 elements.
PAGE 689
The Signal amplifier and RB unit is located in the border of the different segments. Therefore, the Signal amplifier and RB unit must be counted as element for the both segments.
PAGE 690
INSTALLATION RESTRICTION OF SIGNAL AMPLIFIER Rule of number of Signal amplifier ●● 8 units or less Rule of number of Segment. ●● Total of number of Segment on the transmission line that connected each unit should be 9 or less.
PAGE 691
How to count Segments between each units zz Counting conditions 1) Start counting from a corner of a segment. 2) Counting ends at the segment end. 3) When there are RB unit and Signal amplifier, the segment is divided there. 4) T he path with the maximum number of segments will be used to determine proper installation.
PAGE 692
Example 3 ●● Segment 2 Segment 3 Segment 1 Segment 3-B Segment 4-C Segment 4-D Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit D The number of segment in route of between Unit A to Unit B: "3" The number of segment in route of between Unit A to Unit C: "4" The number of segment in route of between Unit A to Unit D: "4" Judgement: The maximum number of segment is "4" → OK Example 4 ●● Segment 2 Segment 3 Ref 1 Segment 1 Segment 3-B Segment 4-C Segment 4-D Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit D Segment 4-H Segment 4-G
PAGE 693
Example 5 ●● Segment 2 Segment 3 Ref 1 Segment 1 Segment 3-B Segment 4-C Segment 4-D Unit A Unit B Unit C Unit D Segment 4-H Segment 4-G Segment 4-F Segment 4-E Unit H Unit G Unit F Unit E Ref 2 Ref 3 Segment 4 Segment 4-I Segment 4-J Segment 5-K Segment 5-L Unit I Unit J Unit K Unit L The number of segment in route of between Unit A to Unit B: "3" The number of segment in route of between Unit A to Unit C: "4" The number of segment in route of between Unit A to Unit E: "4" The
PAGE 694
Example 6 (Parallel connection) ●● Segment 3 Segment 2 Ref 1 Segment 4-D Segment 4-C Segment 3-B Segment 1 Unit D Unit C Unit B Unit A Segment 4 Ref 2 Segment 4-E Segment 4-F Segment 5-G Segment 5-H Unit E Unit F Unit G Unit H Segment 4-I Segment 4-J Segment 4-K Segment 4-L Unit I Unit J Unit K Unit L Ref 3 The number of segment in route of between Unit A to Unit B: "3" The number of segment in route of between Unit A to Unit C: "4" The number of segment in route of between Unit
PAGE 695
4-3-4. I NSTALLATION OF SIGNAL AMPLIFIER & TERMINAL RESISTOR PATTERN A (Parallel connection) Step 1 zz Follow each step according to Wiring Rule. 1) Maximum transmission line length between units in 1 segment: Maximum 1312 ft. (400 m) 2) Total transmission line length in 1 segment: Maximum 1640 ft. (500 m) 3) Total transmission line length in 1 VRF network: Maximum 11811 ft.
PAGE 696
Step 2 zz One Terminal resistor should be installed on each segment.
PAGE 697
Always ground both ends of the transmission line. ●● Transmission line X1 X2 TRANSMISSION Indoor unit X1 X2 TRANSMISSION Indoor unit Step 4 : Confirm transmission wiring system in VRF network zz Confirm all transmission wiring is within specified parameters. Check list 1) Maximum transmission line length between units in 1 segment: Maximum 1312 ft. (400 m) 2) Total transmission line length in 1 segment: Maximum 1640 ft. (500 m) 3) Total transmission line length in 1 VRF network: Maximum 11811 ft.
PAGE 698
PATTERN B (Serial connection) Step 1 zz Follow each step according to Wiring Rule. 1) Maximum transmission line length between units in 1 segment: Maximum 1312 ft. (400 m) 2) Total transmission line length in 1 segment: Maximum 1640 ft. (500 m) 3) Total transmission line length in 1 VRF network: Maximum 11811 ft.
PAGE 699
Step 2 zz One Terminal resistor should be installed on each segment.
PAGE 700
Always ground both ends of the transmission line. ●● Transmission line X1 X2 TRANSMISSION Indoor unit X1 X2 TRANSMISSION Indoor unit Step 4 : Confirm transmission wiring system in VRF network zz Confirm all transmission wiring is within specified parameters. Check list 1) Maximum transmission line length between units in 1 segment: Maximum 1312 ft. (400 m) 2) Total transmission line length in 1 segment: Maximum 1640 ft. (500 m) 3) Total transmission line length in 1 VRF network: Maximum 11811 ft.
PAGE 701
Example B-1 (Prohibited) zz Conditions: 1) VRF system: VR-II only 2) Total indoor unit: 45+45+45+45=180units (≤ 320) 3) Total signal amplifier: 7units Segment 1 The start of Segment Segment 2 4 master 5 25 1 1 1 27 2 1 3 4 26 2 3 2 2 3 5 3 A slave2 slave1 Segment 3 A 1 3 Segment 5 23 3 1 1 Segment 4 A 1 5 4 1 3 2 24 A 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 1 2 Segment 6 2 22 1 1 Segment 7 A 24 1 2 1 3 4 23 3 3 2 2 5 3 A 2 1 1 Segment 9 23 3 1 1 Segment 8 A 1 5 4 1
PAGE 702
Example B-2 (OK) zz Conditions: 1) VRF system: VR-II only 2) Total indoor unit: 45+45+45+45=180units (≤ 320) 3) Total signal amplifier: 7units Segment 1 The start of Segment Segment 2 4 master 25 1 1 Segment 3 A 1 27 2 1 3 4 26 2 3 2 3 2 5 3 A slave2 slave1 5 1 Segment 5 3 23 3 1 1 Segment 4 A 1 5 4 1 3 2 24 A 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 1 Segment 6 2 2 22 1 1 Segment 7 A 24 1 2 1 25 3 4 23 A 2 3 2 3 2 Segment 8 The end of Segment 3 1 Segment 7 1 2 22 1 1
PAGE 703
Example B-3 (Prohibited) zz Conditions: 1) VRF system: VR-II and V-II 2) Total indoor unit: 45+40+40+40+18+31+20=234units (≤ 320) 3) Total signal amplifier: 8units Segment 4 3 A slave2 slave1 master 4 24 1 1 26 2 1 1 3 4 25 Segment 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 Segment 5 22 3 1 1 3 A 1 23 5 2 A 2 3 2 3 1 A 1 3 4 Segment 6 2 21 1 1 Segment 2 22 2 3 2 2 3 Segment 7 22 3 1 1 A 1 23 2 2 A 1 23 3 2 3 A 1 4 3 Segment 8 2 3 17 18 20 19 52 22 1 1 SYSTEM D
PAGE 704
Example B-4 (OK) zz Conditions: 1) VRF system: VR-II and V-II 2) Total indoor unit: 45+40+40+40+18+31+20=234units (≤ 320) 3) Total signal amplifier: 8units Segment 4 3 A slave2 slave1 master 4 24 1 1 26 1 2 1 3 4 Segment 3 25 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 Segment 5 A 22 3 1 1 1 23 5 2 A 2 3 2 3 1 A 1 3 4 Segment 6 2 21 Segment 2 1 1 22 2 3 2 2 3 Segment 7 A 23 22 3 1 1 23 2 2 A 1 1 3 2 3 A 1 4 3 3 17 18 20 19 SYSTEM DESIGN 2 25 Segment 8 24 14 1 1
PAGE 705
PATTERN C (Reference) NOTE: When total of indoor units are 321 units or more. Step 1 zz Count number of indoor unit on each refrigerant system. Step 2 zz Install Signal amplifier on refrigerant system. Note: A dditional signal amplifier might not be required, provided that there are 64 or fewer indoor units. Step 3 zz Each Signal amplifier should set filter mode ON. Step 4 zz Connect transmission wire between each Signal amplifiers that set filter mode ON.
PAGE 706
Refrigerant system 1 (Heat Recovery type) RB unit IN/U RB unit OUT/U IN/U Indoor unit OUT/U Indoor unit RB unit IN/U Outdoor unit (Master unit) OUT/U Step 2 Indoor unit Outdoor unit (Slave unit) Outdoor unit (Slave unit) Signal amplifier TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION Step 4 Indoor unit Indoor unit RB group 30 RB group 2 Indoor unit RB group 1 Refrigerant system 2 (Heat Recovery type) RB unit IN/U OUT/U Indoor unit RB unit IN/U Outdoor unit (Master unit) OUT/U Indoor unit Step 2 Out
PAGE 707
Signal amplifier (Filter mode: ON) ●● Set the Filter mode to suppress an increase of the amount of communication information in the VR-II system. ●● Filter mode is turned on by inserting the accessory connecting wire at the CN4 connector on the PC board. ●● When the Filter mode setting is changed, turn the power off once. Otherwise, the setting will not be recognized.
PAGE 708
Step 6 zz One Terminal resistor should be installed on each segment.
PAGE 709
Step 7 zz Confirm proper installation of transmission line. Confirm transmission line connections to indoor units. Confirm that there is one terminal resistor on each each network segment. Approximate resistance (Ω) Measure the resistance of the signal amplifier terminal and the terminal of the indoor and outdoor units connected farthest away from the device where terminal resistor is measured.
PAGE 710
Example C-1 (OK) zz Conditions: 1) VRF system: VR-II and V-II 2) Total indoor unit: 45+45+45+45+45+25+31+45=326units (≥ 321) 3) Total signal amplifier: 11units (filter mode: OFF=4units, filter mode: ON=7units) Segment 1 The start of Segment Segment 3 1 F 1 slave2 slave1 master Segment 2 2 22 1 1 A 24 1 2 1 23 25 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 4 25 26 25 26 25 26 25 26 5 Segment 4 1 F 2 2 22 1 1 24 1 23 27 2 3 2 3 1 F 3 2 22 1 1 24 1 23 27 2 3
PAGE 711
4-4. CONTROLLER CABLE WIRING WIRING SPECIFICATIONS Connection to Wire Size System Controller USB Adaptor USB cable - System Controller Lite USB Adaptor USB cable - Touch Panel Controller Transmission line Refer to 4-3 Central Remote Controller Transmission line Refer to 4-3 Wired Remote Controller (UTY-RNRUZ2) *2 22 to 16 AWG Sheathed, Non-polar (0.33 to 2core, Twisted pair *1 1.
PAGE 712
WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (2-WIRE) WIRING SPECIFICATION Note: UTY-RNRUZ2 only Maximum connectable number of remote controllers by cable size and the length. Cable size 2 AWG mm 16 18 20 22 1.25 (2 > *S ≥ 1.25) 0.75 (1.25 > *S ≥ 0.75) 0.5 (0.75 > *S ≥ 0.5) 0.3 (0.5 > *S ≥ 0.3) Max.connectable number of remote controllers 328ft. (100 m) < *L ≤ 820ft. (250 m) < *L ≤ *L ≤ 328ft. (100 m) 820ft. (250 m) 1640ft.
PAGE 713
4-4-1. WIRING EXAMPLES EXAMPLE 1 Individual indoor units connected to each RB unit can be connected as one remote controller group. (Max. 16 units) NOTE: W hen connecting in one remote controller group, priority setting of external input on the RB unit is prohibited. (Factory setting change prohibited.) Refrigerant pipe RB RB Remote controller group Remote controller cable EXAMPLE 2 (Prohibited) Cross-over wiring of the refrigerant system in same remote controller group is prohibited.
PAGE 714
EXAMPLE 3 When multiple indoor units are connected to one RB unit, they can be connected as one remote controller group. NOTE: O perational modes are COOL, HEAT, and DRY. FAN and AUTO cannot be performed. RB EXAMPLE 4 Connecting an independent indoor unit out of the remote controller group is allowed. NOTE: O perational modes are COOL, HEAT, and DRY. FAN and AUTO cannot be performed. For the performed operation mode, earlier input has the priority. SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN RB Wired R.C.
PAGE 715
EXAMPLE 5 When each RB unit has multiple indoor units, and when grouping all the indoor units in different RB unit groups as one remote controller group, connect all the indoor units. NOTE: O perational modes are COOL, HEAT, and DRY. FAN and AUTO cannot be performed. When connecting in one remote controller group, priority setting of external input on the RB unit is prohibited. (Factory setting change prohibited.
PAGE 716
EXAMPLE 6 (Prohibited) All the indoor units should be connected. RB RB Unconnected indoor units EXAMPLE 7 (Prohibited) In same remote controller group, connecting 1 indoor unit connected to RB unit and 2 or more indoor units connected to RB unit is prohibited.
PAGE 717
EXAMPLE 8 (Prohibited) Connecting an RB-unit group and cooling-only-type indoor unit(s) in same remote controller group is prohibited. RB Cooling only Indoor unit EXAMPLE 9 Connecting cooling-only-type indoor units only in same remote controller group is allowed.
PAGE 718
EXAMPLE 10 3-wire-type wired remote controller and 2-wire-type wired remote controller can coexist in same refrigerant system. RB RB 3 wire type R.C. 2 wire type R.C. EXAMPLE 11 (Prohibited) RB RB 3 wire type R.C. 2 wire type R.C. SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN However, connecting 3-wire-type wired remote controller and 2-wire-type wired remote controller in same remote controller group is prohibited.
PAGE 719
EXAMPLE 12 Connection in multi-type RB unit group is same as the one in single-type RB unit group. NOTE: W hen connecting in one remote controller group, priority setting of external input on the RB unit is prohibited. (Factory setting change prohibited.) Multi-RB = RB RB RB RB Multi-RB EXAMPLE 13 (Prohibited) SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN In same remote controller group, connecting 1 indoor unit connected to RB unit and 2 or more indoor units connected to RB unit is prohibited.
PAGE 720
5. DRAIN CONNECTION 5-1. OUTDOOR UNIT During operation water is discharged from the bottom of the unit. Construct the foundation ●● such that water drains away from the unit properly. When installing on a roof, make sure that the roof is properly waterproofed. ●● CAUTION ●●Water drains from the bottom of the unit during operation. ●●Install drains around unit as necessary. ●●The figure below illustrates a method for controlling the water discharged from the unit.
PAGE 721
5-2. INDOOR UNIT GENERAL RULES OF DRAIN PIPING Install the drain pipe with downward slope (1/100 or more) and so there are no rises in the ●● pipe. Use general hard polyvinyl chloride pipe (ø3/4 [I.D.] ; ø1-1/16 [O.D.]) and connect it with ●● adhesive (polyvinyl chloride) so that there is no leakage. Support the drain pipe with supports each 60 to 79in. (1.5 to 2m) ●● Do not install any air vents or traps. ●● Always insulate the drain pipe to prevent condensation.
PAGE 722
CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE / CASSETTE TYPE drain hose (accessory) Attached band 60. to 79in. (1.5 to 2.0m) Downward slope1/100 or more Pipe Hanger ø3/4 [I.D.] ; ø1-1/16 [O.D.] (Locally purchased) Max. 33in. (850mm) 11in. (300mm) or less Horizontal or upward slope ø3/4 [I.D.] ; ø1-1/16 [O.D.] Downward slope 1/100 or more Prohibited  Air vent  Rise  Trap (2) Drain hose (pipe) length ≤ 11in.
PAGE 723
MINI DUCT TYPE GOOD Gap of 60 to 79 in. (1.5 to 2 m) Supporter Locally arranged pipe Max. 12 in. (300 mm) PROHIBITED Air bleeding VP25 [O.D 2 in. (32 mm) or more] 28 in. (700 mm) or less Rise Trap Horizontal or upward gradient VP30 or more [O.D 2 in. (38 mm) or more] Downward gradient 1/100 or more 28 in. (700 mm) or less SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN ●●Use general hard polyvinyl chloride pipe (VP25) [outside diameter 2 in. (32 mm)]. ●●Do not perform a rise, trap and air bleeding.
PAGE 724
SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE Ceiling concealed setting zz Supporter Drain hose Drain cap 60. to 79in. (1.5 to 2.0m) Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Prohibited  Air vent  Rise  Trap Prohibited Gap of 60. to 79in. (1.5 to 2.0m) ø3/4 [I.D.] ; ø1-1/16 [O.D.] Trap 27in. (700mm) or less SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN Horizontal or upward slope Rise Pipe Supporters Locally purchased Max. 11in.
PAGE 725
MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Downward gradient 1/100 or more Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Attached drain hose Supporter Attached band 60. to 79in. (1.5 to 2.0m)  Trap Prohibited  Rise  Air bleeding There is a drain port on the left and right sides. Select the drain port to match the local conditions.
PAGE 726
HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Main drain pipe zz Unit Drain hose (main) H1 H2 Drain pipe (main) H1 = 4in. (100mm) or more H2 = 2 - 4in. (50-100mm) Trap 60. to 79in. (1.5 to 2.0m) Be sure to provide a drain trap for each indoor units. ●● The drain trap will have no effect if placed after multiple indoor units. ●● The position of the installed drain hose should have a downward slope of (1/100 or more). ●● Make sure that the drain hose is installed without rises.
PAGE 727
VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE On the main drain, provide 1 trap near the indoor unit. This unit has a primary and a secondary drain port. A: 3-15/16 in (100 mm) (Approx.
PAGE 728
COMPACT FLOOR TYPE drain cap drain hose The drain hose can be connected at either side of the indoor unit. drain pan drain pan drain hose drain holder No gap Drain cock Drain cap Hexagon wrench Screw drain cap For connection from the left rear Left piping Cable Cable Wall pipe Pipe Connection pipe Drain hose SYSTEM DESIGN SYSTEM DESIGN Drain hose Putty Putty OK  Prohibited Accumulated drain water No upward slope  Air   End of drain hose is immersed in water.
PAGE 729
FLOOR / CEILING TYPE Under ceiling setting zz Remove the hole cover OK Prohibited  Drain hose Arrange the drain hose lower than this position When drain hose is arranged backward. Secure the drain hose with the VT wire. Piping hole Base (Bottom) VT wire Intake grille Pass the drain hose through here. Cut the grille Drain hose Floor console setting zz OK  Arrange the drain hose lower than this position Prohibited ●● Do not install the unit so that the drain hose side is too high.
PAGE 730
CEILING TYPE Drain hose Supporter Arrange the drain hose lower than this position 60. to 79in. (1.5 to 2.0m)  Prohibited Rise  Trap End in water Fasten the drain pipe with VT wire so that the pipe slopes correctly within the indoor unit .
PAGE 731
WALL MOUNTED TYPE (4-14 Models) Installation method of Drain cap For left outlet piping, cut off the piping outlet cutting groove with a hacksaw. No gap No gap Remove the drain cap by pulling at the projection at the end of the cap with pliers, etc. And remove the insulation.
PAGE 732
CENTRAL DRAIN PROCESS When converging multiple drain pipes , install according to the procedure shown below. 4 in. (100 mm) or more For Compact Cassette type, Circular Flow Cassette type, Cassette type zz T-joint converging drain pipes A VP30 (O.D. 1-1/2 [38 mm]) or more Downward gradient 1/100 to 1/50 A Compact Cassette type 28 in. (700 mm) or less Circular Flow Cassette type Cassette type 34 in. (850 mm) or less SYSTEM DESIGN 4 in.
PAGE 733
DRAIN INSULATION Confirm water flows into Drain pan of the indoor unit, and drains from the pan once the drain ●● hose is connected. Check drain pipes for leaks. ●● Insulate the drain to prevent condensation. ●● Secure the drain pipe to the wall with a saddle. ●● Outside wall cap Saddle Caulk Pipe Wall (Outdoors) Seal the hole around drain pipe with caulk. ●● Silicone sealant Be sure to coat the entire end surface.
PAGE 734
6. STANDARD ACCESSORIES The following installation parts are supplied. Use them as required. Do not discard any accessories until the installation work has been completed. 6-1.
PAGE 735
6-2.
PAGE 736
CIRCULAR FLOW CASSETTE TYPE Installation manual Q'ty Q'ty 1 Push mount cable tie 1 1 For installing indoor unit 8 For fixing the connection pipe (Large and Small) Insulation For transmission and remote controller cable binding.
PAGE 737
CASSETTE TYPE Installation manual Cable Tie(s) (Large) Cable Tie(s) (Medium) Pipe Insulation (Small) Application Name and shape Template (Carton top) 1 Q'ty Washer 1 For installing indoor unit 8 For fixing the connection pipe (Large and Small) Insulation Drain hose assy 2 For transmission and remote controller cable binding.
PAGE 738
MINI DUCT TYPE Name and shape Operating manual Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Filter Drain hose Washer For ceiling openings cutting Also used as packing Band For installing indoor unit Drain hose insulation B SYSTEM DESIGN Cable tie 1 Medium 2 Large 4 Insulates the drain hose 1 For indoor side pipe joint (Large pipe) For indoor side pipe joint (Small pipe) For transmission and remote control cable binding.
PAGE 739
SLIM DUCT / SLIM CONCEALED FLOOR TYPE Name and shape Operating manual Q'ty Name and shape Filter (Small) Application Q'ty Application 2 1 (AR7/9/ 12/14) Installation manual Filter (Big) 1 Installation template 1 2 (AR18) For positioning the indoor unit Drain hose Washer For installing indoor unit For installing drain hose 1 8 Band Pipe Insulation (Small) Cable Tie(s) 1 1 Medium SYSTEM DESIGN 2 Large 4 For indoor piping connection (Large pipe) 1 Drain hose insulation B For ind
PAGE 740
MEDIUM STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Installation manual Cable Tie(s) (Large) Cable Tie(s) (Medium) Pipe Insulation (Small) Application Name and shape Special nut A (Large flange) 1 Special nut B (Small flange) 1 Hanger 5 For fixing the connection pipe (Large and Small) and drain cap Drain hose 3 For transmission and remote controller cable binding.
PAGE 741
HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Models : ARUH36, ARUH48, ARUH60 zz Installation manual Cable Tie(s) (Large) Cable Tie(s) (Medium) Pipe Insulation (Small) Application Name and shape Special nut A (Large flange) 1 Special nut B (Small flange) 1 For fixing the coupler heat insulation Drain hose Hose band 2 For transmission and remote controller cable binding.
PAGE 742
HIGH STATIC PRESSURE DUCT TYPE Models : ARUH72, ARUH96 zz Installation manual Q'ty SYSTEM DESIGN Special nut B (Small flange) 1 Washer 4 For fixing the connection pipe (Large and Small) 2 For transmission and remote controller cable binding Drain hose (Large) For indoor side pipe joint (Liquid pipe) Drain hose (Small) For indoor side pipe joint (Gas pipe) Hose band (Large) Cable tie (Medium) Coupler heat insulation (Large) Name and shape Special nut A (Large flange) 1 Cable tie (Large
PAGE 743
VERTICAL AIR HANDLER TYPE Installation manual Cable Tie (Medium) Q'ty Application 1 1 1 Gas pipe heat insulation For gas pipe at the unit inside SYSTEM DESIGN 1 For transmission and remote controller cable binding.
PAGE 744
COMPACT FLOOR TYPE Name and shape Operating manual Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Tapping screw 1 Q'ty 8 Cloth tape 1 1 Push mount cable tie For indoor unit installation 1 For transmission and remote controller cable binding 2 For installation, refer to the “CLEANING AND CARE” in the operating manual.
PAGE 745
FLOOR / CEILING TYPE Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Tapping screw 1 Q'ty 6 Pipe Insulation 1 2 Cover plate (left) Cable Tie(s) Large 4 1 Medium 2 Cover plate (right) Drain hose 1 Hose band Bracket (left) SYSTEM DESIGN 1 For positioning the indoor unit For under ceiling type Drain hose insulation For suspending the indoor unit from ceiling VT wire 1 1 Insulation (pipe) 1 Special nut Adhesive type 3-15/16 x 8-11/16 in.
PAGE 746
CEILING TYPE Name and shape Operating manual Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Cable Tie(s) 1 Medium 2 1 Drain hose For installing drain hose 1 Hose band For installing drain hose 1 SYSTEM DESIGN Pipe Insulation (Small) Special nut B (Small flange) For installing indoor unit 4 1 1 1 For fixing the drain hose 11 in.
PAGE 747
WALL MOUNTED TYPE Models : ASUA4, 7, 9TLAV1 zz Name and shape Operating manual Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Tapping screw 1 Q'ty 5 Cloth tape 1 Wall hook bracket 1 1 Application For wall hook bracket installation For indoor unit installation For indoor unit installation Models : ASUA12, 14TLAV1 zz Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Cloth tape 1 Q'ty 1 Seal A 1 Wall hook bracket 1 Tapping screw 5 1 For indoor unit installation Air cleaning f
PAGE 748
Models : ASUB18, 24TLAV1 zz Name and shape Operating manual Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Tapping screw 1 Q'ty 8 Air cleaning filter 1 Wall hook bracket 1 Cable tie 1 Cloth tape 1 2 For indoor unit installation Air cleaning filter frame For transmission and remote controller cable binding Drain hose Insulation For indoor unit installation Connecting cable Application For wall hook bracket installation For installation, refer to the "CLEANING AND CARE" in the operating m
PAGE 749
Models : ASUA7, 9, 12, 14TLAV zz Name and shape Operating manual Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Tapping screw 1 Q'ty 8 Connecting cable 1 Wall hook bracket 1 Cable tie 1 Cloth tape 1 1 For indoor unit installation Air cleaning filter For remote control cable binding Air cleaning filter frame For indoor unit installation Seal A 2 Application For wall hook bracket installation For wired remote controller installation For installation, refer to the "CLEANING AND CARE" in
PAGE 750
7. FUNCTION SETTING DTV_VR2U025E_13--CHAPTER07 2018.09.
PAGE 751
CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTING 1. SYSTEM SETTING.................................................................... 07 - 01 1-1. SYSTEM TYPE SETTING............................................................................. 07 - 01 1-2. ADDRESS SETTING.................................................................................... 07 - 03 1-3. MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING METHOD................................................... 07 - 07 1-4. ADDRESS SETTING BY REMOTE CONTROLLER.......................
PAGE 752
CONTENTS 7. FUNCTION SETTING 2-9. RB UNIT...................................................................................................... 07 - 125 2-10. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNKU)........................................ 07 - 128 2-11. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER............................................................. 07 - 130 2-12. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER................................................................. 07 - 132 2-13. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER................................
PAGE 753
1. SYSTEM SETTING 1-1. SYSTEM TYPE SETTING Set the DIP switch to the corresponding system type as shown in the table. Do not change DIP switch setting not specified below. NOTE Perform the system setting and address setting , before turning on the power. ¾¾For the air conditioner to operate properly, perform the correct setting. ¾¾ OUTDOOR UNIT SETTING ( . . . Factory Setting) SETTING FOR MASTER UNIT & SLAVE UNIT.
PAGE 754
INDOOR UNIT SETTING Refer to the correct SW position for 2. Function Setting. Refrigerant circuit address setting Set the Rotary SW REF AD x10 & x1. For details, refer to "1-2. Address setting". Indoor unit address setting Set the Rotary SW IU AD x10 & x1. For details, refer to "1-2. Address setting". Remote controller address setting Set the Rotary SW RC AD. For details, refer to "1-2. Address setting".
PAGE 755
1-2. ADDRESS SETTING For this system, each address should be preset before operation. Refer following table for outdoor unit, indoor unit, RB unit and each remote controller.
PAGE 756
KINDS OF ADDRESS AND SETTING RANGE SETTING SETTING RANGE TYPE OF SWITCH n Manual address setting O Refrigerant circuit address 00 ~ 99 RB unit P RB unit address Touch panel controller G Network convertor H Wired remote controller Simple remote controller I I Signal amplifier K Modbus® convertor Q FUNCTION SETTING Network convertor for M LONWORKS® Central remote controller Wired remote controller (Touch panel) Controller / Convertor address Refrigerant circuit address Dual remote contr
PAGE 757
SETTING EXAMPLE SetA SetB SetA SetB SetA SetB SetC SetL SetL SetL 00 0 00 1 2 3 00 2 3 3 Slave1 Master (V-II series) Slave2 RB unit (Single) Transmission line (Non-polar 2 core) SetD SetE SetF 00 00 0 SetD SetE SetF 00 01 1 SetD SetE SetF 00 02 0 SetD SetE SetF 00 03 0 SetD SetE SetF 00 04 0 R.C.line: 3 wire SetD SetE SetF 00 05 1 SetD SetE SetF 00 46 0 SetD SetE SetF 00 47 0 SW2 OFF ON of DIP Switch1 SetJ 1 00 Touch panel controller (Max.16) R.C.
PAGE 758
SETTING EXAMPLE ●●Outdoor unit setting SetA SetB 00 0 SetC SetL 2 3 SetA: Refrigerant circuit address (Rotary SW REF AD x10, x1) SetB: Outdoor unit address (DIP SW SET3-1, 3-2) SetC: Number of slave unit (DIP SW SET3-3, 3-4) SetL: Number of outdoor units installed (DIP SW SET5-1, 5-2) ●●Touch panel controller setting SetG: Controller address (Max.16) ●●Network convertor setting SetH: Refrigerant circuit address (for Single split AC:Max.
PAGE 759
1-3. MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING METHOD ADDRESS SETTING DESCRIPTION Refrigerant circuit address (Set A, Set D and Set O) zz In case of 2 or more refrigerant system in VRF network system, each refrigerant system should be set an exclusive refrigerant circuit address. Refrigerant system : It means same refrigerant circuit which has connected between outdoor unit and indoor unit by piping.
PAGE 760
Outdoor unit address (Set B) zz This function is available VR-II and V-II series. Set the outdoor unit address for each outdoor unit. Outdoor unit is preset "0" , at factory setting. No change to this setting needed for 1 Outdoor Unit systems. In case of 2 or 3 outdoor units connected in same refrigerant circuit, set the slave unit which has installed farther from master unit to Slave2 setting "2".
PAGE 761
Number of outdoor units installed (Set L) zz This function is available VR-II and V-II series. The number of outdoor units installed in one refrigerant system must be set. Set for all outdoor units.
PAGE 762
Indoor unit address (Set E) zz Each indoor unit on the same refrigerant system should be set to a different indoor unit address. 00 0 00 1 00 2 2 3 3 3 00 00 00 00 0 Indoor unit address 00 01 00 01 1 00 02 2 00 13 0 00 14 1 00 15 0 Rotary SW setting IU AD x10 IU AD x1 0 3 1 1 3 0 4 7 03 11 FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING 30 47 *Setting range 00 - 63(Arbitrary numbers can be set) *Do not set indoor unit address to the range of 64 from 99.
PAGE 763
Remote controller address (Set F) zz One individual remote controller can control up to a max of 16 indoor units with a connecting cable. All units connected to the same remote control area considered a remote control group. i) 3 wire type Only for manual address setting 00 1 00 2 2 3 3 3 00 00 0 00 01 1 R.C.line: 3 wire 00 02 2 *1 3 wire type R.C. Remote controller address 00 04 0 *2 00 05 0 *2 3 wire type R.C.
PAGE 764
RB unit address (Set P) zz Each RB unit in same refrigerant system should be set an exclusive RB unit address. 00 0 00 1 00 2 2 3 3 3 00 00 00 00 0 RB unit address 00 01 00 01 1 00 02 2 00 13 0 00 14 1 00 15 0 Rotary SW setting RB AD x10 RB AD x1 0 3 1 1 3 0 4 7 03 11 47 FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING 30 *Setting range 00 - 63(Arbitrary numbers can be set) *Do not set RB unit address to the range of 64 from 99. *Do not set the same address number to two or more RB units.
PAGE 765
Touch panel controller setting (Set G) zz 00 01 02 03 Touch panel controller (Max. 16) *1 NOTE: Set Touch panel controller address first, to conduct the initial setting of it. Refer to the "setting manual" for details. *1 : The total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller and Network convertor for LONWORKS ® is a maximum of 16. FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING Network convertor setting (Set H) zz 51 Network convertor for Single split AC (Max.
PAGE 766
D ual remote control switch for Wired remote controller, Simple remote zz controller (Set I) When 2 wired remote controllers are connected to the remote control group, select the. Slave remote controller cannot be used for timer setting. ●● Last command is priority. ●● [Master] [Slave] [Master] SW2 OFF ON of DIP Switch 1 SW2 OFF of DIP Switch 1 Remote controller unit PCB Setting by SW 2 of DIP Switch 1 When only 1 remote controller will connect, this SW 2 of DIP Switch 1 must be set OFF.
PAGE 767
Network convertor for LONWORKS® setting (Set M) zz 15 Network convertor for LONWORKS® *1 NOTE: Setting up more than one Network Convertor in one VRF network system is prohibited. *1 : The total of the Touch panel controller, Central remote controller and Network convertor for LONWORKS ® is a maximum of 16. FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING Central remote controller setting (Set N) zz 00 01 02 03 Central remote controller (Max.
PAGE 768
1-4. ADDRESS SETTING BY REMOTE CONTROLLER 1-4-1. WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLLER A wireless remote controller is required to set the infrared address setting. ●● This function is available in all indoor unit with infrared signal receiver. ●● Infrared address setting for duct type and cassette type models can be made possible by ●● using the optional IR receiver unit. NOTE: Since the beeping sound is generated by the indoor unit PCB, it may be difficult to hear on some units.
PAGE 769
SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE (3) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO” button for 3 seconds. Pi Pi Pi (4) Press and hold the “FAN” and the “ SET TEMP. p ” buttons. While holding these 2 buttons, press the "RESET" button. FAN SET TEMP. ( ) RESET MANUAL AUTO Function setting mode display IR RECEIVER UNIT MANUAL AUTO ●● The position of the “MANUAL/AUTO” button varies depending on the model. Refer to the operation manual for the button position on your unit.
PAGE 770
BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION ●● Refer to “1-2" for an outline of the address setting. ●● It does not matter whether the refrigerant circuit address or indoor unit address is set first. (The method shown here sets the indoor unit address first.) ●● During address setting mode, indoor unit will not recognize any remote controller operation commands.
PAGE 771
ADDRESS SETTING INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS SETTING zz (7) Press the “MODE” button to access the address setting mode. (8) Make sure the function number is ‘01’. If the number is other than ‘01’, press the “ p ” or the “ q ” buttons to alter. SET "01" (9) Press the “FAN” button to access the address data setting mode. The address data will flash once this button is pressed. (10) Press the “ p ” or the “ q ” buttons to adjust the address data. The indoor unit address range is between 00 and 63.
PAGE 772
REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT ADDRESS SETTING zz NOTE: The refrigerant circuit address is displayed when the following operations are performed even while indoor unit address is displayed on LED display of indoor unit. (14) Press the “FAN” button to select the function number. (15) Press the " p " or the " q " button to adjust function number 02. Function number SET "02" (16) Press the “FAN” button to access the address data setting mode. The address data will flash once this button is pressed.
PAGE 773
COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE (21) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO button for 3 seconds. ” (22) Press the “RESET” button. Pi Pi Pi After pressing the RESET button, set the custom code again if b,c,d setting. MANUAL AUTO IR RECEIVER UNIT ¾¾ RESET MANUAL AUTO Each LED may be of a different brightness, but the content of the message does not change. The address setting signal is not received after switched address setting completion mode.
PAGE 774
SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT 01-01 01-02 01-03 Repeat steps (1) through to (25). Steps (1) through to (6) and (21) to (25) only need to carried out if the custom code is different to the factory setting of “A”. RESET THE POWER AFTER SETTING UP ADDRESS OF ALL INDOOR UNITS Important ●●If the reset is not performed, address cannot be read in normal operation. ●●After all the addresses have been set, the circuit breaker needs to be switched off for at least 2 minutes.
PAGE 775
1-4-2. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNKU) ●● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote controllers. ●● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected. ●● This function cannot be used to set up remote controller addresses. Be sure to set them up using the rotary switches on the PCB of each indoor unit. (Refer to 1-3.) ●● This function cannot be used on the slave units.
PAGE 776
SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE 4) To activate the address setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION ●● Refer to “5-2” for an outline of the address setting. ●● It does not matter whether the refrigerant circuit address or indoor unit address is set first. (The method shown here sets the indoor unit address first.
PAGE 777
ADDRESS SETTING Indoor unit address setting zz 5) Pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 6) Pressing the SET TIME < button or the SET TIME > button, display function number 01. Function number 7) Pressing the SET TEMP. V button or the SET TEMP. Λ button, set up the indoor unit address. (The setting range is from 00 to 63.
PAGE 778
Refrigerant circuit address setting zz 9) Pressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected *If the indoor unit you want to operate has already been selected, skip step 9) 10) Pressing the SET TIME < button or the SET TIME > button, display function number 02. Function number < : Down button > : Up button 11) Pressing the SET TEMP. V button or the SET TEMP.
PAGE 779
COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE 13) To clear the address setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time. Normal mode display If no key entry is made for 60 seconds, even though none of the above buttons is ¾¾ pressed, the address setting mode will automatically be cleared. (If the address setting mode is automatically cleared while setting addresses, activate the mode again according to the procedure in step 4) above.
PAGE 780
1-4-3. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNRUZ*) ●● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using wired remote controllers. ●● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a wired remote controller is being connected. ●● This function cannot be used to set up remote controller addresses. When setting of Remote controller address in "Manual address setting" , Be sure to set them up using the rotary switches on the PCB of each indoor unit. (Refer to 1-3.
PAGE 781
PREPARATION 3) Turn on the power to the indoor unit. ●● By turning on the power indoor units initializes EEV, so make sure the piping air-tight test and vacuuming have been conducted before turning on the power. ●● Also check again to make sure no wiring mistakes were made before turning on the power.
PAGE 782
ADDRESS SETTING Indoor unit address setting zz 5) Touch the [Address] on the “Function Setting” screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [00] Setting No. [00] Address All 002–01 Setting Cancel 7) Touch the [Function No.] on the “Function Setting” screen. Function Setting [002–01] Function No. [00] Setting No. [00] 01 Setting Cancel Function Setting [002–01] Function No. [01] Setting No. [00] Back Function Setting Address Function No. [002–01] [01] Setting No.
PAGE 783
Refrigerant circuit address setting zz 12) Touch the [Address] on the “Function Setting” screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [00] Setting No. [00] Back 13) “Address” screen is displayed. Select the address of the indoor unit whose function number is to be set by touching [▲] or [▼]. When setting at all the indoor units, touch [All]. Address All Setting 002–01 Cancel OK When the [OK] is touched, the display returns to the “Function Setting” screen. 14) Touch the [Function No.
PAGE 784
COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE 19) When the [Back] on the “Function Setting” screen is touched, the display returns to the “Maintenance” screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [02] Setting No.
PAGE 785
1-4-4. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSRY, UTY-RHRY) ●● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using simple remote controllers. ●● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a simple remote controller is being connected. ●● This function cannot be used to set up remote controller addresses. Be sure to set them up using the rotary switches on the PCB of each indoor unit. (Refer to 1-3.
PAGE 786
3) Turn on the power to the indoor unit. ●● By turning on the power indoor units initializes EEV, so make sure the piping air-tight test and vacuuming have been conducted before turning on the power. ●● Also check again to make sure no wiring mistakes were made before turning on the power. Breaker ON Indoor units Indoor units SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE 4) With “Monitor Mode” screen displayed, press and hold the SET TEMP.
PAGE 787
9) Select the “13” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. Then press the “ ” button. ADDRESS SETTING INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS SETTING zz 10) Select the 2-wire remote controller address with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. Then press the “ ” button. Select the 2-wire remote controller address (Ex. Select the 002-01) 11) Set the function number with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. Then press the “ ” button.
PAGE 788
13) Setting results are displayed after data transmission. Indoor unit address Ex.) W hen indoor unit address data "12" is set up ERROR ●● When indoor unit address data was not set up on the indoor unit (-- is displayed.) ●● Set up indoor unit address data again. GOOD ●● When indoor unit address data was normally set up on the indoor unit. 14) P ress the “ ” button to return to the 2-wire remote controller address selection screen of (2).
PAGE 789
17) S et the setting number with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. Then press the “ ” button. Refrigerant circuit address 18) S etting results are displayed after data transmission. Refrigerant circuit address Ex.) W hen indoor unit address data "18" is set up ERROR ●● When refrigerant circuit address data was not set up on the indoor unit (-- is displayed.) ●● Set up refrigerant circuit address data again.
PAGE 790
SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT Indoor unit 01 00 0 Simple remote controller Indoor unit 01 01 1 Indoor unit Indoor unit 01 02 2 01 13 0 Simple remote controller Indoor unit 01 14 1 Indoor unit 01 15 0 Simple remote controller Repeat the procedures in steps 1) through 13), and set up the indoor units requiring address setting.
PAGE 791
1-4-5. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSKU, UTY-RHKU) ●● Indoor unit addresses and refrigerant circuit addresses can be set up using simple remote controllers. ●● This function allows setting the addresses of all indoor units to which a simple remote controller is being connected. ●● This function cannot be used to set up remote controller addresses. Be sure to set them up using the rotary switches on the PCB of each indoor unit. (Refer to 1-3.
PAGE 792
SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE 4) To activate the address setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. q, SET TEMP. p and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION ●● Refer to “5-2” for an outline of the address setting. ●● It does not matter whether the refrigerant circuit address or indoor unit address is set first. (The method shown here sets the indoor unit address first.
PAGE 793
ADDRESS SETTING Indoor unit address setting zz 5) Pressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 6) Press the FAN button so that the “Function number” display flashes. Then, press either the SET TEMP. p button or the SET TEMP. q button to display function number “01.
PAGE 794
Refrigerant circuit address setting zz 9) Pressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected *If the indoor unit you want to operate has already been selected, skip step 9). 10) Press the FAN button so that the “Function number” display flashes. Then, press either the SET TEMP. p button or the SET TEMP. q button to display function number “02.
PAGE 795
COMPLETION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE 13) Press the three buttons of SET TEMP. p, SET TEMP. q and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. The address setting mode will be cleared and the regular display will be restored. Normal mode display If no key entry is made for 60 seconds, even though none of the above buttons is ¾¾ pressed, the address setting mode will automatically be cleared.
PAGE 796
1-5. AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING The addresses of signal amplifiers, indoor units and RB units can be set automatically. Caution Following are cautions when performing AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING. 1. The Controller cannot be used. 2. AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING may take about 30 minutes. 3. Emergency stop signal is not accepted. Refer to Chapter 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT for design related to emergency stop.
PAGE 797
SWITCH POSITION LED lamp 7 Segment LED Lamp POWER MODE ERROR LED101 (GREEN) LED102 (RED) LED105 Rotary switch REF AD LED104 X 10 SW106 MODE /EXIT SELECT ENTER SW107 SW108 SW109 SET1 Push button SW110 SET5 SET2 SET3 X1 SW105 SET4 DIP switch DIP switch (Refer to 1-8.TERMINAL RESISTER SETTING) Outdoor unit printed circuit board Switch position differs depending on outdoor unit.
PAGE 798
1-5-1. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING CAUTION ●●The Signal Amplifier Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 40 signal amplifiers installed within the same network. ●●Perform the automatic address setting of signal amplifiers on only one outdoor unit (master unit) within the same network. (Do not set them again from other outdoor unit.
PAGE 799
6) When automatic address setting is completed, the number of signal amplifier is displayed on the LED104. Verify that the count matches the number of signal amplifiers being installed. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Ex.) When eight signal amplifiers are being connected 7) To exit automatic address setting, press the ENTER button (SW109) in the setting completed status shown in step 6) above. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Next, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) to exit the Function mode.
PAGE 800
1-5-2. INDOOR UNIT AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING Caution ●●The Indoor Unit Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 64 indoor units installed within the same refrigerant system. However, a maximum of 45 indoor units can be installed within the same refrigerant system. ●●The Indoor Unit Automatic Address Setting function cannot be used for indoor units being connected to other refrigerant systems via the network. (Refer to “4-3. TRANSMISSION LINE" in Chapter 6. "SYSTEM DESIGN".
PAGE 801
5) When “11” appears on the LED105, hold down the ENTER button (SW109) for at least 3 seconds.(Unless it is held down for at least 3 seconds, the selection will not be confirmed.) LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When the Automatic Address Setting function is activated, the display changes to “run.
PAGE 802
1-5-3. RB UNIT AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING This function is available VR-II series. Caution ●●Be sure to finish address setting of outdoor unit and indoor unit before performing the automatic address setting of RB unit. ●●The RB Unit Automatic Address Setting function can be used for a maximum of 64 RB units installed within the same refrigerant system.
PAGE 803
5) When “22” appears on the LED105, hold down the ENTER button (SW109) for at least 3 seconds.(Unless it is held down for at least 3 seconds, the selection will not be confirmed.) LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 When the Automatic Address Setting function is activated, the display changes to “run.
PAGE 804
1-5-4. EXAMPLE FLOW Example 1 : T o automatically set the addresses of signal amplifiers, zz indoor units and RB units Follow the step below Heat Recovery system Master unit 1 1 1 3    2 1 Refrigerant system1 Heat Recovery system Master unit 2 2 Heat Pump system 2   3 3 3 12 1 8 1 21 1 Master unit 3 2 4 1 2 1 2 4 2 25 2   12 1  1 1 6 2  *1 2 18 1 RB unit address No. 2 17 11 2 2 Indoor unit address No. 1 Refrigerant circuit address No.
PAGE 805
CAUTION ●●Before activating the Automatic Address Setting function, be sure to finish setting the refrigerant circuit addresses of outdoor units. ●●Setting the addresses of indoor units automatically does not necessary mean that addresses are assigned sequentially starting from the indoor unit which is located the closest to the outdoor units (instead, addresses are assigned randomly).
PAGE 806
Example 2 : T o automatically set the addresses of signal amplifiers only zz (When the addresses of indoor units and RB units will be set manually) Follow the step below  Heat Recovery system Master unit 2  Refrigerant system1 Heat Recovery system 1 Refrigerant system2 Heat Pump system 3 Refrigerant system3 Step 1:  Activate the Signal Amplifier Automatic Address Setting function on the master unit of Refrigerant System 1.
PAGE 807
1-6. TERMINAL RESISTOR SETTING CAUTION Be sure to set the terminal resistor according to specifications. Set the terminal resistor for every network segment (NS). ●●If terminal resistor is set in multiple devices, the overall communication system may be damaged. ●●If terminal resistor is not set in a device, abnormal communication may occur. Be sure to set one terminal resistor in a network segment. You can set the terminal resistor ●● at the outdoor unit or signal amplifier.
PAGE 808
1-7. INDOOR UNIT CONNECTION CHECK This function is available J-II series. NOTE ●● It is necessary to stop SERVICE TOOL (UTY-ASGX) and WEB MONITORING TOOL (UTY-AMGX), when you will carry out indoor unit connection check. 1) After verifying that the system is normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 2) Press the SELECT button (SW108) to display “F3” on the LED104.
PAGE 809
7) When the number of indoor units appear on the LED104, LED105, press the SELECT button (SW108), the display changes to volume ratio of the indoor units. LED105 LED105 LED104 LED104 Ex.) When volume ratio of the indoor units is 120 %. 8) When “the number of indoor units” or “volume ratio of the indoor units connection” appears on the LED104, LED105, press the ENTER button (SW109). When Indoor Unit Connection Check is completed, the display changes to “PASS”.
PAGE 810
2. FUNCTION SETTING 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT SWITCH POSITION 7 Segment Lamp LED lamp LED POWER MODE ERROR LED101 (GREEN) LED102 (RED) LED105 Rotary switch REF AD LED104 SW106 SW105 X 10 MODE /EXIT SELECT ENTER SW107 SW108 SW109 SET1 Push button SET2 X1 SET3 SET4 DIP switch Outdoor unit printed circuit board ●● Set the functions of an outdoor unit with the push buttons (SW107, SW108 and SW109) while observing the 7-segment LED lamps (LED105 and LED104) on the printed circuit board.
PAGE 811
FUNCTION SETTING 1) After verifying that the system is operating normally, press the MODE/EXIT button (SW107) once. LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 2) Press the SELECT button (SW108), and display “F2” on the LED104. (Monitoring mode) LED105 LED104 *1 (Setting mode) LED105 (Function mode) LED104 LED105 LED104 (Error history mode) LED105 (The display of the LED104 changes each time when the SELECT button is pressed.
PAGE 812
5) Again, referring to the Settings List shown below, press the SELECT button (SW108), and display the code number of the function you want to set on the LED104. Ex.) To select the Emergency Stop function LED105 LED104 LED105 LED104 Next, press the ENTER button (SW109), and confirm the selection of the function you want to set. LED105 LED105 LED104 LED104 A flashing display on the LED104 changes to an illuminated display. This completes FUNCTION SETTING.
PAGE 813
2-1-1. VR-II series SETTINGS LIST 0 1 1 FUNCTION SETTING 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 Pipe length setting Sequential start shift Cooling capacity shift Heating capacity shift Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Setting Function Standard (131 to 213ft.) (40 to 65m) Short (less than 131ft.) (less than 40m) Medium (213 to 295ft.) (65 to 90m) Long 1 (295 to 394ft.) (90 to 120m) Long 2 (394 to 541ft.) (120 to 165m) 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 0 Normal 0 1 21sec.
PAGE 814
0 2 2 2 FUNCTION SETTING 2 0 2 3 4 0 Setting Function Batch stop Factory Outdoor unit setting Master Slave l Switching between batch stop or emergency stop Snow falling protection fan mode Interval setting for snow falling protection fan mode High static pressure mode 2 5 Prohibited 2 6 Prohibited 2 7 Prohibited 2 8 Change of unit (Temperature) 2 9 Change of unit (Pressure) 1 Emergency stop 0 0 Enable 1 Disable 0 0 Standard (30minutes) 0 1 Short1 (5minutes) 0
PAGE 815
LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No.
PAGE 816
LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No.
PAGE 817
7 7 7 FUNCTION SETTING 7 0 1 2 3 Setting Function 0 0 Setting number x00 Setting number x01 0 1 Electricity meter No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ *2 ▪ ▪ ▪ 9 8 Setting number x98 9 9 Setting number x99 Electricity meter No.
PAGE 818
2-1-2. V-II (230V) series SETTINGS LIST 0 1 1 FUNCTION SETTING 1 1 1 0 0 1 2 3 7 Pipe length setting Sequential start shift Cooling capacity shift Heating capacity shift Prohibited Height difference between indoor units Setting Function Standard (131 to 213ft.) (40 to 65m) Short (less than 131ft.) (less than 40m) Medium (213 to 295ft.) (65 to 90m) Long 1 (295 to 394ft.) (90 to 120m) Long 2 (394 to 492ft.) (120 to 150m) 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 4 0 0 Normal 0 1 21sec.
PAGE 819
LED105 CODE No. Setting Mode LED104 CODE No. Setting Function Outdoor unit Factory setting Master Slave Remarks This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134).
PAGE 820
2 Prohibited 2 6 Prohibited 2 7 Prohibited 2 8 Change of unit (Temperature) 2 9 Change of unit (Pressure) 3 3 FUNCTION SETTING 5 3 3 3 0 2 Energy saving level setting Prohibited 3 Prohibited 5 Presence of heater selection control using outdoor temperature 6 Outdoor temperature zone boundary temperature A Setting Function 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 2 Prohibited 0 3 Prohibited 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 0 Celsius
PAGE 821
3 4 FUNCTION SETTING 4 7 0 1 Outdoor temperature zone boundary temperature B Capacity priority setting (in low noise mode) Low noise mode setting 4 2 Low noise mode operation level setting 6 1 Prohibited 6 2 Prohibited 6 3 Prohibited Setting Function 0 0 42.8 °F (6 °C) 0 1 14.0 °F (-10 °C) 0 2 17.6 °F (-8 °C) 0 3 21.2 °F (-6 °C) 0 4 24.8 °F (-4 °C) 0 5 28.4 °F (-2 °C) 0 6 32.0 °F (0 °C) 0 7 35.6 °F (2 °C) 0 8 39.2 °F (4 °C) 0 9 42.8 °F (6 °C) 1 0 46.
PAGE 822
7 7 7 FUNCTION SETTING 7 0 1 2 3 Setting Function 0 0 Setting number x00 Setting number x01 0 1 Electricity meter No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ *2 ▪ ▪ ▪ 9 8 Setting number x98 9 9 Setting number x99 Electricity meter No.
PAGE 823
2-1-3. V-II (460V) series SETTINGS LIST 0 1 1 FUNCTION SETTING 1 1 1 0 0 1 2 3 7 Setting Mode Pipe length setting Sequential start shift Cooling capacity shift Heating capacity shift Prohibited Height difference between indoor units LED104 CODE No. Setting Function Standard (131 to 213ft.) (40 to 65m) Short (less than 131ft.) (less than 40m) Medium (213 to 295ft.) (65 to 90m) Long 1 (295 to 394ft.) (90 to 120m) Long 2 (394 to 541ft.
PAGE 824
Setting Mode LED104 CODE No. 0 FUNCTION SETTING 2 2 2 1 2 3 4 0 Batch stop l Switching between batch stop or emergency stop Remarks Operation mode selecting method Snow falling protection fan mode Interval setting for snow falling protection fan mode High static pressure mode •Batch stop: The stop of all indoor units connected to same refrigerant system due to input signal coming from CN134.
PAGE 825
2 Prohibited 2 6 Prohibited 2 7 Prohibited 2 8 Change of unit (Temperature) 2 9 Change of unit (Pressure) 3 3 FUNCTION SETTING 5 3 3 3 0 2 Energy saving level setting Prohibited 3 Prohibited 5 Presence of heater selection control using outdoor temperature 6 Outdoor temperature zone boundary temperature A Setting Function 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 2 Prohibited 0 3 Prohibited 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 0 Celsius
PAGE 826
3 4 FUNCTION SETTING 4 7 0 1 Outdoor temperature zone boundary temperature B Capacity priority setting (in low noise mode) Low noise mode setting 4 2 Low noise mode operation level setting 6 1 Prohibited 6 2 Prohibited 6 3 Prohibited Setting Function 0 0 42.8 °F (6 °C) 0 1 14.0 °F (-10 °C) 0 2 17.6 °F (-8 °C) 0 3 21.2 °F (-6 °C) 0 4 24.8 °F (-4 °C) 0 5 28.4 °F (-2 °C) 0 6 32.0 °F (0 °C) 0 7 35.6 °F (2 °C) 0 8 39.2 °F (4 °C) 0 9 42.8 °F (6 °C) 1 0 46.
PAGE 827
7 7 7 FUNCTION SETTING 7 0 1 2 3 Setting Function 0 0 Setting number x00 Setting number x01 0 1 Electricity meter No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ *2 ▪ ▪ ▪ 9 8 Setting number x98 9 9 Setting number x99 Electricity meter No.
PAGE 828
2-1-4. J-II series SETTINGS LIST 0 1 1 FUNCTION SETTING 1 1 1 0 0 1 2 3 4 Setting Mode Pipe length setting Prohibited Cooling capacity shift Heating capacity shift Prohibited Prohibited LED104 CODE No. Setting Function Standard (131 to 213ft.) (40 to 65m) Short (less than 131ft.) (less than 40m) Medium (213 to 295ft.) (65 to 90m) Long 1 (295 to 394ft.
PAGE 829
LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No. Setting Function Factory setting Remarks This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134).
PAGE 830
LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No.
PAGE 831
FUNCTION SETTING 3 7 Outdoor temperature zone boundary temperature B 4 0 Capacity priority setting (in low noise mode) 4 1 Low noise mode setting 4 2 Prohibited 6 0 Prohibited 6 1 Prohibited 6 2 Prohibited Setting Function 0 0 42.8°F (6°C) 0 1 14.0°F (-10°C) 0 2 17.6°F (-8°C) 0 3 21.2°F (-6°C) 0 4 24.8°F (-4°C) 0 5 28.4°F (-2°C) 0 6 32.0°F (0°C) 0 7 35.6°F (2°C) 0 8 39.2°F (4°C) 0 9 42.8°F (6°C) 1 0 46.4°F (8°C) 1 1 50.0°F (10°C) 1 2 53.
PAGE 832
LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No. 7 7 1 2 3 9 0 0 Setting number x00 Setting number x01 0 1 Electricity meter No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ *1 ▪ ▪ ▪ 9 8 Setting number x98 9 9 Setting number x99 Electricity meter No.
PAGE 833
2-1-5. J-IIS series SETTINGS LIST LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No.
PAGE 834
LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No.
PAGE 835
LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No. 0 2 2 FUNCTION SETTING 2 2 2 0 1 2 3 4 5 Operation mode selecting method Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Prohibited Batch stop Factory setting l Remarks This mode selects the pattern of the stop function to be operated by the external input terminal (CN134). •Batch stop: The stop of all indoor units connected to same refrigerant system due to input signal coming from CN134.
PAGE 836
2 6 Prohibited 2 7 Prohibited 2 8 Prohibited 2 9 Prohibited 3 3 FUNCTION SETTING 3 3 0 Outdoor unit capacity save setting 1 Prohibited 5 Presence of heater selection control using outdoor temperature 6 Outdoor temperature zone boundary temperature A Setting Function 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 0 Prohibited 0 1 Prohibited 0 0 Level 1 (stop) 0 1 Level 2 0 2 Level 3 0 3 Level 4 0 4 Le
PAGE 837
3 4 FUNCTION SETTING 4 7 0 1 Outdoor temperature zone boundary temperature B Capacity priority setting (in low noise mode) Low noise mode setting 4 2 Prohibited 6 0 Prohibited 6 1 Prohibited Setting Function 0 0 42.8°F (6°C) 0 1 14.0°F (-10°C) 0 2 17.6°F (-8°C) 0 3 21.2°F (-6°C) 0 4 24.8°F (-4°C) 0 5 28.4°F (-2°C) 0 6 32.0°F (0°C) 0 7 35.6°F (2°C) 0 8 39.2°F (4°C) 0 9 42.8°F (6°C) 1 0 46.4°F (8°C) 1 1 50.0°F (10°C) 1 2 53.6°F (12°C) 1 3 57.
PAGE 838
LED105 LED104 Setting Mode CODE No. CODE No. 7 7 1 2 3 0 Setting number x00 0 1 Setting number x01 Electricity meter No. setting 1 ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ ▪ *1 ▪ ▪ ▪ 9 8 Setting number x98 9 9 Setting number x99 Electricity meter No.
PAGE 839
2-2.
PAGE 840
Type 2 zz DIP switch (type B) Rotary switch (type C) SW1 SET1 SW PCB SET2 SW604 SW605 SW606 SW607 SW608 DIP switch (type A) SW601 SW602 DIP switch (type A) Rotary switch (type D) Main PCB Type 3 zz Rotary switch (type C) FUNCTION SETTING DIP switch (type B) SET3 SET4 DIP switch (type A) SW1 DIP switch (type A) SET2 SET1 FUNCTION SETTING Rotary switch (type D) Main PCB - (07 - 88) -
PAGE 841
Type 4 zz DIP switch (type A) SET1 SET2 Main PCB Rotary switch (type C) DIP switch (type A) DIP switch (type A) Rotary switch (type C) FUNCTION SETTING DIP switch (type A) Type 6 zz Rotary switch (type C) DIP switch (type A) SET1 SET2 FUNCTION SETTING SET1 SET2 Type 5 zz DIP switch (type A) - (07 - 89) -
PAGE 842
Type 7 zz SET1 SET2 DIP switch (type A) DIP switch (type A) Rotary switch (type C) SWITCH TYPE DIP switch (type A) ON Rotary switch (type C) DIP switch (type B) Rotary switch (type D) 2WIRE FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING 3WIRE - (07 - 90) -
PAGE 843
SET1 SET2 DIP-SW type A SET3 SET4 FUNCTION SETTING type B Rotary SW type C type D 1 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) 2 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) 3 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) 4 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) 1 Prohibited (Indoor unit capacity setting) 2 External input select "edge/pulse" 3 Indoor unit fan setting for external heater 4 Prohibited 1 Wireless remote controller custom code switch 1 2 Wireless remote controller custo
PAGE 844
DIP SWITCH SETTING SET2 setting zz ● input select “Edge/Pulse” ●External (u...Factory setting) u SET2-2 External input select OFF Edge ON Pulse ● unit fan setting for external heater ●Indoor It is a function to delay the stop of cooling fan when the air conditioner is stopped. When external heater is connected, turn "ON" this switch. When you connect external heater, be careful enough. (u...
PAGE 845
SET3 setting zz ● remote controller custom code switch ●Wireless This DIP switch sets the custom code of the wireless remote controller of an indoor unit. If multiple indoor units are being installed in the same room, switch the custom codes of the corresponding wireless remote controllers in order to prevent their signals from being mixed.
PAGE 846
SET4 setting zz ● function switch (Slim duct type only) ●Drainage If contained drain pump is not used, set the drainage function to "Disable" in the drainage function switching. (u...Factory setting) u SET4-1 Drainage function OFF Enable ON Disable *NOTE: Always confirm proper setting. Incorrect setting may cause damage from water leakage.
PAGE 847
SW1 setting zz ● controller wire type setting switch ●Remote (u...Factory setting) u SW1 Remote controller wire type 2WIRE 2 Wire type 3WIRE 3 Wire type ROTARY SWITCH SETTING IU AD setting zz ● unit address switch ●Indoor Sets the indoor unit addresses. Refer to "1-3. MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING METHOD" for indoor unit address conversion table.
PAGE 848
RC AD setting zz ● controller address switch ●Remote When the indoor unit is wired by remote controller group, to identity the indoor unit in the remote controller group, the number (remote controller address) in the remote controller group is set. i) 3 wire type Only for manual address setting Set the remote controller address in the 0.1.
PAGE 849
2-3. INDOOR UNIT (setting by wireless remote controller) This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to ●● the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the ●● installation conditions using the remote controller. The settings may be selected from the following: Function Number or Setting Number.
PAGE 850
SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE (2) Press and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO” button for 3 seconds. Pi Pi Pi (3) Press and hold the “FAN” and the “ SET TEMP. p ” buttons. While holding these 2 buttons, press the "RESET" button. FAN SET TEMP. ( ) RESET Function setting mode display MANUAL AUTO IR RECEIVER UNIT MANUAL AUTO ●● The position of the “MANUAL/AUTO” button varies depending on the model. Refer to the operation manual for the button position on your unit.
PAGE 851
BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION ●● During address setting mode, indoor unit reject the any operation command from remote controller. Function number Refer to FUNCTION DETAILS MODE button Setting number - Start the function setting mode - Changes the display digits Refer to FUNCTION DETAILS FAN button START/STOP button Transmits function setting Switches between the setting number (bottom line) and function number (top line) TIMER set (-) button Reconfirmation of function setting. SET TEMP.
PAGE 852
FUNCTION SETTING (6) Press the “MODE” button to access the function setting mode. (7) Press the “ p ” or the “ q ” buttons to select the function number. Each time the “MODE” button is pressed, it switches between the one's place and the ten's place positions. Change digit (9) Press the “ p ” or the “ q ” buttons to select the setting number. (8) Press the "FAN" button to proceed to setting the number. (Press the "FAN" button again to return to the function number selection.
PAGE 853
Case2 : When setting number is two digits. (11-2) Indoor unit will display the function setting number on "OPERATION"(GREEN), "TIMER "(ORANGE) and "FILTER "(RED) light.
PAGE 854
COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE (13) P ress and hold the “MANUAL/AUTO button for 3 seconds. ” (14) Press the “RESET” button. After pressing the RESET button, set the custom code again if b,c,d setting. Pi Pi Pi MANUAL AUTO RESET IR RECEIVER UNIT ¾¾ MANUAL AUTO Each LED may be of a different brightness, but the content of the message does not change. The function setting signal is not received after switched function setting completion mode.
PAGE 855
SETTING UP EACH INDOOR UNIT 01-01 01-02 01-03 Repeat steps (1) through to (16). Steps (1) through to (5) and (13) to (16) only need to carried out if the custom code is different to the factory setting of “A”. RESET THE POWER AFTER SETTING UP FUNCTION OF ALL INDOOR UNITS Important ●●If the reset is not performed, function cannot be read in normally. ●●After all the functions have been set, the circuit breaker needs to be switched off for at least 2 minutes.
PAGE 856
2-4. INDOOR UNIT (setting by wired remote controller [Touch panel]) This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to ●● the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the ●● installation conditions using the remote controller. The settings may be selected from the following: Function Number or Setting Number.
PAGE 857
SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE 3) When the [Function Setting] on the “Maintenance” screen is touched, the “Installer Password Verification” screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password, and touch the [OK]. “Function Setting” screen is displayed. Maintenance Test Run I.U. Address Setting Function Setting Back Function Setting Page 2/ 3 R.C. Address Setting Previous Page Address [002–01] Function No. [00] Setting No.
PAGE 858
8)Touch the [Setting] on the “Function Setting” 9) Setting screen of “Setting No.” is displayed. screen. Set the Setting No. with the [▲] or [▼]. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [30] Setting No. [00] Back Function Setting Address Function No. Setting [002–01] [30] Setting No. 01 *1 Cancel OK Ex.) Function number: 30, Setting number: 01 When the [OK] is touched, the “Function Setting” NOTE: *1 When All is chosen by 5), and different set up verification screen is displayed.
PAGE 859
COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE 11) When the [Back] on the “Function Setting” screen is touched, the display returns to the “Maintenance” screen. Function Setting Address [002–01] Function No. [30] Setting No.
PAGE 860
2-5. INDOOR UNIT (setting by wired remote controller) This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to ●● the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the ●● installation conditions using the remote controller. The settings may be selected from the following: Function Number or Setting Number.
PAGE 861
SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE 3) To activate the function setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Address setting mode initial display BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION ●● During address setting mode, indoor unit reject the any operation command from remote controller.
PAGE 862
FUNCTION SETTING 4) P ressing the SET BACK button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate) Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 5) Pressing the SET TIME < button or the SET TIME > button, to select the function number. Function number 6) P ressing the SET TEMP. V button or the SET TEMP. Λ button, to select the setting number. The display flashes during setting number selection. Setting number Ex.
PAGE 863
COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE 8) T o clear the function setting mode and return to the regular display, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. V, SET TEMP. Λ and FAN at the same time. Normal mode display If no key entry is made for 60 seconds, even though none of the above buttons is ¾¾ pressed, the function setting mode will automatically be cleared.
PAGE 864
2-6. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RSRY, UTY-RHRY) This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to ●● the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the ●● installation conditions using the remote controller. The settings may be selected between the following two: Function Number or Setting ●● Number.
PAGE 865
SWITCHING SELECTION OF ADDRESS SETTING MODE 3) With “Monitor Mode” screen displayed, press and hold the SET TEMP. “ ” button and FAN “ ” button simultaneously for at least 2 seconds. 4) The Menu 1 screen is displayed. Press and hold the FAN “ ” button for at least 2 seconds. Setting mode selection screen is displayed. 5) Press the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button to select F1 (Menu 2-F1) settings mode or F2 (Menu 2-F2) settings mode.
PAGE 866
FUNCTION SETTING This procedure changes the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the system to malfunction. Perform the “Function setting” according to the installation conditions using the remote controller. ●● Prepare for setting of indoor unit referring to installation manual of indoor unit before start of function setting.
PAGE 867
13) Press the “ ” button to return to the 2-wire remote controller address selection screen of (2). If setting has been completed, press the FAN “ ” button to return to the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen. NOTE: ●●This item cannot be set from slave remote controllers. FUNCTION DETAILS Refer to 2-8. FUNCTION DETAILS. COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE 15) Press and hold the FAN “ ” button for at least 2 seconds to return to the Menu 1 item selection screen. Then, press and hold the SET TEMP.
PAGE 868
2-7. INDOOR UNIT (setting by UTY-RSKU, UTY-RHKU) This procedure changes to the function settings used to control the indoor unit according to ●● the installation conditions. Incorrect settings can cause the indoor unit malfunction. After the power is turned on, perform the “FUNCTION SETTING” according to the ●● installation conditions using the remote controller. The settings may be selected from the following: Function Number or Setting Number.
PAGE 869
SWITCHING SELECTION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE 3) T o activate the function setting mode, hold down the three buttons of SET TEMP. q, SET TEMP. p and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. Function setting mode initial display BUTTON NAME AND FUNCTION ●● During function setting mode, indoor unit reject the any operation command from remote controller.
PAGE 870
FUNCTION SETTING 4) P ressing the SET TEMP. p button or SET TEMP. q button, select a remote controller address (select the indoor unit you want to operate). Remote controller address Ex.) When remote controller address “01” is selected 5) Press the FAN button so that the “Function number” display flashes. Then, press either the SET TEMP. p button or the SET TEMP. q button to set up the function number. Function number 6) P ress the FAN button so that the “Setting number” display flashes.
PAGE 871
COMPLETION OF FUNCTION SETTING MODE 8) P ress the three buttons of SET TEMP. p, SET TEMP. q and FAN at the same time for 5 seconds or longer. The function setting mode will be cleared and the regular display will be restored. Normal mode display If no key entry is made for 60 seconds, even though none of the above buttons is ¾¾ pressed, the function setting mode will automatically be cleared.
PAGE 872
2-8.
PAGE 873
Function number *1 Auto restart 40 Cool Air Prevention External control Error report target Fan setting when cooling thermostat OFF FUNCTION SETTING *2 Switching functions for external inputs and external outputs terminals 43 46 47 Setting number 00 Enable 01 Disable Details Enables or disables automatic system restart after a power outage.
PAGE 874
Function number Setting number 00 Auxiliary heater control 1 Auxiliary heater control 2 Heat pump prohibition control Auxiliary heater control by outdoor temperature 1 Auxiliary heater control by outdoor temperature 2 Auxiliary heater control by outdoor temperature 3 Auxiliary heat pump control Auxiliary heat pump control by outdoor temperature 1 Auxiliary heat pump control by outdoor temperature 2 Auxiliary heat pump control by outdoor temperature 3 Setting 0 00 01 02 03 04 Control switching of externa
PAGE 875
Function *1 Deadband value Standby time for auxiliary equipment operation Emergency heat Fan delay time *2 External heater use in defrosting Function number 69 71 73 74 75 Setting number 00 0°C 01 0.5°C 02 1.0°C 03 1.5°C 04 2.0°C 05 2.5°C 06 3.0°C Default Choose the minimum temperature between cooling and heating settings (deadband) for Dual setpoint auto mode (set in No. 68). 07 3.5°C 08 4.0°C 09 4.
PAGE 876
● conditions when the external heater is ON/OFF ●Temperature Temperature (t) = Room temperature - set temperature Set value of function: 61 01 to 09 OFF ON OFF 00 t ˂ -5.4°F (-3°C) t ≥ -1.8°F (-1°C) t ≤ -0.9°F (-0.5°C) t ≥ 0.9°F (+0.5°C) 01 t ˂ -3.6°F (-2°C) t ≥ -1.8°F (-1°C) t ≤ -1.8°F (-1°C) t ≥ 0.9°F (+0.5°C) 02 t ˂ -3.6°F (-2°C) t ≥ -1.8°F (-1°C) t ≤ -3.6°F (-2°C) t ≥ 0.9°F (+0.5°C) 03 t ˂ -5.4°F (-3°C) t ≥ -1.8°F (-1°C) t ≤ -5.4°F (-3°C) t ≥ 0.9°F (+0.5°C) 04 t ˂ -7.
PAGE 877
2-9.
PAGE 878
SWITCH TABLE type A SET1 DIP-SW type B Rotary SW SET2 type C 1 Prohibited 2 Prohibited 3 Prohibited 1 Operation mode selecting switch 1 2 Operation mode selecting switch 2 3 Cool/heat selection control time switch 1 4 Cool/heat selection control time switch 2 RB AD x1 RB unit address switch 1 RB AD x 10 RB unit address switch 2 REF AD x1 Refrigerant circuit address switch 1 REF AD x10 Refrigerant circuit address switch 2 DIP SWITCH SETTING SET1 setting zz ● SET1-2, SET1-3 s
PAGE 879
● selection control time setting ●Cool/heat Setting to reduce the time to switch between heating and cooling mode at the RB unit. When the switching time is short, refrigerant noise may be heard when switching between modes. Always locate the RB unit is a space that will be not be effected by refrigerant noise. (u...Factory setting) SET2-3 SET2-4 Cool/heat selection control time u OFF OFF 6 min. ON OFF 3 min.
PAGE 880
2-10. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RNKU) DIP Switch 1 SW1 Prohibited SW2 Dual remote controller setting SW3 Prohibited SW4 Fahrenheit (°F) / Celsius (°C) setting SW5 Prohibited SW6 Memory backup setting * Do not use DIP Switch 2 SWITCH POSITION Wired remote controller zz Model : UTY-RNKÝ Front case (back side) OFF ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 DIP Switch 2 (All switches fixed at OFF) ON DIP Switch 1 SW1 setting prohibited zz (u...
PAGE 881
SW2 setting zz ● remote controller setting ●Dual Set the remote controller SW2 according to the following table. Indoor unit (u...Factory setting) u Number of remote controller Master unit Slave unit SW2 SW2 1 (Normal) OFF - 2 (Dual) OFF ON 1 2 3 Remote controller cable When ground wire is necessary 1 2 3 SW3 setting prohibited zz Master unit (u...
PAGE 882
2-11. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER DIP Switch 1 SW1 Prohibited SW2 Dual remote controller setting SW3 °F / °C setting SW4 Prohibited SW5 Prohibited SW6 Prohibited SWITCH POSITION Simple remote controller zz ON OFF OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 ON DIP Switch 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 Model : UTY-RSKU Model : UTY-RHKU DIP Switch 1 DIP SWITCH 1 SETTING SW1 setting prohibited zz (u...
PAGE 883
SW2 setting zz ● remote controller setting ●Dual Set the remote controller SW2 according to the following table. Indoor unit (u...
PAGE 884
2-12. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING Display the Installer Setting screen and press "Change" button of "1. Touch panel controller ●● address setting". NOTES: ●●Address No. can be set between "00" and "15". (Up to maximum 16 Touch Panel Controller can be installed to 1 system). ●●When installing two or more Touch Panel Controller, set up so that Address No. does not overlap. ●●Refer to the OPERATING MANUAL of Touch Panel Controller for details. ●●Keep Address No.
PAGE 885
2-13. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING Display the Installer Setting screen and Press the [ ●● "Central Controller Address Setting". Press the [ ●● ] button and move the cursor to ] button. Central remote controller address setting Press the [UP] button or [Down] button. ●● Set the Address value. ●● The Address value can be set from 00 to 15. FUNCTION SETTING ] button is pressed, setting is complete. FUNCTION SETTING When the [ ●● NOTES: ●●Address No. can be set between "00" and "15".
PAGE 886
2-14. WIRED REMOTE CONTROLLER (Touch panel) 2-14-1. REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING CONFIRM THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS 1) When the [RC Address Setting] on the 2) “Maintenance” screen is touched, the “Installer Password Verification” screen is displayed. Maintenance R.C.address (Unit No.) Page 2/ 3 Test Run R.C. Address Setting I.U. Address Verification Function Setting Back Enter the Installer Password, and touch the [OK]. “R.C.Address Setting” screen is displayed.
PAGE 887
WHEN MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING NUMBER IS RESET 1) Touch the [Address Reset] on the “R.C.Address Setting” screen. 2) A verification screen is displayed. When the [Yes] is touched, a verification screen is displayed. R.C.Address Setting Current Address [001–05] R.C.Address Setting Manual Addressing The address will be returned to factory setting. OK? Address Reset Back No Yes 3) When the [Close] on the message screen is touched, the display returns to the “R.C.Address Setting” screen.
PAGE 888
2-14-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER MASTER/SLAVE SETTING 1) Touch the [RC Master/Slave Setting] on the “Initial Setting” screen. Initial Setting 2) “RC Master/Slave Setting” screen is displayed. Select the [Master] or [Slave]. R.C. Master / Slave Setting Page 3/ 3 RC Master/ Slave Setting Master Slave Back Previous Page Cancel OK When the [OK] is touched, the display returns to the “Initial Setting” screen. FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING NOTE: Set only one Master remote controller.
PAGE 889
2-14-3. INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS VERIFICATION 2) Enter the Installer Password and touch the [OK]. “I.U. Address Verification” screen is displayed. Enter the Installer Password and touch the [OK]. “I.U. Address Verification” screen is displayed. When the screen has multiple pages, they can be switched by touching the [Next Page] or [Previous Page]. 1) Touch the [I.U. Address Verification] on the “Maintenance” screen. “Installer Password Verification” screen is displayed. Maintenance Page 2/ 3 Test Run R.C.
PAGE 890
2-15. SIMPLE REMOTE CONTROLLER (UTY-RSRY, UTY-RHRY) 2-15-1. REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING CONFIRM THE REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS 1) Select the “15” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) You can check current allocation of 2-wire Then press the “ ” button. remote controller address (system number and unit number). System number Address automatically allocated Unit number Press the “ ” button to return to the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen.
PAGE 891
WHEN MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING NUMBER IS RESET 1) Select the “14” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) To reset the 2-wire remote controller address, Then press the “ ” button. select “1: Reset” with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. If not resetting, select “0:Not reset” with the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. Address automatically allocated 0: Not reset 1: Reset FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING Press the “ ” button to return to the Menu 2-F1 item selection screen.
PAGE 892
2-15-2. REMOTE CONTROLLER MASTER/SLAVE SETTING 1) Select the “06” in Menu 2-F1 Settings. 2) Select the “0: Master” or the “1: Slave” with the Then press the “ ” button. SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. 0:Master 1:Slave 3) P ress the “ ” button. If there is no problem, return to Menu 2-F1 items selection screen. In the case of settings at initial booting, display “Monitor mode” screen. If there's 0 or more than 2 “Master” units, the number will be displayed.
PAGE 893
2-15-3. INDOOR UNIT ADDRESS VERIFICATION 1) Select the “10” in Menu 2-F2 Settings. Then press the “ 2-1) D isplay the smallest 2-wire remote controller address of indoor unit (system number and unit number) of the remote controller group. This address displayed can be switched by the SET TEMP. “ ” or SET TEMP. “ ” button. If an indoor unit other than VRF is connected, “-” is displayed. ” button.
PAGE 894
2-16. NETWORK CONVERTOR 2-16-1. MODEL: UTY-VTGX SWITCH POSITION Set network convertor rotary switch SET1, and Dip switch SET2, SET3.
PAGE 895
2-16-2. MODEL: UTY-VGGXZ1 SWITCH POSITION Set network convertor rotary switch SW110 and SW111.
PAGE 896
2-17. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER SWITCH POSITION D9 SW1 D19 SW3 SW4 D14 SW2 SW7 AUTOMATIC ADDRESS SETTING ●● Refer to 1-5 MANUAL ADDRESS SETTING 1) Turn on the power for the signal amplifier. D19 D19 2) While holding down SW4 (the set button), press and release SW7 (the reset button) to enter the address setting mode. The address setting mode is activated only if the set button is held down when SW7 released. D19 3) P ress SW4 (the set button) to display the current address.
PAGE 897
5) Press SW4 (the set button) to set the selected address. Ex.) Address No.5 is set. D19 6) T urn the power off and on or press SW7 (the reset button) to exit the address setting mode and return to the normal mode. If an address setting error occurs (“26 ” is displayed on the D19-indicator), the address will not be set. Perform address setting again.
PAGE 898
2-18. MODBUS® CONVERTOR FOR VRF MODEL: UTY-VMGX SWITCH POSITION Set MODBUS® convertor rotary switch SET1 and Dip switch SET2, SET4, SET5, SET6, ●● SET7. MODBUS® CONVERTOR REMOTE CONTROLLER ADDRESS SETTING (SET 1) Example zz Refrigerant circuit address SW setting SET1 (x10) (10 digit) SET1 (x1) (1 digit) 0 1 1 5 FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING 01 15 Factory setting is "00" *Setting range 00 - 15 (Arbitrary numbers can be set).
PAGE 899
VRF TERMINAL RESISTER SETTING (SET 2-1) When there is no outdoor unit or signal amplifier in the VRF network segment to which the converter is connected, set to “ON.” ON: Terminal resistance enable OFF: Terminal resistance diable (Default) TEST RUN SETTING (SET 2-3) Test run start and reset can be set. ON: Test run starts OFF: Test run resets (Default) SCAN SETTING (SET 2-4) SCAN start and reset can be set.
PAGE 900
2-19. NETWORK CONVERTOR FOR LONWORKS® SWITCH POSITION SW1 D19 JP1 SW2 SW7 SW3 SW4 ADDRESS SETTING When setting address, please be sure that the address of Network Convertor for LONWORKS® is not overlap the address of other controller like, Touch Panel Controller, Central Remote Controller & Network Convertor for Group Remote Controller. Following steps are necessary for setting address of Network Convertor. 1) Turn on the power of network convertor.
PAGE 901
2-20. THERMOSTAT CONVERTOR MODEL: UTY-TTRX SWITCH POSITION Perform the initial settings using 3 DIP switches (SET 1 to 3) on the circuit board. 2WIRE/3WIRE setting (SET1) Remote controller 2WIRE/3WIRE switching SW Factory setting: 2WIRE Set matched with the connection method of the remote controller cable to be connected. Single-stage or Two-stage setting (SET3) (u...
PAGE 902
SET3-1: Two-stage setting zz Cooling setting temperature (u...Factory setting) u SW SET3-2 OFF ON Cooling stage 1 setting Temperature °F (°C) 68 (20) 72 (22) Cooling stage 2 setting Temperature °F (°C) 64 (18) 68 (20) Remarks Pattern 1 Pattern 2 Heating setting temperature (u...
PAGE 903
2-21. DUCT STATIC PRESSURE SETTING MODEL: ARUL4TLAV1 MODELS: ARUL7TLAV, ARUL9TLAV, ARUL12TLAV, ARUL14TLAV, ARUL18TLAV MODELS: A RUM24TLAV, ARUM30TLAV, ARUM36TLAV MODELS: A RUH72TLAV1, ARUH96TLAV Change the airflow setting when the external static pressure is different than the default static pressure. Static pressure setting can be performed using: wireless remote controller, wired remote controller, and simple remote controller.
PAGE 904
2-22. ADMINISTRATIVE INDOOR UNIT SETTING When multiple indoor units with separate wired remote controller are connected to one ●● branch port of RB unit (group connection), it is possible to give the cool / heat mode selection authority to one particular wired remote controller (called master wired remote controller). When the master wired remote controller setting is not performed, mode(cool/ heat) ●● selection priority goes to wired remote controller which executed first.
PAGE 905
2-22-1. SETTING METHOD WIRED R.C.(Touch panel) Step1: RB unit function setting (Case of VR-II series) zz Set SET2 of DIP switch to "Priority given to administrative indoor unit" with function setting of RB unit. (SET2-1: OFF, SET2-2:ON) →Refer to 2-9. RB UNIT. Step1: Outdoor unit function setting (Case of V-II series) zz Set to "Priority given to administrative indoor unit" with function setting of outdoor unit. →Refer to 2-1. OUTDOOR UNIT.
PAGE 906
WIRED R.C. Step1: RB unit function setting (Case of VR-II series) zz Set SET2 of DIP switch to "Priority given to administrative indoor unit" with function setting of RB unit. (SET2-1:OFF, SET2-2:ON) →Refer to 2-9. RB UNIT Step1: Outdoor unit function setting (Case of V-II) zz Set to "Priority given to administrative indoor unit" with function setting of outdoor unit. →Refer to 2-1.
PAGE 907
NOTE The smallest remote controller address No. RB unit 2 1 Remote controller address No. 3 Set to master WRC FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING NOTE: In remote controller group, the cool/heat mode is changed over according to a detected room temperature of an indoor unit with the smallest remote controller address number.
PAGE 908
2-23. ENERGY SAVING SETTING (SYSTEM CONTROLLER) In this section, an energy saving function which uses electricity meters is explained. System Controller (UTY-APGXZ1, UTY-PEGXZ1) or System Controller Lite (UTY-ALGXZ1, UTYPLGXE2) is required to perform these functions. FEATURES OF ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION Input Power graph function zz Displays by bar graph the Input Power measured by the electricity meter connected to the air conditioner. This graph can be used to analyze the Input Power.
PAGE 909
Indoor units can be rotated according to the stoppage rate set for each group. ●● 0% 10% Group A Group B Group C Group D 20% 30% *The indoor unit operation stoppage rate can be selected from 10% to 30%. Electric power Electric power Without control Time With control Time This has an energy saving effect, especially in the summer, winter and other times when the heat load is high.
PAGE 910
Peak cut operation function zz Reduces the Input Power by setting a specific target value (maximum average power [kW]) for all the air conditioners and controlling operation so that this value is not exceeded. Limit control is performed in 3 steps of “Step 1: Set temperature shift” → “Step 2: Thermostat OFF” → “Step 3: Outdoor unit stop”. To perform this control, an electricity meter must be installed.
PAGE 911
GENERAL SETTING PROCESS FOR ENERGY SAVING AND ELECTRICITY CHARGE APPORTIONMENT USING ELECTRICITY METER The general setting process for realizing an energy saving function and an electricity charge apportionment function using an electricity meter is shown as an example in the table below.
PAGE 912
OPERATION EXAMPLE Electric charges usually consist of the following elements. With the energy saving function, operation for each element is as follows. Operation status is checked by Input Power graph display.
PAGE 913
NOTES ON ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION Energy saving function precautions and scope of guarantee The effect of the energy saving function depends on the units used, usage environment, installation environment, and so forth. No guarantee is made as to the specific savings from the energy saving functions. Reading and understanding the following precautions is requested before using the function.
PAGE 914
INSTALLATION RESTRICTION OF ENERGY SAVING UNITS (1) O nly 1 unit may perform energy saving control at a time. When energy saving control is performed by SYSTEM CONTROLLER (UTY-APGXZ1/PEGXZ1), stop energy saving control *1 from the building management system through the following units. ® ・BACnet GATEWAY（UTY-ABGX） ® ・NETWORK CONVERTOR for LonWorks (UTY-VLGX) When energy saving control is performed from multiple points, trouble may occur.
PAGE 915
2-24. E LECTRICITY CHARGE APPORTIONMENT SETTING (SYSTEM CONTROLLER, TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER) In this section, an electricity charge apportionment function which uses electricity meters is explained. System Controller (UTY-APGXZ1, UTY-PEGXZ1) or System Controller Lite (UTYALGXZ1, UTY-PLGXA2) or Touch panel controller (UTY-DTGYZ1, UTY-PTGXA) is required to perform these functions.
PAGE 916
ELECTRICAL WIRING Electricity meter connection composition zz To perform energy saving peak cut control, electricity meters with pulse transmission function measuring all the power consumed by the air conditioner are necessary. Multiple meter installations are also possible as long as the number of electricity meters is within the specified limit. A general electricity meter installation configuration is shown below.
PAGE 917
Selection of Electricity meter, CT, and VT zz Select the electricity meter, CT, and VT by considering the following items. (1) Install electricity meters for each refrigerant system, if circumstances allow. (2) Select VT/CT with a small VT/CT ratio. (3) W hen using an electricity meter which is specified in pulse units (kWh/pulse), usually select a meter with a 1kWh/pulse output.
PAGE 918
Installation example of Electricity meter zz Example of installation for each refrigerant system ●● Electric substation equipment Whm MBK 2nd floor air conditioner (Refrigerant system 2) (Heat Recovery type) 3-phase electric power: Refrigerant system 2 Single-phase electric power: MBK: Main Breaker SBK: Sub Breaker SBK Whm: Electricity meter SBK SBK SBK Whm MBK 1st floor air conditioner (Refrigerant system 1) (Heat Pump type) Refrigerant system 1 SBK SBK SBK SBK Example of installation for indo
PAGE 919
Example of installation for each tenant ●● Electric substation equipment Whm Roof air conditioner (All Refrigerant system) Refrigerant system 1 Refrigerant system 2 3-phase electric power: Single-phase electric power: MBK: Main Breaker MBK SBK: Sub Breaker SBK Whm: Electricity meter SBK SBK SBK SBK SBK Whm 2nd floor air conditioner (Refrigerant system 2) (Heat Recovery type) SBK MBK Tenant D SBK Tenant C Whm Whm MBK 1st floor air conditioner (Refrigerant system 1) (Heat Pump type) SBK T
PAGE 920
INSTALLATION RESTRICTION OF ELECTRICITY METER Functions that requires installation of electricity meter zz Use an electricity meter having the following functions: ・Electricity charge apportionment function Install for operation using an electricity meter. (Operation without an electricity meter is also possible.) When using an electricity meter, an electricity meter must be installed for all the units which perform apportionment calculation.
PAGE 921
Installation abstract zz NOTE: The belows are electricity meter connection methods which can be adapted by the System Controller and TPC (Touch panel controller). However, the following mentioned setting restrictions must be observed. (1) Multiple VRF Networks can connect to 1 electricity meter. (with network crossover) NOTE: UTY-ALGXZ1 (+UTY-PLGXE2) does not support multiple VRF Networks.
PAGE 922
TPC1 management range Whm I/F Whm TPC1 Connect the electricity meter that measures the units managed by the appropriate TPC to the electricity meter I/F belonging to the TPC main unit.
PAGE 923
(3) Installation crossing over refrigerant systems is possible. Whm Whm Whm Whm Whm (4) Outdoor unit/indoor unit/RB unit mixed in 1 meter is possible. Whm FUNCTION SETTING FUNCTION SETTING (5) There are no restrictions on outdoor units which connect an electricity meter. An arbitrary electricity meter can be connected to an arbitrary outdoor unit.
PAGE 924
Installation restriction zz Install electricity meters in accordance with the following restrictions: (1) I nstall an electricity meter only to air conditioners which are the target of the function. When electric lights and other OA equipment are connected to the electricity meter, also their Input Powers are calculated. Connect electricity meters to only the necessary air conditioners.
PAGE 925
(5) The externally linked units* shall be connected to the same electricity meter as the air conditioner to which they are connected. * General-purpose unit which performs calculation as an externally linked unit by electricity charge apportionment function. Whm Whm Indoor unit Indoor unit Externally linked unit Whm Externally linked unit (6) Installation of electricity meter which divides remote control groups is prohibited.
PAGE 926
(9) Installation of electricity meter which crosses the contract is prohibited. When an electricity meter is used by electricity charge apportionment function, install the electricity meter so that it does not cross over the “contract setting” set by electricity charge apportionment.
PAGE 927
(10) W hen performing apportionment calculation using electricity meter The electricity meter shall be connected to the necessary air conditioners which are the target of calculation by the electricity charge apportionment function. When an electricity meter is not connected, electricity charge apportionment calculation using an electricity meter may not be possible. <> → Connect the electricity meter to the outdoor unit.
PAGE 928
<> → Connection of an electricity meter to the outdoor unit, indoor unit and RB unit is necessary. Whm Whm Electricity meter is not connected to some indoor units and RB units Whm Electricity meter is not connected to some RB units (11) E lectricity apportionment for DX-Kit When electricity meter not connected ●● The following units can be linked to the DX-Kit, by using external output terminals.
PAGE 929
When electricity meter is connected ●● At electricity apportionment, the DX-Kit itself and units [A] and [B] mentioned above can be handled the same as when an electricity meter is not connected. Set the electricity value at ON beforehand for the units [A] and [B] from the “Parameter Setting” screen and install the electricity meter so that the units [A] and [B] are included. The input value in the calculation as a constant value when the external output value is ON is included.
PAGE 930
ELECTRICITY METER SYSTEM Electricity meter system is the connection configuration of one electricity meter and the air conditioner units which are connected to the power line under it. This is set on the System Controller. Set the System Controller to match the actual electricity meter installation configuration.
PAGE 931
SETTING OF OUTDOOR UNIT AND SYSTEM CONTROLLER OR TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER To obtain the appropriate Input Power by System Controller or Touch Panel Controller, the power value measured by an electricity meter must be properly conveyed. To do this, appropriate setting at the electricity meter, outdoor unit, and System Controller or Touch Panel Controller is necessary.
PAGE 932
(2) When electricity meter used is specified by pulse constant The connection configuration is shown below.
PAGE 933
8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT DTV_VR2U025E_09--CHAPTER08 2018.09.
PAGE 934
CONTENTS 8. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT 1. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT................................................ 08 - 01 1-1. OUTDOOR UNIT........................................................................................... 08 - 01 1-1-1. EXTERNAL INPUT............................................................................................... 08 - 03 1-1-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT........................................................................................... 08 - 05 1-1-3. OPTIONAL PARTS.....
PAGE 935
1. EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT Note : The length regulations of the cable are as shown in the following figures. P.C.B 1 2 Type cable connected unit Max. Length = L L (m) [ft. (m)] Input / Output Outdoor unit 492 / 492 (150 / 150) Indoor unit 492 / 82 (150 / 25) RB unit 150 / (492 / -) Touch Panel Controller Central Remote Controller 82 / 82 (25 / 25) 1-1.
PAGE 936
V-II (230V) series zz Output 2 (CN137: Blue) Base heater (CN115: Black) Input 4 (CN134: Red) Output 1 (CN136: Black) Input 3 (CN133: White) Input 2 (CN132: Green) Input 1 (CN131: Yellow) Input 5 (CN135: Orange) Outdoor unit PCB J-II series zz Base heater (CN115:Black) Outdoor unit PC board BASE HEATER EXT. OUT. 1 (BLK) CN137 Output 2 (CN137: Blue) CN136 Output 1 (CN136 : Black) CN133 PULSE IN (ORG) EXT. OUT. 2 (BLU) CN132 CN131 EXT. IN. 4 (RED) EXT. IN. 3 (WHT) EXT. IN. 2 (GRN) EXT. IN.
PAGE 937
1-1-1. EXTERNAL INPUT Setting to low noise mode, cooling priority/heating priority selection, outdoor unit operation peak control setting, emergency/batch stop and electricity meter pulse are possible from The electricity meter connections that are can be used by the System Controller are shown below. WIRING METHOD AND SPECIFICATIONS *A twisted pair cable (22AWG) should be used. Maximum length of cable is 492 ft.
PAGE 938
When function setting is "Batch stop" mode zz Connector CN134 CN134 Input signal OFF → ON Command Batch stop ON → OFF - On Off Batch stop Command Batch stop Indoor unit Operation (outdoor unit) Stop Remote Controller On On NOTES : ●●All indoor units of same refrigerant system stops when Batch stop operates. ●●After a batch stop, the operation by remote controller is possible.
PAGE 939
1-1-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT Connector CN136 (Black) Output voltage 0V DC 12-24 V *1 0V DC 12-24 V *1 CN137 (Blue) Status Normal Error Stop Operation ERROR STATUS (Master unit only) This output indicates the outdoor unit and connected indoor unit's "Normal" or "Error" status. OPERATION STATUS (Master unit only) This output indicates the outdoor unit's "Operation" status. P.C.B DC power supply (External) 12 - 24 V + CN136 (Black) or CN137 1 (Blue) + *1: Provide a DC 12 to 24 V power supply.
PAGE 940
1-1-3.
PAGE 941
1-1-4.
PAGE 942
1-2. INDOOR UNIT External input External output Control input - Forced thermostat off - - Operation status Error status Indoor unit status Auxiliary heater output Input select Connector Apply voltage Dry contact Apply voltage Dry contact CNA01 CNA02 CNA03 CNA04 External connect kit (Optional parts) UTY-XWZXZB UTY-XWZXZD UTY-XWZXZ7 UTY-XWZXZE - CNB01 UTY-XWZXZC 1-2-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ●● Indoor unit can be Operation/Stop or Emergency stop or Forced stop by using indoor unit PCB CNA01 or CNA02.
PAGE 943
When connected to Apply voltage terminals of multiple indoor units with a connected unit, be sure to make a branch outside the indoor unit using a pull box, etc. as shown on below example. Load resistance CNA01 Indoor unit P.C.B CNA01 connected unit Indoor unit P.C.B Load resistance P.C.
PAGE 944
Dry contact terminal ([CNA02], [CNA04]) zz When a power supply is not required, use the Dry contact terminal ([CNA02], [CNA04]). P.C.B 1 *c Ch 1 2 *c Ch 2 CNA02 3 GND *d 1 *c Ch 3 2 CNA04 connected unit *c: Select very low current use contacts (usable at DC 12 V, DC 1 mA or less). *d: The wiring is different from Apply voltage terminals. Be sufficiently careful when wiring.
PAGE 945
1-2-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT ●● A twisted pair cable (22AWG) should be used. Maximum length of cable is 82 ft. (25 m). ●● Use an external input and output cable with appropriate external dimension, depending on the number of cables to be installed. ●● Output voltage: Hi DC 12 V± 2 V, Lo 0 V. ●● Permissible current: 50 mA ●● If function setting "60" is set to "00" shown below. Refer to 1-2-3. for other function setting. OUTPUT SELECT When indicator etc. are connected directly zz P.C.
PAGE 946
1-2-3. COMBINATION OF EXTERNAL INPUT AND OUTPUT situation EXT. IN1 60-00 0 Thermostat off by External input 60-01 1 Fresh air conditioner (for external control module) 60-02 2 Economizer 1 (Cooling 1 output) 60-03 3 60-04 4 60-05 5 Humidifier 1 (Nothing operation status ouput) 60-06 6 Humidifier 2 (Nothing heater output) 60-07 7 Humidifier 3 (+ Fresh air conditioner (for external control module)) 60-08 8 Humidifier 4 (+ Economizer 1) Forced thermostat OFF CNB01 (EXT.
PAGE 947
1-2-4. INDOOR UNIT EXTERNAL INPUT / OUTPUT FUNCTION SUMMARY INDOOR UNIT EXTERNAL INPUT FUNCTION Function Dry contact/ Apply voltage Item EXT. IN1 Dry contact DC 12 [V] EXT.
PAGE 948
1-2-6. DETAILS OF FUNCTION CONTROL INPUT FUNCTION -1: Operation/Stop mode ● the case of "Edge" input ●In Function setting Dip-SW External input SET2-2: OFF CNA01 or CNA02 (Factory setting) (EXT.IN1) 46-00 Input signal Command OFF → ON Operation ON → OFF Stop On CNA01 or CNA02 Off Indoor unit Operation Stop On Remote Controller ● the case of "Pulse" input ●In Function setting Dip-SW External input Input signal Command 46-00 SET2-2: ON CNA01 or CNA02 Ch1 (EXT.
PAGE 949
-2: Emergency stop mode ● the case of "Edge" input ●In Function setting 46-01 CNA01 or CNA02 Dip-SW External input SET2-2: OFF CNA01 or CNA02 (Factory setting) (EXT.IN1) Input signal Command OFF → ON Emergency stop ON → OFF Normal On Off Emergency stop Command Indoor unit Normal Operation Stop Remote Controller On On On ● the case of "Pulse" input ●In Function setting Dip-SW External input Input signal Command 46-01 SET2-2: ON CNA01 or CNA02 Ch1 (EXT.
PAGE 950
-3: Forced stop" mode ● the case of "Edge" input ●In Function setting Dip-SW External input SET2-2: OFF CNA01 or CNA02 (Factory setting) (EXT.IN1) 46-02 CNA01 or CNA02 Input signal Command OFF → ON Forced stop ON → OFF Normal On Off Forced stop Command Indoor unit Normal Operation Stop Remote Controller On On On ● the case of "Pulse" input ●In Function setting Dip-SW External input Input signal Command 46-02 SET2-2: ON CNA01 or CNA02 Ch1 (EXT.
PAGE 951
● when setting forced stop ●Considerations CAUTION When forced stop function is used with forming a remote controller group, connect the same equipment to each indoor unit within the group. Example 1 : OK Remote controller group Input device 1 Load resistance Input device 2 DC power supply 12 - 24 V Load resistance P.C.B CNA 01 Wired R.C. or Simple R.C. P.C.B CNA 01 connected unit P.C.
PAGE 952
FORCED THERMOSTAT OFF FUNCTION Function setting Mode 60-00, 02, 05, 06, 08 0, 2, 5, 6, 8 External input Input signal * Command CNA03 or CNA04 (EXT.IN2) OFF → ON EEV OFF ON → OFF Normal operation *Edge input only Example of cooling mode On CNA03 or CNA04 Off EEV On Off Room temp. Set temp. NOTE : ●●When the signal is received from another unit on the refrigerant circuit, there may be a delay in thermostat off function at the unit.
PAGE 953
● figure example ●System External controller Relay External input wire Outdoor thermistor Indoor unit Indoor thermistor Indoor Temperature Damper motor 88˚F (31˚C) Except Indoor unit and External wire (service parts) all other items are field supplied. Office 82˚F (28˚C) Fri 10:00AM Mode Custom Auto Away Outdoor Temperature Cool Heat Set Temp. Cool Heat 84°F 68°F 80°F 74°F Fan Auto Room Temp.
PAGE 954
● of Electrical circuit ●Example Indoor unit circuit board Dry contact external input wire Indoor unit External controller Service parts CNA04 Relay 1 2 CNB01 Max. 492ft. (150m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT Requirement for relay switch Item Spec Min. permissible 1 mA or less load EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT Specification of external input Item Spec Terminal CNA04 Output voltage DC 12 V Wire diameter AWG22 Twist (0.33 mm2) Service parts No.
PAGE 955
Example 2 zz - Individual connection - Function setting for Fan setting when cooling thermostat OFF Number 49-01 (Stop) Forced thermostat off is one of the function to save energy. For example, case of using ventilator at condition with outdoor temperature is lower than Indoor temperature, Indoor unit of air conditioner stop based upon receiving signal from external controller.
PAGE 956
● status ●Operation Signal detected by external controller Outdoor temp. < Indoor temp. : ON Outdoor temp. > Indoor temp. : OFF Command from external controller Indoor unit Forced thermostat off Normal ON EEV OFF ON Fan OFF Normal means that Indoor unit continues to operate until [Forced thermostat off] signal received, at condition which are set by central and individual controller or detected by thermo sensors of indoor unit.
PAGE 957
OPERATION STATUS (External output1) Function setting Mode External output 1 60-00, 06 0, 6 CNB01 (PIN 1-2) Output signal Command 0 V → 12 V Operation 12 V → 0 V Stop The output for CNB01 (1-2) is ON when the indoor Indoor unit unit is operating. The output is off when the unit is stopped.
PAGE 958
 FRESH AIR CONDITIONER (FOR EXTERNAL CONTROL MODULE*) INPUT FUNCTION (mode 1 or 7) * Module that reduces or stops the cooling operating ratio of the air conditioner by intaking fresh air. Example: Direct Digital Controller Function setting 60-01, 07 Mode External input External output 1, 7 CNA03 or CNA04 (EXT.
PAGE 959
Example (Individual connection) zz Direct digital controller Output: Cooling thermostat ON Output : OFF (Cooling thermostat OFF) Thermistor Ventilator Input : VRF cooling control Thermistor Input : ON Indoor Outdoor (VRF cooling OFF) Temperature Temperature 83˚F 89˚F (27.5˚C) Office Set Temp. Mode Cool Heat Fan 80°F 74°F Cool Heat Custom Auto Away Auto Room Temp.
PAGE 960
● of Electrical circuit ●Example Indoor unit circuit board Dry contact external input wire Indoor unit Service parts CNA04 Relay External controller 1 2 CNB01 Max. 492 ft. (150 m) 1 2 3 4 5 6 EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT Requirement for relay switch Item Spec Min. permissible 1 mA or less load EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT Specification of external input Item Spec Terminal CNA04 Output voltage DC 12 V Wire diameter AWG22 Twist (0.33 mm2) Service parts No.
PAGE 961
ECONOMIZER INPUT FUNCTION Cooling economizer: Consists of ducts, dampers, and automatic controlling system. In cold or warm climate, the economizer reduces or stops the VRF compressor, providing cooling using outside air.
PAGE 962
-1: E conomizer 1 (Cooling 1 output + occupied) In / Out Mode 2 or 8 (60-02 or 08) Function setting Mode 60-02, 08 2, 8 External output CNB01 CNB01 (PIN 1-2) (PIN 1-4) [Cooling [Remote thermostat controller ON] output] Fri 10:00AM Mode Custom Auto Away UTY-RNRU Occupied/Unoccupied status Remote controller output (Occupied / Unoccupied status) Occupied / Unoccupied status *1 Office Remote controller Cool Heat Set Temp. Cool Heat 84°F 68°F 80°F 74°F Fan Auto Room Temp.
PAGE 963
● diagram example ●Wiring Economizer Logic Modules * Indoor unit CNB01 1 2 3 4 + Relay （Coil side：DC 12 V） + TR - 1 - AC power supply 24 V 3 - N 5 6 TR1 EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT *Only the terminals connected to the indoor unit are mentioned here for description. ●● As for the connected sensors or other connections to Economizer logic module, refer to the manual for the module.
PAGE 964
-2: E conomizer 2, 3 (Cooling 2 stage output + occupied) In / Out Mode 3 or 4 (60-03 or 04) Function setting Mode 60-03 3 60-04 4 External input CNA03 or CNA04 (EXT. IN2) [VRF cooling ON] External output CNB01 (PIN 1-2) [Cooling thermostat ON] CNB01 (PIN 1-2) [Cooling thermostat ON] UTY-RNRU Occupied/ Unoccupied status Fri 10:00AM Set Temp.
PAGE 965
● status ●Operation Economizer input by external controller [VRF cooling ON] (EXT.IN2) Cooling thermostat ON (EXT.OUT) Indoor unit Cooling high / low (EXT.OUT) EEV ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Indoor temp. Set temp. + 0.9°F (+ 0.5°C) Set temp. - 0.9°F (- 0.
PAGE 966
● diagram example (Economizer 2: Mode 3, Function 60-03) ●Wiring Economizer Logic Modules * Indoor unit CNB01 + 1 2 3 4 Relay （Coil side : DC 12 V） + TR - AC power supply 24 V 1 3 5 6 N CNA04 Relay （Coil side : AC 24 V） 1 TR1 2 2 5 *Only the terminals connected to the indoor unit are mentioned here for description. ●● As for the connected sensors or other connections to Economizer logic module, refer to the manual for the module.
PAGE 967
EXTERNAL HEATER OUTPUT (External output4) Function Setting Wired R. C. Outdoor unit Sensor activation Presence of heater IU fan setting for (UTY-RNRU, UTYselection control external heater RNRUZ*, UTYusing outdoor unit DIP-SW2-3 RSRY, UTY-RHRY, sensor No.
PAGE 968
Function Setting Wired R. C. Outdoor unit Sensor activation Presence of heater IU fan setting for (UTY-RNRU, UTYselection control external heater RNRUZ*, UTYusing outdoor unit DIP-SW2-3 RSRY, UTY-RHRY, sensor No.35 or UTY-RNKU) Indoor unit Control Primary heater Auxiliary heater Installation Control configration switching external heaters No.
PAGE 969
INSTALLATION CONFIGURATION 1. In-line connection Connecting the external heating device in between the indoor unit and the outlet Example of heating device: External heating device uses the indoor unit fan. - Hot-water coil - Electric heater ON / OFF Indoor unit fan setting for external heater (DIP-SW 2-3 : ON) zz Activate fan control for auxiliary ●● heater. Indoor unit fan stop 1 minute later ●● after the EEV is OFF. EEV ON OFF Indoor unit fan 1min ON OFF CNB01 (1-5) output 12 V 0V 2.
PAGE 970
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT CONTROL BY ROOM TEMPERATURE Auxiliary equipment control is switchable by room temperature. Auxiliary equipment switching is performed for each room temperature divided to following 3 zones. Tr Zone A Ts +0.9°F (0.5 °C) Ts Ts -0.9°F (0.5 °C) Ts: Setting temperature Tr: Room temperature Zone B Zone C Zone A B C Application Both of primary and auxiliary equipment is unnecessary. Primary heater only.
PAGE 971
AUXILIARY HEATER CONTROL 1 Operation Heater ON Heater OFF Condition ▪ Heater ON as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Other than Heating mode ▪ Error occurred ▪ Forced thermostat off ▪ Fan stop protection ▪ Temperature of heater ON (Thon) ... Adjustable by Function setting No.62 (Operating temperature switching of external heaters). ▪ All control temperatures will shift by adjusting "Thon". Tr-Ts ≥ - 1.
PAGE 972
HEAT PUMP PROHIBITION CONTROL Perform heating by external heater only. VRF indoor unit is Continuous thermostat OFF.
PAGE 973
● status ●Operation ON Heating operation OFF 0.9°F (0.5°C) Room temperature Set temp. -0.9°F (-0.5°C) ON EEV ON/OFF OFF 12 V Heater 0V 3min or more ON DIP-SW2-3 ON Fan 1min 1min OFF ON DIP-SW2-3 OFF OFF NOTE : ●●In following operations, EEV will be ON. - Other than Heating EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT - Test Run.
PAGE 974
AUXILIARY HEATER CONTROL BY OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 1 Selects Heat pump or External heater according to the outdoor temperature. When outdoor temperature is high, the heating is performed by using heat pump only.
PAGE 975
O peration status zz 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Outdoor temperature zone * EEV ON/OFF Heat pump prohibition zone Combination zone Heat pump only zone ON OFF 12 V Heater 0V DIP-SW2-3 ON Fan DIP-SW2-3 OFF ON OFF ON OFF * The Outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum 30 min. NOTES : ●● In following operations, EEV will be ON in Heat pump prohibition zone.
PAGE 976
AUXILIARY HEATER CONTROL BY OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 2 Selects Heat pump or External heater according to the outdoor temperature. Even when outdoor temperature is high, the heating is performed by using both of heat pump and external heater.
PAGE 977
● status ●Operation 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Outdoor temperature zone * EEV ON/OFF Heat pump prohibition zone Combination zone ON OFF 12 V Heater 0V DIP-SW2-3 ON Fan DIP-SW2-3 OFF ON OFF ON OFF * The Outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum 30 min. NOTES : ●● In following operations, EEV will be ON in Heat pump prohibition zone.
PAGE 978
AUXILIARY HEATER CONTROL BY OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 3 Selects Heat pump or External heater according to the outdoor temperature. Even when outdoor temperature is high, the heating is performed by using both of heat pump and external heater.
PAGE 979
● status ●Operation 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Combination zone Outdoor temperature zone * EEV ON/OFF Heat pump only zone ON OFF 12 V Heater 0V DIP-SW2-3 ON Fan DIP-SW2-3 OFF ON OFF ON OFF * The Outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum 30 min. NOTES : ●● In following operations, EEV will be ON in Heat pump prohibition zone.
PAGE 980
AUXILIARY HEAT PUMP CONTROL ● heater output ●External Operation Heater ON Condition ▪ Heater ON as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature DIP-SW2-3 ON ▪ Other than Heating mode Indoor unit fan ▪ Error occurred setting for external ▪ Forced thermostat off heater: Enable Heater ▪ Fan stop protection OFF DIP-SW2-3 OFF ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Other than Heating mode Indoor unit fan setting for external ▪ Error occurre
PAGE 981
AUXILIARY HEAT PUMP CONTROL BY OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 1 ● heater output ●External Operation Heater ON Condition ▪ Heater ON as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature DIP-SW2-3 ON ▪ Other than Heating mode Indoor unit fan ▪ Error occurred setting for external ▪ Forced thermostat off heater: Enable Heater ▪ Fan stop protection OFF DIP-SW2-3 OFF ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Other than Heating mode Indoor unit fan setting fo
PAGE 982
● status ●Operation 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Outdoor temperature zone * EEV ON/OFF Heat pump prohibition zone Combination zone ON OFF 12 V Heater 0V DIP-SW2-3 ON Fan DIP-SW2-3 OFF ON OFF ON OFF * The Outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum 30 min. NOTES : ●● In following operations, EEV will be ON in Heat pump prohibition zone.
PAGE 983
AUXILIARY HEAT PUMP CONTROL BY OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 2 ● heater output ●External Operation Heater ON Condition ▪ Heater ON as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature DIP-SW2-3 ON ▪ Other than Heating mode Indoor unit fan ▪ Error occurred setting for external ▪ Forced thermostat off heater: Enable Heater ▪ Fan stop protection OFF DIP-SW2-3 OFF ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Other than Heating mode Indoor unit fan setting fo
PAGE 984
● status ●Operation 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Outdoor temperature zone * EEV ON/OFF Combination zone Heat pump prohibition zone ON OFF 12 V Heater 0V DIP-SW2-3 ON Fan DIP-SW2-3 OFF ON OFF ON OFF * The Outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum 30 min. NOTES : ●● In following operations, EEV will be ON in Heat pump prohibition zone.
PAGE 985
AUXILIARY HEAT PUMP CONTROL BY OUTDOOR TEMPERATURE 3 ● heater output ●External Operation Heater ON Condition ▪ Heater ON as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature DIP-SW2-3 ON ▪ Other than Heating mode Indoor unit fan ▪ Error occurred setting for external ▪ Forced thermostat off heater: Enable Heater ▪ Fan stop protection OFF DIP-SW2-3 OFF ▪ Heater OFF as shown in diagram of heating temperature ▪ Other than Heating mode Indoor unit fan setting fo
PAGE 986
● status ●Operation 46.4°F (8°C) 42.8°F (6°C) Outdoor temperature (Factory setting) -0.4°F (-18°C) -4°F (-20°C) Outdoor temperature zone * EEV ON/OFF Heat pump prohibition zone Combination zone Heat pump prohibition zone ON OFF 12 V Heater 0V DIP-SW2-3 ON Fan DIP-SW2-3 OFF ON OFF ON OFF * The Outdoor temperature zone transition from one to another will stay in that zone for minimum 30 min. NOTES : ●● In following operations, EEV will be ON in Heat pump prohibition zone.
PAGE 987
HEATING THERMOSTAT ON FOR HUMIDIFIER Indoor unit Function Setting External output Situation Installation Heating Cool Air Indoor unit (Example) configration Heating thermostat ON Prevention fan operation thermostat ON No.60 No.
PAGE 988
● ●Example 2 (In-line connection) Indoor unit fan operation status use External output: Heating thermostat ON External output 3: Indoor unit fan operation status Humidifier ● ●Example 3 (In-line connection) Disable cool air prevention function. The indoor unit fan is operated at the set speed continuously. External output: Heating thermostat ON Humidifier The Heating thermostat output for CNB01 (1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5) will be ON when EEV ON or external heater ON.
PAGE 989
1-3. RB UNIT External input External output Cooling priority/ Heating priority - Input select Connector External connect kit (Optional parts) Dry contact CNA01 UTY-XWZXZ6 Apply voltage CNA02 UTY-XWZXZB 1-3-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ●● RB unit can be cooling priority/heating priority selection by using RB unit PCB CNA01 or CNA02. ●● The "external input priority mode" must be set by changing DIP SW on PCB of RB unit. ●● A twisted pair cable (22AWG) should be used. Maximum length of cable is 492 ft.
PAGE 990
When connected to Dry contact terminals of multiple RB units with a connected unit, insulate each RB unit with relay, etc. as shown on below example. K3 RB unit CNA 01 P.C.B CNA 01 RB unit K2 P.C.B CNA 01 RB unit Power supply for relay K1 P.C.B Input device K1 - K3 : Relay (Device for DC Current) NOTE : EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT EXTERNAL INPUT & OUTPUT ●●If power is connected to dry contact on indoor units, damage will occur.
PAGE 991
Apply voltage terminal ([CNA02]) zz When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, use the Apply voltage terminal ([CNA02]) Input device DC power supply 12 - 24 V - Load resistance *1 + + P.C.B 1 2 CNA02 - *c 3 *d connected unit *1: Make the power supply DC 12 to 24 V. Select a power supply capacity with an ample surplus for the connected load. Do not impress a voltage exceeding 24 V across pins 1-3. *c: T he allowable current is DC 5mA to 10mA.
PAGE 992
COOLING/HEATING PRIORITY FUNCTION ● input only ●"Edge" Connector CNA01 or CNA02 CNA01 or CNA02 Priority mode Input signal OFF → ON Command Heating priority ON → OFF Cooling priority On Off Heating Cooling 1-3-2.
PAGE 993
1-4. TOUCH PANEL CONTROLLER External input External output Connector Control input Electricity meter - Operation status Error status TM201 (CN411 or CN412) CN410 External connect kit (Optional parts) UTY-XWZXZA 1-4-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ●● This function performs “Emergency stop” or “All On / All Off” by using the signal to be input externally at external input terminals. INPUT SELECT Use either one of these types of terminal according to the application.
PAGE 994
Connection example 2: When the electricity meter is connected PCB PCB TM201 (RED) CN412 (WHITE) CN411 CN201 EXTERNAL INPUT CH1 CH2 K1 K2 K1 K2 Electricity meter Connect the electricity meter to CH1. In this case, the use of CH2 is prohibited. Apply voltage terminal TM201 (CN412) zz When a power supply must be provided at the input device you want to connect, use the Apply voltage terminal TM201 (CN412).
PAGE 995
SELECTING THE FUNCTION The function of the external input terminals is disabled at the factory. Select the function to be used (following table) by installer setting of application. * Turn on the power and select by installer setting after starting the application. Emergency stop All on / All off Electricity meter Edge / Pulse Pulse INPUT SIGNAL TYPE The input signal type can be selected.
PAGE 996
CONTROL INPUT FUNCTION ● the case of "Edge" input ●In Terminal TM201 CH1 Input signal OFF → ON Command All on / Emergency stop ON → OFF All off / Normal 300ms or more ON CH1 OFF All on / Emergency stop Indoor unit All off / Normal ● the case of "Pulse" input ●In Terminal TM201 Input signal CH1 CH2 Pulse Command All on / Emergency stop All off / Normal The width of pulse must be longer than 300msec.
PAGE 997
1-4-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT Connector Ch1 Output voltage 0V Status All of indoor units "Stop" Pins1-2 DC 12 V *17 At least one more indoor units "Operation" Ch2 0V Normal Pins3-4 DC 12 V *17 Error CN410 (Black) P.C.B DC power supply 12 V - Connected load *18 + *19 + 1 - Connected load *18 + 2 + 3 - 4 CN410 (Black) connected unit *17: Provide a DC 12 V power supply. Select a power supply capacity with an ample surplus for the connected load.
PAGE 998
1-5. CENTRAL REMOTE CONTROLLER External input External output Input select Connector Control input - - Operation status Error status Dry contact Apply voltage CN6 (and CN7) CN11 (and CN12) External connect kit (Optional parts) UTY-XWZXZ7 UTY-XWZXZ8 - CN9 UTY-XWZXZA 1-5-1. EXTERNAL INPUT ●● This function performs “Emergency stop” or “All On / All Off” by using the signal to be input externally at external input terminals.
PAGE 999
Apply voltage contact zz When a power supply must be provided at the input device, connect to CN11 and CN12. *2 DC power supply 24 V PCB *4 *4 3 1 3 1 Connected unit CN11 (White) CN12 (Green) *2 : M ake the power supply 24 V. Select a power supply capacity with an ample surplus for the connected load. *3 : Do not impress a voltage exceeding 24 V across pin 1, 3. *4 : The allowable current is DC 5 mA or less.
PAGE 1000
CONTROL INPUT FUNCTION ● the case of "Edge" input ●In Connector CN6 or CN11 Input signal OFF → ON Command All on / Emergency stop ON → OFF All off / Normal On CN6 or CN11 Off Indoor unit All on / Emergency stop All off / Normal ● the case of "Pulse" input ●In Connector CN6 or CN11 Input signal OFF → ON Command All on / Emergency stop CN7 or CN12 OFF → ON All off / Normal The width of pulse must be longer than 300 msec.
PAGE 1001
1-5-2. EXTERNAL OUTPUT Connector Ch1 CN9 (Black) Connected load *6 Output voltage 0V Status All of indoor units "Stop" Pins3-4 DC 12 V *5 At least one more indoor units "Operation" Ch2 0V Normal Pins1-2 DC 12 V *5 Error - DC power supply 12 V + - Connected load *6 Connected unit PCB + + - + *7) 4 *5: P rovide a DC12 V power supply. Select a power supply capacity with an ample surplus for the connected load.
PAGE 1002
1-5-4.
PAGE 1003
9. NOTES DTV_VR2U025E_10--CHAPTER09 2017.12.
PAGE 1004
CONTENTS 9. NOTES 1. REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION PRECAUTIONS.............. 09-01 1-1. INTRODUCTION.............................................................................................09-01 1-2. CHECKING CONCENTRATION LIMIT...........................................................09-02 1-3. REFRIGERATION CONCENTRATION COUNTERMEASURES................... 09-03 2. INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS............................................... 09-04 2-1. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS.............
PAGE 1005
1. REFRIGERANT CONCENTRATION PRECAUTIONS The system designer and installer are to ensure that the system adheres to all local regulations regarding refrigerant leakage. 1-1. INTRODUCTION Designing VRF systems requires special attention to codes and standards relating to Refrigeration Concentration Limit (RCL). The RCL is intended to “reduce the risks of acute toxicity, asphyxiation and flammability hazards in normally occupied, enclosed spaces”.
PAGE 1006
1-2. CHECKING CONCENTRATION LIMIT Check concentration limit following steps , and take appropriate measures depending on the situation.  Calculate amount of refrigerant [lbs. (kg)] per refrigerant system. Amount of refrigerant per refrigerant system Amount of factory charged refrigerant + Amount of additional refrigerant = Total amount of refrigerant in system (lbs, kg) Amount of refrigerant added to system based on pipe length, pipe size and indoor units.
PAGE 1007
1-3. REFRIGERATION CONCENTRATION COUNTERMEASURES When the concentration limit is exceeded, the designer will need to change the original design or use one of the countermeasures below to reduce potential exposure to refrigerant. Always consult local codes to ensure proper design. ●●Countermeasure 1 Provide opening for ventilation. Provide 0.15% or more opening to floor space both above and below or provide opening without door. (0.15% floor opening based on standard ceiling height of 8.8 ft. (2.
PAGE 1008
2. INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS 2-1. INDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS Note: T he information listed below are general precautions. Some models also include items that do not apply. PLACES WHERE USE PROHIBITED ●● Places where there is the danger of combustible gas leakage. ●● Places where sulfur gas, chlorine gas, acid, alkali, or other matter which effects equipment is generated ●● Places where there is a lot of oil splash and steam (kitchen, machinery room, etc.
PAGE 1009
[Installation precautions] When inside the ceiling is high temperature and high humidity Contents When the indoor unit is installed where the inside of the ceiling is 86°F (30°C) RH80% or greater, the dew point temperature of the outer perimeter may become higher than the cabinet surface temperature and moisture will condense on the surface of the cabinet and water drops may fall inside the room. →Refer to Fig.
PAGE 1010
[Installation precautions] Contents Countermeasures (Reference) When In are is returned through the attic, the 1) Replace the indoor unit installing duct thermistor in the indoor unit may not correctly thermistor with a Remote type in an attic detect the room temperature. sensor unit (optional parts) and install the Heating operation: Room is not heated sensor where the room because the indoor unit is easily turned off by temperature can be the thermostat. correctly detected.
PAGE 1011
2-2. OUTDOOR UNIT INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS Note: T he information listed below are general precautions. Some models also include items that do not apply.
PAGE 1012
3. COMPATIBILITY OF VRF SYSTEM COMPATIBILITY OF OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR UNIT OUTDOOR UNIT AND INDOOR UNIT zz Compatibility of outdoor unit and indoor unit in refrigerant system as follows.
PAGE 1013
COMPATIBILITY OF CONTROLLER SYSTEM Model UTY-APGXZ1 UTY-APGX Central Controller System Controller System Controller Lite UTY-ALGXZ1 UTY-ALGX Touch Panel Controller UTY-DTGYZ1 UTY-DTGY Controller Central Remote Controller Individual Controller Wired Remote Controller (Touch panel) *1 V- Ⅱ series J- Ⅱ series *1 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK *2 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK UTY-DCGY Office Away UTY-RNRUZz UTY-RNRU Fri 10:00AM Mode Custom Auto Cool Heat Set Temp.
PAGE 1014
Model External Switch Controller UTY-TERK UTY-TEKX IR Receiver unit (for all Duct type) UTB-YWC IR Receiver unit (for Cassette type) UTY-LRHYB1 [for Cassette (circular flow type)] Human Sensor Kit UTY-LBHXD [for Cassette (circular flow type)] UTY-SHZXC Signal amplifier UTY-VSGX OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK *1 OK *1 OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK UTY-VTGX UTY-VGGXZ1 UTY-VGGX Network Convertor for LONWORKS ® UTY-VLGX BACnet® Gateway (Hardware) UTY-VBGX BACnet® Gateway (
PAGE 1015
4. ABOUT CONNECTION BETWEEN SERIES 4-1. PIPING CONNECTION Note: · Piping connection of VR-II V-II and J-II in the same refrigerant system is prohibited. · Mixed connection of 230V model and 460V model is prohibited.
PAGE 1016
4-2. WIRING CONNECTION Note: · Wiring connection of VR-II V-II and J-II in the same refrigerant system is prohibited. · Mixed connection of 230V model and 460V model is possible.
PAGE 1017
EXAMPLE2 (OK) When stepping over, and wiring to the refrigerant system VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Master Refrigerant system 2 Slave Slave J-II Outdoor unit Transmission line Transmission line Refrigerant system 3 V-II Outdoor unit Transmission line Master Slave Connection method to terminal zz Refrigerant system 1 IN/U Indoor unit OUT/U RB unit IN/U OUT/U Indoor unit RB unit IN/U Indoor unit J-II Outdoor unit Indoor unit I
PAGE 1018
EXAMPLE3 (Prohibited) Note: Slave unit of VR-II V-II and J-II cannot be connected VRF network system Refrigerant system 1 VR-II Outdoor unit Transmission line RB unit Refrigerant system 2 Master Slave Transmission line Slave V-II Outdoor unit Transmission line Master Slave Refrigerant system 3 Transmission line J-II Outdoor unit Connection method to terminal zz Refrigerant system 1 Indoor unit OUT/U RB unit IN/U OUT/U Indoor unit RB unit IN/U Indoor unit Indoor unit Indoor unit Re
PAGE 1019
10. OPTIONAL PARTS DTV_VR2U025E_12--CHAPTER10 2018.03.
PAGE 1020
CONTENTS 10. OPTIONAL PARTS 1. SEPARATION TUBE................................................................. 10 - 01 1-1. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 2 PIPES..................................................... 10 - 04 1-2. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 3 PIPES..................................................... 10 - 10 2. OUTDOOR UNIT BRANCH KIT................................................ 10 - 16 3. HEADER.................................................................................... 10 - 20 3-1.
PAGE 1021
1. SEPARATION TUBE CONNECTION CAPACITY Total cooling capacity of indoor units (x) (kBtu/h) x < 96.5 96.5 ≤ x < 193 193 ≤ x Separation tube For 2 pipes UTR-BP090X or UTP-AX090A UTR-BP180X or UTP-AX180A UTR-BP567X or UTP-AX567A For 3 pipes UTP-BX090A UTP-BX180A UTP-BX567A The total cooling capacity (x) is the total capacity for all indoor units downstream of the separation tube. For 2 pipes zz UTR-BP090X UTR-BP180X Separation Tube (liquid pipe) 15 ≤ x < 96.5 7.
PAGE 1022
For 2 pipes zz UTP-AX090A UTP-AX180A Unit: KBtu/h Liquid pipe Liquid pipe 89 ≤ x < 185.5 7.5 ≤ x < 89 96.5 ≤ x < 193 15 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 48 Gas pipe Gas pipe 89 ≤ x < 185.5 7.5 ≤ x < 89 96.5 ≤ x < 193 15 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 48 UTP-AX567A Liquid pipe 185.5 ≤ x 193 ≤ x 7.5 ≤ x < 325 Gas pipe 185.5 ≤ x 193 ≤ x - (10 - 02) - OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS 7.
PAGE 1023
For 3 pipes zz UTP-BX090A UTP-BX180A Unit: KBtu/h Liquid pipe Liquid pipe 89 ≤ x < 185.5 7.5 ≤ x < 89 96.5 ≤ x < 193 15 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 48 Discharge gas pipe Discharge gas pipe 89 ≤ x < 185.5 7.5 ≤ x < 89 15 ≤ x < 96.5 96.5 ≤ x < 193 7.5 ≤ x < 48 7.5 ≤ x < 96.5 Suction gas pipe Suction gas pipe 89 ≤ x < 185.5 7.5 ≤ x < 89 96.5 ≤ x < 193 15 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 96.5 7.5 ≤ x < 48 UTP-BX567A Liquid pipe 185.5 ≤ x 193 ≤ x 7.5 ≤ x < 325 Discharge gas pipe 185.
PAGE 1024
1-1. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 2 PIPES UTR-BP090X Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.22) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.22) 1 1 ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.
PAGE 1025
UTR-BP180X Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty ø7/8 (22.22) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-1/8 (28.58) 1 1 ø7/8 (22.22) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø7/8 (22.22) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) REDUCER ø3/8 (9.
PAGE 1026
UTR-BP567X Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø5/8 (15.88) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-5/8 (41.27) ø1-5/8 (41.27) ø3/4 (19.05) ø3/4 (19.05) 1 ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) 1 ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø7/8 (22.22) ø3/4 (19.
PAGE 1027
UTP-AX090A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø7/8 (22.22) 1 1 Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø7/8 (22.22) EXPANDER Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/4 (19.05) EXPANDER Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.
PAGE 1028
UTP-AX180A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Q'ty Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) 1 1 Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø7/8 (22.22) REDUCER REDUCER Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.
PAGE 1029
UTP-AX567A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø1-5/8 (41.27) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø1-5/8 (41.27) 1 Ø3/4 (19.05) 1 Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) REDUCER Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø3/4 (19.
PAGE 1030
1-2. SEPARATION TUBE FOR 3 PIPES UTP-BX090A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) 1 1 Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø5/8 (15.88) REDUCER Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) Suction gas pipe Q'ty Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/2 (12.
PAGE 1031
Dimensions zz Unit: in.
PAGE 1032
UTP-BX180A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Discharge gas pipe Q'ty Q'ty Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø7/8 (22.22) 1 1 Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Suction gas pipe Q'ty Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) 1 Ø7/8 (22.
PAGE 1033
Dimensions zz Unit: in.
PAGE 1034
UTP-BX567A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Q'ty Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Q'ty Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) 1 1 Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø3/4 (19.05) Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) EXPANDER EXPANDER Ø5/8 (15.88) Ø1/2 (12.70) Ø3/8 (9.52) Ø1/4 (6.35) Suction gas pipe Q'ty Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø1-5/8 (41.27) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø1-5/8 (41.27) 1 Ø1-1/8 (28.
PAGE 1035
Dimensions zz Unit: in.
PAGE 1036
2. OUTDOOR UNIT BRANCH KIT UTP-DX567A NOTE: Only for VR-II series. Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe Q'ty ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø7/8 (22.22) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø3/4 (19.05) Q'ty ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.22) ø1-1/8 (28.58) 1 1 ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) ø7/8 (22.22) Q'ty 2 Q'ty 2 L-joint pipe ø3/4 (19.05) Q'ty 2 ø5/8 (15.88) Q'ty 2 ø7/8 (22.22) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.
PAGE 1037
Dimensions zz Unit: in.
PAGE 1038
UTP-CX567A NOTE: Only for V-II series. Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Q'ty ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) Ø7/8 (22.22) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø1-3/8 (34.92) Ø1-5/8 (41.27) ø3/4 (19.05) Q'ty 1 1 Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Ø7/8 (22.22) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) Q'ty 2 Q'ty 2 Ø1-1/8 (28.58) Q'ty 2 Ø7/8 (22.
PAGE 1039
UTR-CP567X NOTE: Only for V-II series. Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) Liquid pipe ø5/8 (15.88) Gas pipe Q'ty ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/4 (19.05) Q'ty ø7/8 (22.22) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1-3/8 (34.92) ø1-5/8 (41.27) ø1/2 (12.70) 1 1 ø1/2 (12.70) ø1-1/8 (28.58) Q'ty 2 ø7/8 (22.22) Q'ty 2 L-joint pipe ø1-1/8 (28.58) ø7/8 (22.
PAGE 1040
3. HEADER CONNECTING CAPACITY Total cooling capacity of indoor units (x) (kBtu/h) For 2 pipes 3 - 6 Branches 3 - 8 Branches For 3 pipes 3 - 6 Branches 3 - 8 Branches x < 96.5 UTR-H0906L UTR-H0908L UTP-J0906A UTP-J0908A 96.5 ≤ x < 193 UTR-H1806L UTR-H1808L UTP-J1806A UTP-J1808A - (10 - 20) - OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS The total cooling capacity (x) is the total capacity for all indoor units downstream of the separation tube.
PAGE 1041
3-1. HEADER FOR 2 PIPES MODEL: UTR-H0906L Port diameters zz Liquid pipe Unit: in. (mm) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) Gas pipe ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.22) Closed pipe B 2 (50) Closed pipe C Closed pipe insulation 2 (50) ø1 0) (1 8 Q'ty 6 3/ Q'ty 2 ø1/2 (12.70) Q'ty 2 ø3/8 (9.52) Q'ty 3 ø1/4 (6.
PAGE 1042
MODEL: UTR-H0908L Port diameters zz ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid pipe Gas pipe Unit: in. (mm) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø7/8 (22.22) Closed pipe B 6) (2 ø1 0) (1 Q'ty 8 8 Q'ty 2 3/ Q'ty 4 Closed pipe insulation 2 (50) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) Q'ty 5 Closed pipe C 2 (50) 2 (50) ø1/2 (12.
PAGE 1043
MODEL: UTR-H1806L Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid pipe ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-1/8 (28.58) Gas pipe ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø7/8 (22.22) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø7/8 (22.22) EXPANDER REDUCER Closed pipe B (2 6) ø1 0) (1 Q'ty 2 Q'ty 6 8 Q'ty 2 Closed pipe insulation 2 (50) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) Q'ty 3 Closed pipe C 2 (50) 3/ 2 (50) ø1/2 (12.
PAGE 1044
MODEL: UTR-H1808L Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid pipe ø5/8 (15.88) ø1-1/8 (28.58) Gas pipe ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø7/8 (22.22) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø7/8 (22.22) EXPANDER REDUCER Closed pipe B 2 (50) Closed pipe C Closed pipe insulation 2 (50) ø1 0) 8 (1 Q'ty 8 3/ Q'ty 4 ø1/2 (12.70) Q'ty 2 ø3/8 (9.52) Q'ty 5 ø1/4 (6.
PAGE 1045
3-2. HEADER FOR 3 PIPES MODEL: UTP-J0906A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) ø1/4 (6.35) Liquid pipe ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) Discharge gas pipe Suction gas pipe ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.
PAGE 1046
Dimensions zz 2-13/16 (72) Liquid pipe 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) P2-3/8 (60) x 5 = 11-13/16 (300) 4-5/8 (117) (3-3/8 (85)) 19-9/16 (497) 1-5/8 (42) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) (5 (127)) Unit: in.
PAGE 1047
MODEL: UTP-J0908A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid pipe Discharge gas pipe ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) Suction gas pipe ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/4 (19.05) ø7/8 (22.
PAGE 1048
Dimensions zz 1-9/16 (40) Liquid pipe 3/8 (10) 2-13/16 (72) P2-3/8 (60) x 7 = 16-9/16 (420) 4-5/8 (117) (3-3/8 (85)) 24-5/16 (617) 1-5/8 (42) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) (5 (127)) Unit: in.
PAGE 1049
MODEL: UTP-J1806A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid pipe ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) Discharge gas pipe ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/4 (19.05) REDUCER ø7/8 (22.22) ø1-1/8 (28.58) Suction gas pipe ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø7/8 (22.22) ø7/8 (22.
PAGE 1050
Dimensions zz REDUCER 3-1/8 (80) 2-3/8 (60) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 25-1/16 (637) 9/16 (15) 5-1/8 (130) P3-1/8 (80) x 5 = 15-3/4 (400) 2-13/16 (72) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 3/8 (10) 3-9/16 (90) 1-9/16 (40) 9/16(15) Suction gas pipe 2-13/16 (72) 3/8 (10) 2-3/8 (60) 3/8 (10) 8-9/16 (217) 1-9/16 (40) 5 (127) 13/16 (20) 3-1/8 (80) 3/8 (10) 3-1/8 (80) 2-13/16 (72) Discharge gas pipe 1-9/16 (40) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 2-13/16 (72) (6-1/16 (154)) (3-3/8 (85)) 19-9/16 (467) 1-5/8 (42) 3-7/
PAGE 1051
MODEL: UTP-J1808A Port diameters zz Unit: in. (mm) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø1/2 (12.70) ø1/2 (12.70) Liquid pipe ø5/8 (15.88) Discharge gas pipe ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/4 (6.35) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø3/8 (9.52) ø1/2 (12.70) ø5/8 (15.88) ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/4 (19.05) REDUCER ø7/8 (22.22) ø1-1/8 (28.58) Suction gas pipe ø3/4 (19.05) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø7/8 (22.22) ø5/8 (15.88) ø1/2 (12.70) ø3/8 (9.52) ø7/8 (22.
PAGE 1052
Dimensions zz 7-3/4 (197) REDUCER 2-3/8 (60) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 2-3/8 (60) 3-1/8 (80) 3-1/8 (80) 29-13/16 (757) 3-9/16 (90) P3-1/8 (80) x 7 = 22-1/16 (560) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 3/8 (10) 9/16 (15) Suction gas pipe 2-13/16 (72) 3/8 (10) 2-3/8 (60) 1-9/16 (40) 13/16 (20) 3-1/8 (80) 3/8 (10) 5 (127) 1-9/16 (40) 3-1/8 (80) 2-13/16 (72) Discharge gas pipe 2-13/16 (72) 3/8 (10) 1-9/16 (40) 2-13/16 (72) (6-1/16 (154)) (3-3/8 (85)) 23-1/8 (587) 1-5/8 (42) P2-3/8 (60) x 7 = 16-9/
PAGE 1053
4. RB UNIT 4-1. SPECIFICATIONS Model name UTP-RU01AH UTP-RU01BH UTP-RU01CH UTP-RU04BH Power source 1 Phase 208 / 230V ~ 60Hz Available voltage range 187 to 253V Number of branches 1 1 1 4 Maximum number of connectable indoor units per 3 8 8 8 branch Maximum capacity of connectable indoor Q ≤ 27,000 Q ≤ 60,000 Q ≤ 96,000 Q ≤ 191,000 *1 units(Q) Btu / h Maximum capacity of connectable indoor Q ≤ 27,000 Q ≤ 60,000 Q ≤ 96,000 Q ≤ 60,000 units per branch(Q) Input power W 28 28 41 110 Running current A 0.2 0.2 0.
PAGE 1054
4-2. DIMENSIONS MODELS: UTP-RU01AH, UTP-RU01BH, UTP-RU01CH 6-3/8 (162) 5-13/16 (147) 11-3/4 (298) 1-7/8 (48) 3-1/2 (89) 4-7/8 (124) 8-1/8 (206) 1-3/16 (30) 7-13/16 (198) 10-9/16 (268) 13-1/8 (333) 11/16 (18) 6-1/8 (155) 2-15/16 (75) 7-13/16 (198) 7/8 (22) Unit: in.
PAGE 1055
MODEL: UTP-RU04BH 5-7/8 (149) 2-7/16 (62) Unit: in.
PAGE 1056
4-3. INSTALLATION ●● Control box which is a part of RB units can be also changed the position depending on installation condition at each side of RB units ●● Be sure to prepare Service access in control box side. ●● Since the sound of refrigerant flow may be felt as an unusual sound, do not install in the underpart of the roof, such as a bedroom which sound worries. MODELS: UTP-RU01AH, UTP-RU01BH, UTP-RU01CH Ceiling installation zz Unit: in.
PAGE 1057
MODEL: UTP-RU04BH Ceiling installation zz Unit: in.
PAGE 1058
4-4.
PAGE 1059
MODEL: UTP-RU04BH GAS LINE (Suction gas) LIQUID LINE GAS LINE (Discharge gas) to Indoor unit SV1(D1) SV2(B2) to Indoor unit SV4(S1) SV3(B1) SV5(S2) to Indoor unit SV1(D1) SV2(B2) to Indoor unit SV4(S1) SV3(B1) SV5(S2) to Indoor unit SV1(D1) SV2(B2) to Indoor unit SV4(S1) SV3(B1) SV5(S2) to Indoor unit SV1(D1) SV2(B2) to Indoor unit SV4(S1) SV3(B1) SV5(S2) MARK SV1(D1) SV2(B2) SV3 (B1) SV4(S1) SV5 (S2) SV6 (S3) DESCRIPTION Solenoid valve (Discharge 1) Solenoid valve (Bypass 2) Solenoid
PAGE 1060
4-5.
PAGE 1061
- (10 - 41) - OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS MODEL: UTP-RU01CH
PAGE 1062
- (10 - 42) - OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS MODEL: UTP-RU04BH
PAGE 1063
4-6. ELECTRIC CHARACTERISTICS Model UTP-RU01AH UTP-RU01BH UTP-RU01CH UTP-RU04BH Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) 230 60 MCA (A) MFA (A) 0.25 0.25 0.38 1.00 15 MCA: Min Circuit Amps = Max Operating Current (Full Load). - (10 - 43) - OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS MFA: Main Fuse (Circuit breaker) Amps.
PAGE 1064
4-7. SAFETY DEVICES PCB fuse 250V, 3.15A × 1 250V, 3.15A × 1 250V, 3.15A × 1 250V, 3.
PAGE 1065
5.
PAGE 1066
6.
PAGE 1067
BACnet® GATEWAY (Hardware) BACnet® GATEWAY (Software) ●●UTY-VBGX ●●UTY-ABGXZ1 - Software protection key with software ●●UTY-ABGX - DVD-ROM - Software protection key VRF network system to the BMS system using BACnet ® protocol. SIGNAL AMPLIFIER EXTERNAL SWITCH CONTROLLER ●●UTY-TERX ●●UTY-TEKX ●●UTY-VSGXZ1 If the total length of transmission line exceeds 1,640 ft.
PAGE 1068
7.
PAGE 1069
8. OTHERS 8-1. PARTS LIST 8-1-1.
PAGE 1070
Type AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Cassette AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Circular flow cassette AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Mini duct ARUL4TLAV1 Slim duct / ARUL7TLAV Slim concealed floor ARUL9TLAV ARUL12TLAV ARUL14TLAV ARUL18TLAV Medium static ARUM24TLAV pressure duct ARUM30TLAV ARUM36TLAV High static pressure ARUH36TLAV duct ARUH48TLAV ARUH60TLAV ARUH72TLAV1 ARUH96TLAV Vertical air handler ARUV12TLAV ARUV18TLAV AR
PAGE 1071
Auto louver grille kit Type Model name Air filter UTD-GXSA-W UTD-GXSB-W UTD-GXTA-W UTD-GXTB-W UTD-LF25NA UTD-LF60KA - (10 - 51) - OPTIONAL PARTS AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Cassette AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Circular flow cassette AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Mini duct ARUL4TLAV1 Slim duct / ARUL7TLAV Slim concealed floor ARUL9TLAV ARUL12TLAV ARUL14TLAV ARUL18TLAV Medium static ARUM24TLAV pressure duct ARUM
PAGE 1072
Flange Type Model name UTD-SF045T Drain pump unit UTD-RF204 Remote sensor unit UTZ-PU1NBA UTZ-PU1EBA UTR-DPB24T UTY-XSZX - (10 - 52) - OPTIONAL PARTS AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Cassette AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Circular flow cassette AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Mini duct ARUL4TLAV1 Slim duct / ARUL7TLAV Slim concealed floor ARUL9TLAV ARUL12TLAV ARUL14TLAV ARUL18TLAV Medium static ARUM24TLAV pressure du
PAGE 1073
Half concealed External connect kit kit Type Model name UTR-STA UTY-XWZXZ7 UTY-XWZXZB UTY-XWZXZC UTY-XWZXZD UTY-XWZXZE - (10 - 53) - OPTIONAL PARTS AUUA4TLAV1 AUUA7TLAV AUUA9TLAV AUUA12TLAV AUUA14TLAV AUUA18TLAV AUUA24TLAV Cassette AUUB18TLAV AUUB24TLAV AUUB30TLAV AUUB36TLAV Circular flow cassette AUUB18TLAV1 AUUB24TLAV1 AUUB30TLAV1 AUUB36TLAV1 AUUB48TLAV1 Mini duct ARUL4TLAV1 Slim duct / ARUL7TLAV Slim concealed floor ARUL9TLAV ARUL12TLAV ARUL14TLAV ARUL18TLAV Medium static ARUM24TLAV pressure duct A
PAGE 1074
8-1-2.
PAGE 1075
8-1-3.
PAGE 1076
AIR OUTLET SHUTTER PLATE AIR OUTLET SHUTTER PLATE ●●UTR-YDZB ●●UTR-YDZC, UTR-YDZK ●● For Compact Cassette type ●● For Cassette type ●● For Cicular flow Cassette type PANEL SPACER WIDE PANEL ●●UTG-BGYA-W, UTG-BKXA-W ●●UTG-AGYA-W, UTG-AKXA-W ●● For Cassette type ●● For Cicular flow Cassette type ●● For Cassette type ●● For Cicular flow Cassette type INSULATION KIT for High Humidity FRESH AIR INTAKE KIT ●●UTZ-VXAA ●●UTZ-KXGA, UTZ-KXGB, UTZ-KXRA ●● For Cassette type ●● For Circul
PAGE 1077
FRESH AIR INTAKE KIT IR RECEIVER UNIT ●●UTY-LRHYB1 ●●UTZ-VXGA, UTZ-VXRA ●● For Cassette type ●● For Cassette type For use with wireless remote controller Model UTYLNHU (must be purchased separately). IR RECEIVER UNIT IR RECEIVER UNIT ●●UTB-YWC ●●UTY-LBHXD ●● For All Duct type For use with wireless remote controller Model UTYLNHU (must be purchased separately).
PAGE 1078
Unit: in. (mm) AIR FILTER AIR FILTER ●●UTD-LF25NA (2pcs.) ●●UTD-LF60KA (2pcs.) ●● For High Static Pressure Duct type 12-11/16 (332) 9-7/16 (239) ●● For Medium Static Pressure Duct type 19-15/16 (507) „‚o‚oƒ?@‚X‚R‚V‚Q‚O‚R‚Q‚w‚w‚w PULL 16-15/16 (430) FLANGE (Square) FLANGE (Round) ●●UTD-SF045T ●●UTD-RF204 (4pcs.
PAGE 1079
REMOTE SENSOR UNIT HALF CONCEALED KIT ●●UTR-STA ●●UTY-XSZX ●● For Compact Floor type ●● For All Duct type PRESSURE SENSOR KIT ●●UTY-SPWX ●● For V-II series Controller Sensor Controller: Connect to Master outdoor unit - (10 - 59) - OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS Sensor: On the closest pipe of the indoor unit
PAGE 1080
EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT ●●UTY-XWZXZ6 ●●UTY-XWZXZ7 ●● For Outdoor unit / RB unit ●● For Indoor unit / Central remote controller EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT ●●UTY-XWZXZ8 ●●UTY-XWZXZ9 ●● For Central remote controller ●● For Outdoor unit EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT ●●UTY-XWZXZB ●●UTY-XWZXZA OPTIONAL PARTS - (10 - 60) - OPTIONAL PARTS ●● For Indoor unit / RB unit ●● For Touch panel controller / Central remote controller
PAGE 1081
EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT ●●UTY-XWZXZD ●●UTY-XWZXZC ●● For Indoor unit ●● For Indoor unit EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT EXTERNAL CONNECT KIT ●●UTY-XWZXZE ●●UTY-XWZXZF ●● For Outdoor unit - (10 - 61) - OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS ●● For Indoor unit
PAGE 1082
9. OPTIONAL PARTS INSTALLATION 9-1. DRAIN PUMP UNIT MODEL: UTZ-PU1NBA Specifications zz Unit in. (mm) W mA in. (mm) lbs. (kg) in. - Pump Lift-up Power source Input Power (230V, 50/60Hz) Current (230V, 50/60Hz) Dimensions (H × W × D) Weight Connection pipe diameter Direction of pipe connection *1 Angle of pipe connection *2 Control method safety device *1: Direction of pipe connection *2: Specifications Maximum 39-3/8 (1,000) 220-240V, 50/60Hz 12 / 10.
PAGE 1083
Installing drain pump unit zz NOTE: Loosen the nut on the indoor unit and hook the tip of the bracket. Tighten the nut securely. Make sure that the drain pump unit is level. Hose band (Big) Hose band (Small) Joint hose Thread the hose band through the joint hose and secure to the drain pump unit and indoor unit. Ceiling Level Good AIR 0-3/16 in. (0-5 mm) 0-3/16 in. (0-5 mm) AIR Level Prohibited Prohibited Good Installing hose zz Example of wrong construction. Upward Bend radius is 2-3/8in.
PAGE 1084
Installing pipe zz Gap of 59-1/16 to 78-3/4in. (1.5 to 2.0m) Locally purchased Pipe Max.39-3/8in. (1m) [O.D.1-1/16in.] or more Max.39-3/8in. (1m) Supports Air vent Rise Trap Prohibited Max.39-3/8in. (1m) [O.D.1-5/16in.] or more Observe the following procedures to construct centralized drain pipe fittings.
PAGE 1085
MODEL: UTZ-PU1EBA Application indoor units zz Type Model name Ceiling A BUA30TLAV, ABUA36TLAV Installing drain pump unit & Electrical wiring zz To indoor unit circuit board Drain hose B Float switch wire (Connector: Red) Drain pump assy Drain pump wire (Connector: Blue) Drain hose A Drain pan assy Installing pipe zz Supports Max 19-11/16in. (500mm) 59-1/16in. to 78-3/4in. (1.5 to 2.
PAGE 1086
9-2. FRESH AIR INTAKE KIT (MODEL: UTZ-VXAA) FEATURE •• Up to 10% of the units “high” air volume of outside air can be introduced into the “Fresh Air Intake Kit”.
PAGE 1087
SPECIFICATIONS OPTIONAL PARTS Dimension (H × W × D) Weight Net Gross Net Gross UTZ-VXAA %(for High) 10 in. (mm) Pcs ø 3-15/16 (100) 1 4-3/4 × 22-7/16 × 22-7/16 (120 × 570 × 570) 6-1/2 × 23-1/16 × 23-1/16 (165 × 585 × 585) 8 (3.5) 12 (5.5) in. (mm) lbs. (kg) - (10 - 67) - OPTIONAL PARTS Model name Fresh air Max.
PAGE 1088
PRECAUTION About fresh air intake kit zz ••The Fresh Air Intake Kit can be installed onto cassette type air conditioners. •• The volume of ventilated air provided by the Fresh Air Intake Kit may be unable to fulfill ventilation regulations in all countries. On such occasions we ask that this kit be used along with Energy recovery ventilators. •• When in taking outside air, ensure correct air-conditioning design as based on air-conditioning load calculations.
PAGE 1089
DIMENSIONS Unit: in. (mm) Min.17-11/16 (450) 4-1/4 (108) 3-15/16 (100) 7-15/16 (201) 22-7/16 (570) 12-15/16 (328) 12-3/16 (310) 15-11/16 (398) 1-3/4 (45) Ceiling opening space 10-1/8 (257) 22-7/16 (570) 26-7/8 (683) 5-7/8 to 7-7/8 (150 to 200) Inspection hatch (SIDE VIEW) 4-3/4 (120) 15-3/8 (390) (TOP VIEW) (SIDE VIEW) - (10 - 69) - OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS •• When installing this kit, inspection hatch is necessary. (It is necessary when servicing.
PAGE 1090
Unit: in. (mm) (200) 0.80 (150) 0.60 (100) 0.40 (50) 0.20 17-11/16 (450) (0) 0 0 (0) 29 59 (50) (100) Airflow [CFM (m3/h)] 88 (150) - (10 - 70) - 118 (200) Measurement location of data shown in graph OPTIONAL PARTS OPTIONAL PARTS Static pressure of Fresh air intake kit [in.
PAGE 1091
FRESH AIR CONTROL OUTPUT ••You can control duct fan by synchronization with fan operation of indoor unit. ••Wire for fresh air control output is supplied with Fresh Air Intake Kit. ••Extended length of the wire : Max. 82ft. (25m) Connection diagram zz ••For Relay Output voltage: DC12 ± 2V Permissible current: 50mA P.C.B 1 Fuse + 2 Indoor unit Relay 3 power - 4 82ft.* (25m) 5 6 Fan, other Locally purchased *: Make the distance from the PCB to the Relay Unit within 82ft.
PAGE 1092
ACCESSORY PARTS Name and shape Installation manual Q'ty Application Name and shape Extension wire for receiver kit 1 Chamber 1 Wire cover Adaptor for connecting duct Wire (External output ) Cover for extension wire Wire (External output ) 1 Screw 4 Extension wire for louver white Attaching for chamber Attaching for wire cover Wire (External output ) Extension wire for louver Bolt 2 Q'ty 1 Application Extension wire for receiving kit 1 For connect indoor unit to relay of duct fan (Fo
PAGE 1093
9-3. FRESH AIR INTAKE KIT (MODELS: UTZ-VXRA, UTZ-VXGA) FEATURE ••Up to 10% of the units “high” air volume of outside air can be introduced into the “Fresh Air Intake Kit”.
PAGE 1094
SPECIFICATIONS Model name Max. fresh air intake volume Connection duct type % (for High) 2- way intake 10 1- way intake 5 ø 3-15/16 (100) in. (mm) 2 OPTIONAL PARTS Pcs Dimension (H × W × D) Net Weight Net Gross Gross 4-3/4 × 33-1/16 × 33-1/16 (120 × 840 × 840) in. (mm) 6-1/2 × 33-7/8 × 33-7/8 (165 × 860 × 860) 12 (5.5) 20 (9.0) lbs.
PAGE 1095
PRECAUTION About fresh air intake kit zz ••The Fresh Air Intake Kit can be installed onto cassette type air conditioners. •• The volume of ventilated air provided by the Fresh Air Intake Kit may be unable to fulfill ventilation regulations in all countries. On such occasions we ask that this kit be used along with Energy recovery ventilators. •• When in taking outside air, ensure correct air-conditioning design as based on air-conditioning load calculations.
PAGE 1096
DIMENSIONS Unit: in. (mm) □ Min. 17-11/16 (450) 33-1/16 (840) 2(7 3/4 36 (914) 0) Inspection hatch (TOP VIEW) Inspection hatch (SIDE VIEW) Standard type * 14-13/16 (376) 9-11/16 (246) 3-15/16 (100) 2-13/16 (71) 4-3/4 (120) □ Min. 17-11/16 (450) 2-3/16 (55) 33-1/16 (840) 16-7/16 (418) 11-5/16 (288) 2-3/16 (55) 15-3/4 to 17-11/16 (400 to 450) (SIDE VIEW) Slim type * *: The size is different according to indoor unit used.
PAGE 1097
Static pressure of Fresh air intake kit [in.WG (Pa)] AIRFLOW Unit: in. (mm) for 2-Way Intake (200) 0.80 39-3/8 (1000) (150) 0.60 (100) 0.40 1-Way Intake (50) 0.
PAGE 1098
FRESH AIR CONTROL OUTPUT ••You can control duct fan by synchronization with fan operation of indoor unit. ••Wire for fresh air control output is supplied with Fresh Air Intake Kit. ••Extended length of the wire: Max. 82ft. (25m) Connection diagram zz ••For Relay Output voltage: DC12 ± 2V Permissible current: 50mA P.C.B 1 Fuse + 2 Indoor unit Relay 3 power - 4 82ft.* (25m) 5 Fan, other Locally purchased *: Make the distance from the PCB to the Relay Unit within 82ft.
PAGE 1099
ACCESSORY PARTS Q'ty Application Name and shape Insulation  1 Duct Flange 3 Adaptor for connecting duct Insulation  Cable Tie 2 Protective cover to prevent surface condensation Extension wire for louver 16 For Attaching duct flange For Attaching Cover Plate for attaching panel Extension wire for receiver kit 2 Cover Screw Hook plate 4 1 white 4 Shutter plate 1 Insulation  2 Insulation  1 Q'ty Securing tube of drain pump Extension wire for louver 2 Wire (External output ) Aff
PAGE 1100
9-4. AUTO LOUVER GRILLE KIT MODELS: UTD-GXSA-W, UTD-GXTA-W UTD-GXSB-W, UTD-GXTB-W SPECIFICATIONS Model name Power Supply Attachment of Auto Louver Extension Square Duct Limit Net Dimension (H × W × D) Net Gross Weight Color Louver Motor Material Accessories Operation range Cooling Heating in. (mm) in. [mm] lbs. (kg) UTD-GXSA-W UTD-GXSB-W UTD-GXTA-W UTD-GXTB-W Connecting with Control box of indoor unit Louver attached by screws to the flange or rectangular duct 39-3/8 (1.0) (Max.
PAGE 1101
DIMENSIONS MODELS : UTD-GXSA-W, UTD-GXTA-W zz Unit : in. (mm) 25-3/8 (645) 2-15/16 (74) P7-7/8 (200) x 3 = 23-5/16 (600) 1-1/8 (29) 4 x ø1/8 (3.2) Burring hole 2 x ø3/16 (5) Hole 10-3/8 (263) 3-5/16 (84) 26-7/8 (683) 2-15/16 (74) 1-1/8 (29) 21-7/8 (555) 2 x ø1/8 (3.
PAGE 1102
ACCESSORY PARTS Name and shape Installation manual Q'ty Screw-A Name and shape 3/8 in. (10 mm) 1 Operating manual Q'ty 16 Screw-B 3/8 in.
PAGE 1103
3-3-17, Suenaga, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki 213-8502, Japan URL : http://www.fujitsu-general.com TM " " is a worldwide trademark of FUJITSU GENERAL LIMITED. *M icrosoft, Internet Explorer, and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries. * Adobe and Acrobat Reader are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries. * Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation or its subsidiaries in the U.S.